Samarpan Steel Final EIA PDF

EIA FOR PROPOSED FERRO ALLOY MANUFACTURING
UNIT OF SAMARPAN STEEL PVT. LTD.
0 Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd.
EIA FOR PROPOSED FERRO ALLOY MANUFACTURING UNIT OF M/S SAMARPAN STEEL PVT.
LTD., WEST BENGAL
LTD., WEST BENGAL
CONTENTS
LIST OF TABLES ...................................................................................................................................... 8
LIST OF FIGURES .................................................................................................................................. 11
TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) ISSUED BY MOEF ............................................................................. 13
TOR COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................................................... 18
CHAPTER 1.0 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 23
1.0 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................. 24

1.1 PURPOSE OF EIA ............................................................................................................................... 25
1.2 PROMOTERS OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................. 26
1.3 NEED OF THE PROJECT ....................................................................................................................... 26
1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY ......................................................................................................................... 29
1.5 METHODOLOGY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) ....................................................... 30
1.5.1 Baseline Environmental Condition .................................................................................. 30
1.5.2 Identification of pollution source .................................................................................... 32
1.5.3 Evaluation of Pollution Control and Environmental Management Systems .............. 32
1.5.4 Evaluation of Impacts ...................................................................................................... 32
1.5.5 Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) ............................................ 32
1.6 STRUCTURE OF THE EIA REPORT ........................................................................................................... 32
CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DETAILS ...................................................................................................... 34
2.1 PRESENT SCENARIO OF INDIAN FERRO ALLOY INDUSTRY ......................................................................... 35

2.2 PROJECT LOCATION .......................................................................................................................... 37
2.3 PROJECT COST ................................................................................................................................. 42
2.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................... 42
2.4.1 Availability of Raw Material ............................................................................................. 42
2.4.2 Specification of Raw Materials........................................................................................ 44
2.4.3 Petrography of Raw Materials ......................................................................................... 45
2.4.4 Process of Manufacturing ................................................................................................ 58
2.4.5 Utilities & Auxiliary Facilities .............................................................................................. 67
2.4.6 Material Balance of the Ferro alloy manufacturing facility ......................................... 69
2.4.7 Specifications of Process related Equipments .............................................................. 74
2.4.8 Quality Control Plan.......................................................................................................... 77
2.5 LAND REQUIREMENT .......................................................................................................................... 78
2.6 WATER REQUIREMENT .............................................................................................................................. 79
2.7 ORGANIZATION AND MANPOWER .......................................................................................................... 80
2.7.1 Basis of Manpower estimates .......................................................................................... 80
2.8 SOURCE OF POLLUTION AND CONTROL MEASURES ................................................................................ 82
2.8.1 Water Pollution .................................................................................................................. 82
2.8.2 Air Pollution ........................................................................................................................ 82
2.8.3 Noise Pollution and Control system ................................................................................ 84
2.8.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Disposal ............................................................................. 85
CHAPTER 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS .................................................................... 86
LTD., WEST BENGAL
3.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................. 87

3.2 METHODOLOGY OF CONDUCTING BASELINE STUDY ............................................................................. 87
3.3 PARAMETERS FOR STUDY .................................................................................................................... 88
3.4 PHYSIOGRAPHY ................................................................................................................................. 88
3.4.1 Geo-morphology .............................................................................................................. 89
3.4.2 Drainage pattern .............................................................................................................. 93
3.4.3 Flood Zonation Mapping of the Site ............................................................................... 95
3.4.4 Land use pattern ............................................................................................................... 99
3.5 METEOROLOGY AND CLIMATE ......................................................................................................... 109
3.5.1 Climatic condition .......................................................................................................... 109
3.5.2 Meteorology .................................................................................................................... 109
3.6 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ..................................................................................................................... 124
3.6.1 Ambient Air sampling ..................................................................................................... 124
3.6.2 Analysis of results ............................................................................................................. 127
3.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................................................... 130
3.7.1 Identification of sampling locations ............................................................................. 130
3.7.2 Methods of monitoring ................................................................................................... 130
3.7.3 Parameters measured during monitoring .................................................................... 131
3.7.4 Observations.................................................................................................................... 131
3.8 TRAFFIC DENSITY .............................................................................................................................. 134
3.9 SEISMICITY ...................................................................................................................................... 135
3.10 WATER RESOURCE QUALITY............................................................................................................... 135
3.10.1 Methodology ................................................................................................................... 136
3.10.2 Water Sampling Locations ............................................................................................. 136
3.10.3 Water quality ................................................................................................................... 138
3.11 SOIL QUALITY .................................................................................................................................. 141
3.12 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................................... 145
3.12.1 Terrestrial Ecology ........................................................................................................... 145
3.12.2 Reconnaissance survey of the area of Flora and Fauna........................................... 146
3.12.3 Floral Studies .................................................................................................................... 146
3.12.4 Faunal Studies ................................................................................................................. 149
3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE ............................................................................................................. 152
3.13.1 Methodology ................................................................................................................... 153
3.13.2 Sources of Information ................................................................................................... 153
3.13.3 Demographic Features .................................................................................................. 153
3.13.4 Literacy rate..................................................................................................................... 154
3.13.5 Employment pattern ...................................................................................................... 155
3.13.6 Industrial Units .................................................................................................................. 157
3.13.7 Economy and Infrastructure .......................................................................................... 158
CHAPTER 4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT ........................................................................................... 162
4.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 163

4.2 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION.................................................................................................................... 164
4.2.1 Impacts on Air Environment........................................................................................... 166
4.2.2 Impact on Noise Environment ....................................................................................... 168
4.2.3 Impact on Water Quality ............................................................................................... 169
4.2.4 Impact on Land Environment........................................................................................ 171
LTD., WEST BENGAL
4.2.4.1 Impacts on Land Use & Aesthetics ............................................................................... 171

4.2.4.2 Impacts on Topography & Geology ............................................................................ 171
4.2.5 Impact on Soil Quality .................................................................................................... 171
4.2.6 Impacts due to Waste Disposal..................................................................................... 172
4.2.7 Impact on Flora and Fauna .......................................................................................... 173
4.2.8 Socio Economic Impacts ............................................................................................... 173
4.3 IMPACT PREDICTION ............................................................................................................................. 176
4.3.1 Impact on Ambient Air environment ........................................................................... 176
4.3.2 Impact on Noise environment ...................................................................................... 191
4.3.3 Impact on Water environment ..................................................................................... 193
4.3.4 Impact on soil environment ........................................................................................... 193
4.3.5 Impact on ecology ......................................................................................................... 194
4.3.6 Impact on socio economic environment .................................................................... 195
4.4 IMPACT EVALUATION ....................................................................................................................... 196
4.4.1 Pollution Potential ........................................................................................................... 196
4.4.2 Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) ....................................................... 197
CHAPTER 5 MITIGATION MEASURES ...................................................................................... 204
5.1 MITIGATION MEASURES .................................................................................................................... 205

5.2 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL COMPONENT................................................................................................... 205
5.2.1 Air quality and fugitive dust ........................................................................................... 205
5.2.2 Environmental noise........................................................................................................ 207
5.2.3 Land transformation ....................................................................................................... 207
5.2.4 Water resources - surface and ground ........................................................................ 208
5.2.5 Solid Waste Management and disposal ...................................................................... 209
5.3 BIOLOGICAL AND ECOLOGICAL COMPONENT .................................................................................. 211
5.3.1 Flora and fauna& damage to habitats ....................................................................... 211
5.3.2 Forest, National Parks/Sanctuaries................................................................................ 211
6.3.3 Places of Archaeological/Historical/Religious/tourist interest ................................... 211
5.4 SOCIOLOGICAL AND CULTURAL COMPONENT................................................................................... 211
5.4.1 Public Health ................................................................................................................... 211
5.5 ECONOMICAL AND OPERATIONAL (EO) COMPONENT ...................................................................... 212
5.5.1 Socio-economic conditions .......................................................................................... 212
CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................................................... 214
6.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 215

6.2 PURPOSE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ............................................................... 216
6.3 DETAILS OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ................................................................. 216
6.3.1 EMP for Air Environment ................................................................................................. 216
6.3.2 EMP for Noise Environment ............................................................................................ 219
6.3.3 EMP for Water Environment ........................................................................................... 220
6.3.4 EMP for Solid Waste Management ............................................................................... 224
6.3.5 EMP for Ecological Environment ................................................................................... 224
6.3.5.1 Peripheral Greenbelt and Landscaping ...................................................................... 224
6.3.5.2 Greenbelt Development ............................................................................................... 225
6.3.6 Management Plan for Socio-Economic Environment................................................ 227
6.3.6.1 Health and Safety ........................................................................................................... 227
LTD., WEST BENGAL
6.3.6.2 Employment Opportunities ............................................................................................ 228

6.3.6.3 Sanitation and Healthcare at Workers Camps ........................................................... 228
6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND MONITORING PLAN...................................................... 229
6.4.1 Waste Minimization, Recycling-reuse-recover techniques, energy conservation and
Natural resource conservation...................................................................................................... 229
6.4.2 Environmental Management Cell ................................................................................ 230
6.4.3 Environmental Monitoring .............................................................................................. 232
6.4.4 Record Keeping and Reporting .................................................................................... 233
6.4.5 Environmental Audits and Corrective Action Plans .................................................... 234
6.4.6 Budgetary Provisions for EMP ......................................................................................... 234
6.4.7 Conclusions...................................................................................................................... 234
CHAPTER 7 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................ 236
7.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 237

7.2 SCOPE OF THE STUDY ....................................................................................................................... 237
7.3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION .................................................................................................................. 238
7.3.1 Classification of Hazards ................................................................................................ 238
7.3.2 Hazard Monitoring .......................................................................................................... 238
7.4 VISUALIZATION OF MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT (MCA) SCENARIOS .............................................. 240
7.5 HAZARD ANALYSIS & RISK ASSESSMENT ............................................................................................. 241
7.5.1 Risk Potential (RP) ............................................................................................................ 242
7.5.2 Risk Management Measures ......................................................................................... 242
7.6 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ......................................................................................................... 243
7.6.1 Objective of On-Site Emergency Plans ........................................................................ 243
7.6.2 Basic Contents of Disaster Management Plan (DMP) ................................................ 244
7.6.3 Purpose & Scope of Disaster Management Plan (DMP)............................................ 244
7.6.4 Vulnerable Areas ............................................................................................................ 244
7.6.4.1 Analysis of Vulnerable Areas ......................................................................................... 245
7.6.5 Preventive Measures and Plans .................................................................................... 245
7.7 DESCRIPTION ABOUT EMERGENCY RESPONSE OPERATION ................................................................... 246
7.8 ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN ............................................................................................................... 246
CHAPTER 8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & PREVENTION OF INJURY ................................... 248
8.1 ORGANISATION............................................................................................................................... 249

8.1.1 Communications............................................................................................................. 249
8.1.2 Special Emergency Equipment..................................................................................... 249
8.1.3 Voluntary Organizations ................................................................................................. 249
8.1.4 Chemical Information .................................................................................................... 249
8.1.5 Meteorological Information........................................................................................... 249
8.1.6 Humanitarian Arrangements ......................................................................................... 249
8.1.7 Public Information ........................................................................................................... 250
8.1.8 Assessment ....................................................................................................................... 250
8.2 SPECIFIC TREATMENT ........................................................................................................................ 250
8.3 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ........................................................................................................................... 251
8.4 SAFETY MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................................... 251
8.4.1 Managerial Systems ........................................................................................................ 252
8.4.2 Accident Prevention Systems ........................................................................................ 252
LTD., WEST BENGAL
8.4.3 Support Systems .............................................................................................................. 252

8.4.4 Event Management Systems ......................................................................................... 252
8.4.5 Evaluation Systems.......................................................................................................... 253
8.5 APPROPRIATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS (PPE) .................................................................. 253
8.6 FIRE FIGHTING ................................................................................................................................. 253
8.7 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS .......................................................................................................... 253
8.8 FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM ..................................................................................................................... 254
8.9 AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM................................................................................................. 254
8.10 MANUAL CALL POINT SYSTEMS ......................................................................................................... 254
8.11 FIRE STATION ................................................................................................................................... 254
8.12 FIRE FIGHTING OPERATION AND PROCEDURES ................................................................................... 254
8.13 RESPONSIBILITIES OF FIRE CONTROL ROOM OPERATOR ....................................................................... 255
8.14 RESPONSIBILITIES OF FIRE FIGHTING PERSONNEL .................................................................................. 255
8.15 RESPONSIBILITIES OF FIRE OFFICER ..................................................................................................... 255
8.16 RESPONSIBILITIES OF SECURITY PERSONAL AT THE MANNED GATE ........................................................ 256
8.17 RESPONSIBILITIES OF MEDICAL OFFICER DURING MAJOR FIRE ............................................................. 256
8.18 RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD OF THE PERSONAL AND WELFARE DEPARTMENT DURING MAJOR FIRE. .......... 256
8.19 RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD OF THE MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT DURING MAJOR FIRE ............................ 256
8.20 RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD OF THE MATERIALS DURING MAJOR FIRE...................................................... 256
8.21 MUTUAL AID SYSTEM........................................................................................................................ 257
8.22 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH.................................................................................................................. 257
8.22.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 257
8.22.2 Occupational Hazard .................................................................................................... 257
8.22.3 Occupational Health Hazards ...................................................................................... 257
8.22.4 Types of Occupational Health Hazards ....................................................................... 258
8.22.5 Types of Control .............................................................................................................. 260
8.22.6 Occupational Health Centre (OHC) ............................................................................ 262
CHAPTER 9 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ......................................................................................... 264
9.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION .................................................................................................................... 265

9.2 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) ...................................................................................... 265
9.3 R & R ACTION PLANS ...................................................................................................................... 270
CHAPTER 10 CONSULTANCY PROFILE OF CTRAN CONSULTING LTD. .................................... 271
10.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 272

10.2 RANGE OF SERVICES OFFERED BY CTRAN ......................................................................................... 273
10.3 SELECTED PROJECTS IN WEST BENGAL CONDUCTED BY CTRAN .......................................................... 274
10.4 CONSULTANT AND PERSONNEL INVOLVED ......................................................................................... 278
APPENDIX 1 ......................................................................................................................................... 282
APPENDIX 2 ......................................................................................................................................... 283
APPENDIX 3 ......................................................................................................................................... 284
APPENDIX 4 ......................................................................................................................................... 285
APPENDIX 5 ......................................................................................................................................... 286
APPENDIX 6 ......................................................................................................................................... 287
LTD., WEST BENGAL
APPENDIX 7 ......................................................................................................................................... 288
ATTACHMENTS .................................................................................................................................. 294
LTD., WEST BENGAL
List of tables
TABLE 2.1: MARKET SCENARIO OF FERRO ALLOY

TABLE 2.2: PRODUCTION SUMMARY OF IRON & STEEL IN INDIA (IN MILLION TONS)
TABLE 2.3: DETAILED CLASSIFICATION OF LAND
TABLE 2.4: ECONOMIC OUTLINE OF THE PROJECT
TABLE 2.5: RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT
TABLE 2.6: LOCATIONAL DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL SOURCE
TABLE 2.7: RESULTS OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN DOLOMITE
TABLE 2.8: RESULTS OF PROXIMATE ANALYSIS OF COKE SAMPLE
TABLE 2.9: RESULTS OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN COKE SAMPLE
TABLE 2.10: RESULTS OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN F-GRADE COAL SAMPLE
TABLE 2.10 RESULTS OF MAJOR AND MINOR ELEMENTS IN SILICO-MANGANESE
TABLE 2.11: RESULTS OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN SILICO-MANGANESE
TABLE 2.12: RESULTS OF MAJOR AND MINOR ELEMENTS IN IRON ORE
TABLE 2.13: RESULTS OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN IRON ORE
TABLE 2.14: RESULTS OF MAJOR ELEMENT IN QUARTZITE
TABLE 2.15: RESULTS OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN QUARTZITE
TABLE 2.16: GRADES OF SILICO-MANGANESE
TABLE 2.17: ENERGY REQUIREMENT FOR 6 MVA & 9 MVA UNITS ELECTRICAL
BALANCE
TABLE 2.18: EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE 2.20: QUANTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
TABLE 3.1: LAND USE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA
TABLE 3.2: THE PROMINENT LAND USE IN THE STUDY AREA
TABLE 3.3: MONTHLY AVERAGE TEMPERATURE (MAX. MIN. IN DEGREE C)
TABLE 3.4: MONTHLY AVERAGE RAINFALL (IN MM)
TABLE 3.5: MONTHLY AVERAGE HUMIDITY (IN % AT 0830 HRS IST)
TABLE 3.6: MONTHLY AVERAGE ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE (IN MB AT 0830 HRS IST)
TABLE 3.7: MONTHLY AVERAGE CLOUD COVER (IN OCTA)
TABLE 3.8: MONTHLY AVERAGE WIND SPEED
LTD., WEST BENGAL
TABLE 3.9: DAYS WITH WIND SPEED

TABLE 3.10: ANNUAL FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION OF WIND
TABLE 3.11: SUMMARY OF MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL DATA (FROM 10TH OCTOBER 2010
TO 9TH JANUARY 2011)
TABLE 3.12: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATION LOACTIONS
TABLE 3.13: AMBIENT QUALITY STANDARDS (µg/m3)
TABLE 3.14: PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING VARIOUS AIR QUALITY PARAMETERS
TABLE 3.15: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULT AT SITES
TABLE 3.16: CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF RSPM (IN μG/M3)
TABLE 3.17: ANALYSIS REPORT OF POLYNUCLEAR AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
TABLE 3.18: AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS
TABLE 3.19 TRAFFIC DENSITY
TABLE 3.20 WATER QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS
TABLE 3.21: SURFACE WATER QUALITYAT STUDY AREA
TABLE 3.22: GROUND WATER QUALITY AT STUDY AREA
TABLE 3.23 SOIL QUALITY ANALYSIS RESULTS (DATE OF COLLECTION 17TH DECEMBER
2010)
TABLE 3.24: FLORAL CHECKLIST OF SURVEYED AREA
TABLE 3.25: CHECKLIST OF MEDICINAL PLANTS
TABLE 3.26: CHECKLIST OF BAMBOO
TABLE 3.27: CHECKLIST OF MAMMALIAN SPECIES
TABLE 3.28: CHECKLIST OF BIRD SPECIES
TABLE 3.29: CHECKLIST OF REPTILES
TABLE 3.30: CHECKLIST OF AMPHIBIANS
TABLE 3.31 POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS OF THE TOWN
TABLE 3.32 LITERACY RATE
TABLE 3.33 OCCUPATIONAL PATTERNS
TABLE 3.34 LIST OF MAJOR INDUSTRIES
TABLE 3.35 EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES
TABLE 3.36 HEALTH FACILITIES
TABLE 3.37 TRANSPORT FACILITIES
TABLE: 4.1: IDENTIFICATION OF ASPECTS AND IMPACTS
LTD., WEST BENGAL
TABLE 4.2: IMPACTS ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC VARIABLES

TABLE 4.3: MIXING HEIGHTS
TABLE 4.4: TOTAL INPUT DATA FOR PM FOR ALL STACKS REQUIRED TO RUN ISCST3
MODEL (WITHOUT APC)
TABLE 4.5: TOTAL INPUT DATA FOR PM FOR ALL STACKS REQUIRED TO RUN ISCST3
MODEL (WITH APC)
TABLE 4.6: TOTAL INPUT DATA FOR SO2 FOR ALL STACKS REQUIRED TO RUN ISCST3
MODEL
TABLE 4.7: TOTAL INPUT DATA FOR NOX FOR ALL STACKS REQUIRED TO RUN ISCST3
MODEL
TABLE 4.8: PREDICTED 24 – HOURLY MAXIMUM SHORT TERM INCREMENTAL
CONCENTRATIONS (CUMULATIVE)
TABLE 4.9: RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO INCREMENTAL GLCS
TABLE 4.10: EVALUATION OF IMPACT OF BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
TABLE 4.11: EVALUATION OF IMPACT ON AMBIENT ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
TABLE 4.12: EVALUATION OF IMPACT ON AESTHETIC ENVIRONMENT
TABLE 4.13: EVALUATION OF IMPACT ON HUMAN INTERESTS
TABLE 4.14: SUMMARY OF IMPACT EVALUATION
TABLE 5.1: HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL METHOD
TABLE 6.1 SUGGESTED TREES FOR PERIPHERAL GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT
TABLE 6.2: SUGGESTED MONITORING PROGRAM
TABLE 6.3: RECORD KEEPING REQUIREMENTS
TABLE 6.4: BUDGETARY PROVISIONS FOR EMP
TABLE NO.7.1 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION OF THE PLANT
TABLE NO. 7.2 VISUALIZATION OF MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT (MCA)
SCENARIOS
TABLE-7.3 DETERMINATION OF RISK POTENTIAL
TABLE 8.1 MAJOR HAZARDS/ INJURIES AND TREATMENT FACILITIES IN THE PLANT
TABLE 8.2 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS
TABLE 9.1: PRESENT ASPECTS OF FUND ALLOCATIONS FOR CSR ACTIVITIES
LTD., WEST BENGAL
List of figures
Figure 1.1: Topo map of Ferro alloy plant of Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd.
Fig: 2.1: Location Map of District
Fig: 2.2: Revenue Map
Fig 2.3: Plant Layout
Fig.2.4: Optical Micrographs of Dolomite
Fig. 2.5: Optical microphotographs of Coke sample
Fig.2.6A: (a) The coal sample showing various shapes and sizes of silicates (Quartz) and
sulphides (pyrite). (b) The coal sample showing various shapes and sizes of silicates (Quartz).
Fig.2.6B: (a) Inerinite (light) vitrinite (medium dark) and exinite (dark) bands. (b) Resinite,
elliptical, circular oval resinite cell fillings. (c) Exinite containing thin bands of inertinite. (d)
Spherical resinite bodies with in inertinte. Reflected light, Oil immersion.
Fig.2.7 Optical micrographs of Silico-manganese sample
Fig 2.8: Optical micrographs of Iron ore
Fig. 2.9: XRD pattern of quartzite
Fig. 2.10: Optical micrographs of quartzite sample
Fig: 2.11: Process flow diagramme
Fig. 2.12: Water Balance
Fig 3.1: Bankura district
Fig 3.2: Contour map of the study area
Fig 3.3: Aspect map of the study area
Fig 3.4: Slope map of the study area
Fig 3.5: Flood Zonation Map of the study area
Fig 3.6: Flood Hazard Zonation Map of the study area
Fig 3.7: Flood Hazard map of the study area
Fig 3.8: Land use pattern
Figure 3.9: Satellite Imagery of the Study Area
Figure 3.10: Land use and Land cover Map of the Study Area
Fig 3.11: Digital elevation model of the study area
Fig 3.12: 3-D map of the study area
Fig 3.13: Monthly Average Max. and Min. Temperature (in Degree C)
Fig 3.14: Monthly average rainfall in mm
LTD., WEST BENGAL
Fig 3.15: Monthly average Humidity (in %)

Fig 3.16: Monthly average atmospheric pressure (in mb)
Fig 3.17: Monthly average cloud cover
Fig 3.18: Monthly average wind speed
Fig 3.19: Days with wind speed
Fig 3.20: Windrose diagramme (Blowing to)
Fig 3.21: Windrose diagramme (Blowing from)
Fig 3.22: Location map of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
Fig 3.23: Ambient Air Quality Result at sites
Fig 3.24 Location map of Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring
Fig 3.25: Ambient Noise Level
Fig 3.26 Traffic Density
Fig 3.27 Water sampling locations
Fig 3.28 Soil sampling locations
Fig 3.29 Male-Female Distribution
Fig 3.30 Demographic distribution
Fig 3.31 Literacy rate
Fig 3.32 Employment pattern
Fig 3.33 Occupational pattern
Fig 3.34 Industrial Units
Fig 3.35: Distribution of Educational facilities
Fig 3.36: Distribution of Health facilities
Fig 3.37: Distribution of Transport facilities
Figure 4.1: Isopleth of PM
Figure 4.2: Isopleth of SO2
Figure 4.3: Isopleth of NOX
Fig 6.1: Organisational structure of Environmental Management Cell
LTD., WEST BENGAL
Terms of Reference (TOR) issued by MOEF

F. No. J-11011/422/2010-IA-II (I)
Government of India
Ministry of Environment and Forests
(I.A. Division)
Paryavaran Bhawan
CGO Complex, Lodhi Road
New Delhi ? 110 003
E-mail: ms.industry-mef@nic.in
Tele/fax: 011 ? 2436 3973
Dated: November 19th, 2010
To,
The Director,
M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Limited
22, Kenderline Lane, Flat No. 9, Kolkata- 700012
Ph: 033-22120042 Fax: 033-22120510

E-mail: samarpansteel@gmail.com
Sub: Proposed Ferro Alloy Plant of 21,859 TPA by installing 6 MVA (Phase-I) and 9 MVA
(Phase-II) submerged arc furnace at Village Ghutgoria, P.S: Barjora, District Bankura
in West Bengal by M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. - TORs reg.
Sir,
Kindly refer to your letter no. Nil dated 26th July, 2010 and subsequent communication
dated 18th May, 2010 along with Form-I and proposed TORs as per the EIA Notification, 2006.
2. The above proposal was considered by the Expert Appraisal Committee-1 (Industry) in
its 15th meeting held on 25th - 27th October, 2010 for prescribing TORs for undertaking detailed
EIA /EMP study. Based on the information furnished and presentation made by you and your
consultant, the Committee prescribed the following TORs for preparation of EIA/EMP Report
as per the following TORs:
1. Executive summary of the project.

2. Photographs of plant area.
3. A line diagram/flow sheet for the process and EMP
4. Proposal should be submitted to the Ministry for environment clearance only after
acquiring total land. Necessary documents indicating acquisition of land should be
included.
5. Comments from the SPCB should be obtained since the location of the project site is
near to severally polluted area.
6. A site location map on Indian map of 1:10, 00,000 scale followed by 1:50,000/1:25,000
scale on an A3/A2 sheet with at least next 10 Kms of terrains i.e. circle of 10 kms and
further 10 kms on A3/A2 sheets with proper longitude/latitude/heights with min.
LTD., WEST BENGAL
100/200 m. contours should be included. 3-D view i.e. DEM (Digital Elevation Model)
for the area in 10 km radius from the proposal site.
7. Present land use should be prepared based on satellite imagery. High-resolution
satellite image data having 1m-5m spatial resolution like quickbird, Ikonos, IRS P-6
pan sharpened etc. for the 10Km radius area from proposed site. The same should be
used for land used/land-cover mapping of the area.
8. Location of national parks / wildlife sanctuary / reserve forests within 10 km. radius
should specifically be mentioned. A map showing landuse/landcover, reserved
forests, wildlife sanctuaries, national parks, tiger reserve etc in 10 km of the project
site.
-2-
9. A list of industries within 10 km radius of the plant area.

10. Details and classification of total land (identified and acquired) should be included.
11. Project site layout plan showing raw materials and other storage plans, bore well or
water storage, aquifers (within 1 km.) dumping, waste disposal, green areas, water
bodies, rivers/drainage passing through the project site should be included.
12. List of raw material required and source along with mode of transportation should be
included. All the trucks for raw material and finished product transportation must be?
Environmentally Compliant?
13. Quantification & Characterization of solid /hazardous waste & its action plan for
management should be included.
14. Mass balance for the raw material and products should be included.
15. Energy balance data for all the components of ferro alloy plant should be incorporated.
16. Design details of Ferro Alloy Plant and manufacturing process details should be
included.
17. Site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly
wind speed and direction and rainfall is necessary.
18. Ambient air quality at 8 locations within the study area of 10 km., aerial coverage from
project site with one AAQMS in downwind direction should be carried out including
cumulative Impact of the surrounding industries.
19. The suspended particulate matter present in the ambient air must be analyzed for the
presence of poly-aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH), i.e. Benzene soluble fraction.
Chemical characterization of RSPM and incorporating of RSPM data.
20. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and assessment of
ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific
meteorological features.
21. Air quality modeling for ferro alloy plant for specific pollutants needs to be done.
APCS for the control of emissions should also be included to control emissions within
50 mg/Nm3.
22. Ambient air quality as per National Ambient Air Quality Emission Standards issued by
the Ministry vide G.S.R. No. 826(E) dated 16th November, 2009 should be included.
LTD., WEST BENGAL
23. Air Quality Impact Predication Modelling based on ISCST-3 or the latest models.
24. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding
environment should be assessed and provided.
25. An action plan to control and monitor secondary fugitive emissions from all the sources
as per the latest permissible limits issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. 414(E) dated 30th
May, 2008.
26. Presence of aquifer/aquifers within 1 km of the project boundaries and management
plan for recharging the aquifer should be included.
27. Source of surface/ground water level, site (GPS), cation, anion (Ion Chromatograph),
metal trace element (as above) chemical analysis for water to be used. If surface water
is used from river, rainfall, discharge rate, quantity, drainage and distance from
project site should also be included.
28. Ground water analysis with bore well data, litho-logs, drawdown and recovery tests to
quantify the area and volume of aquifer and its management.
29. ?Permission? for the drawl of water should be obtained. Water balance data must be
provided.
30. A note on the impact of drawl of water on the nearby River during lean season.
31. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures.
32. Surface water quality of nearby River (60 m upstream and downstream) and other
surface drains at eight locations must be ascertained.
-3-
33. If the site is within 10 km radius of any major river, Flood Hazard Zonation Mapping is
required at 1:5000 to 1;10,000 scale indicating the peak and lean river discharge as well
as flood occurrence frequency.
34. Pretreatment of raw water, treatment plant for waste water should be described in
detail. Design specifications may be included.
35. Ground water monitoring minimum at 8 locations and near solid waste dump zone,
Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area are essential as also.
Ecological status (Terrestrial and Aquatic) is vital.
36. Action plan for solid/hazardous waste generation, storage, utilization and disposal
particularly slag from all the sources should also be included.
37. Identification and details of land to be used for all type of slag disposal in the secured
land fill as per CPCB guidelines should be included.
38. End use of solid waste and its composition should be covered. Toxic metal content in
the waste material and its composition should also be incorporated particularly of
slag.
39. Provision of Toxic Chemical Leachability Potential (TCLP) test for the slag and its end
use should be included.
40. Commitment that no Ferro chrome will be manufactured without prior approval of the
Ministry.
LTD., WEST BENGAL
41. Acton plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area should be included.
42. Detailed description of the flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) should be given
with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species.
43. Disaster Management Plan including risk assessment and damage control needs to be
addressed and included.
44. Details regarding expected Occupational & Safety Hazards. Protective measures for
Occupational Safety & Health hazards so that such exposure can be kept within
permissible exposure level so as to protect health of workers. Health of the workers
with special reference to Occupational Health. Plan of exposure specific health status
evaluation of workers; pre plaferro alloy and periodical health status of workers; plan
of evaluation of health of workers by pre designed format, chest x ray, Audiometry,
Spirometry Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular
defect) ECG, during pre plaferro alloy and periodical examinations and plan of
monthly and yearly report of the health status of workers with special reference to
Occupational Health and Safety.
45. At least 5 % of the total cost of the project should be earmarked towards the corporate
social responsibility and item-wise details alongwith time bound actin plan should be
included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.
46. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control
measures should also be included.
47. Public hearing issues raised and commitments made by the project proponent on the
same should be included separately in EIA/EMP Report in the form of tabular chart
with financial budget for complying with the commitments made.
48. Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction / order passed by any
Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof.
The following general points should be noted:
(i) All documents should be properly indexed, page numbered.

(ii) Period/date of data collection should be clearly indicated.
(iii) Authenticated English translation of all material provided in Regional languages.
(iv) The letter/application for environmental clearance should quote the MOEF file No.
and also attach a copy of the letter.
-4-
(v) The copy of the letter received from the Ministry should be also attached as an
annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report.
(vi) The index of the final EIA-EMP report must indicate the specific chapter and page no.
of the EIA-EMP Report
(vii) While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the proponents and instructions
for the consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated
LTD., WEST BENGAL
4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry should also be
followed.
(viii) The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA/EMP report after accreditation
with Quality Council of India (QCl) / National Accreditation Board of Education
and Training (NABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the
EIA/EMP reports prepared by them and data provided by other
organization/Laboratories including their status of approvals etc.
3. It was decided that ?TORs? prescribed by the Expert Appraisal Committee-1 (Industry)
should be considered for preparation of EIA / EMP report for the above mentioned project in
addition to all the relevant information as per the ?Generic Structure of EIA? given in Appendix
III and IIIA in the EIA Notification, 2006. The draft EIA/EMP report shall be submitted to the
West Bengal Pollution Control Board for public hearing. The issues emerged and response to
the issues shall be incorporated in the EIA report. The final EIA report shall be submitted to the
Ministry for obtaining environmental clearance.
4. The TORs prescribed shall be valid for a period of two years for submission of the
EIA/EMP and Public hearing reports.
Yours faithfully,
(Dr. P. L. Ahujarai)
Scientist F
Copy to: The Chairman, West Bengal Pollution Control Board, Parivesh Bhawan, 10A
Block-LA, Sector-III, Salt Lake, Kolkata - 700091, West Bengal.
(Dr. P. L. Ahujarai)
Scientist F
LTD., WEST BENGAL
TOR compliance
Sl. Conditions Reference in EIA
No.
1 Executive summary of the project Attached separately
2 Photographs of plant area Appendix 5
3 A line diagram/flow sheet for the process and EMP Appendix 6 (line
diagram/flow sheet of
the process)
Chapter 6 (EMP)
4 Proposal should be submitted to the Ministry for Attachment 1
environment clearance only after acquiring total land.
Necessary documents indicating acquisition of land should
be included
5 Comments from the SPCB should be obtained since the Attachment 7
location of the project site is near to severally polluted area
6 A site location map on Indian map of 1:10, 00,000 scale Chapter 1, Figure 1.1
followed by 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet with Chapter 3, section 3.4.3
at least next 10 Kms of terrains i.e. circle of 10 kms and (Fig 3.9 to 3.12)
further 10 kms on A3/A2 sheets with proper
longitude/latitude/heights with min. 100/200 m. contours
should be included. 3-D view i.e. DEM (Digital Elevation
Model) for the area in 10 km radius from the proposal site.
7 Present land use should be prepared based on satellite Chapter 3, section 3.4.4
imagery. High-resolution satellite image data having 1m-5m Figure 3.10
spatial resolution like quickbird, Ikonos, IRS P-6 pan
sharpened etc. for the 10Km radius area from proposed site.
The same should be used for land used/land-cover mapping
of the area.
8 Location of national parks / wildlife sanctuary / reserve Chapter 3, section 3.13.7.
forests within 10 km. radius should specifically be No wildlife
mentioned. A map showing landuse/landcover, reserved sanctuary/National
forests, wildlife sanctuaries, national parks, tiger reserve etc Parks/Reserve
in 10 km of the project site. Forests/Tiger Reserve
found within 10 km
radius.
9 A list of industries within 10 km radius of the plant area Chapter 3, section 3.13.6
(table 3.34)
10 Details and classification of total land (identified and Chapter 2, section 2.5
acquired) should be included.
11 Project site layout plan showing raw materials and other Chapter 2, Section 2.2
LTD., WEST BENGAL
storage plans, bore well or water storage, aquifers (within 1 Figure 2.2 & 2.3 (Plant
km.) dumping, waste disposal, green areas, water bodies, layout diagramme with
rivers/drainage passing through the project site should be Bore well, green belt,
included water storage, rain water
harvesting identified in a
scaled gridded layout.
12 List of raw material required and source along with mode of Chapter 2, section 2.4.1.
transportation should be included. All the trucks for raw The environmental
material and finished product transportation must be compliance procedure of
Environmentally Compliant transportation included.
13 Quantification & Characterization of solid /hazardous waste Chapter 2, section 2.8.4.
& its action plan for management should be included There will be no
Hazardous Waste
generated as the the
process will not include
producing ferro-chrome
as product.
14 Mass balance for the raw material and products should be Chapter 2, section 2.4.6
included
15 Energy balance data for all the components of ferro alloy Chapter 2, section 2.4
plant should be incorporated. (table 2.13-Electrical
balance and Fuel
balance)
16 Design details of Ferro Alloy Plant and manufacturing Chapter2, section 2.4
process details should be included
17 Site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, Chapter3, section 3.5
relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and
rainfall is necessary.
18 Ambient air quality at 8 locations within the study area of 10 Chapter 3, section 3.6
km., aerial coverage from project site with one AAQMS in
downwind direction should be carried out including
cumulative Impact of the surrounding industries.
19 The suspended particulate matter present in the ambient air Chapter 3, section 3.6.2
must be analyzed for the presence of poly-aromatic (table 3.17 & 3.18)
hydrocarbons (PAH), i.e. Benzene soluble fraction. Chemical
characterization of RSPM and incorporating of RSPM data.
20 Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project Chapter 4, section 4.3.1.
site and assessment of ground level concentration of
pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific
meteorological features.
21 Air quality modeling for ferro alloy plant for specific Chapter 4, section 4.3.1.
LTD., WEST BENGAL
pollutants needs to be done. APCS for the control of

emissions should also be included to control emissions within
50 mg/Nm3.
22 Ambient air quality as per National Ambient Air Quality Chapter 4, section 4.3.1.
Emission Standards issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. No.
826(E) dated 16th November, 2009 should be included.
23 Air Quality Impact Predication Modeling based on ISCST-3 Chapter 4, section 4.3.1.
or the latest models.
24 Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products Chapter 4, section 4.2.1
on the surrounding environment should be assessed and
provided
25 An action plan to control and monitor secondary fugitive Chapter 5, section 5.1.1
emissions from all the sources as per the latest permissible
limits issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. 414(E) dated 30th
May, 2008
26 Presence of aquifer/aquifers within 1 km of the project Chapter 3, section 3.4
boundaries and management plan for recharging the aquifer
should be included
27 Source of surface/ground water level, site (GPS), cation, Chapter 3, section 3.4 &
anion (Ion Chromatograph), metal trace element (as above) Attachment 3
chemical analysis for water to be used. If surface water is
used from river, rainfall, discharge rate, quantity, drainage
and distance from project site should also be included
28 Ground water analysis with bore well data, litho-logs, Chapter 3, section 3.10.3
drawdown and recovery tests to quantify the area and & Attachment 3
volume of aquifer and its management
29 Permission for the drawl of water should be obtained. Water Attachment 4
balance data must be provided
30 A note on the impact of drawl of water on the nearby River Chapter 5, section 5.1.4
during lean season & attachment 3, 4
31 Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures Chapter 6, section 6.3.3
32 Surface water quality of nearby River (60 m upstream and Chapter 3, section 3.10
downstream) and other surface drains at eight locations must
be ascertained
33 If the site is within 10 km radius of any major river, Flood Chapter 3, section 3.4.3
Hazard Zonation Mapping is required at 1:5000 to 1;10,000
scale indicating the peak and lean river discharge as well as
flood occurrence frequency
34 Pretreatment of raw water, treatment plant for waste water Chapter 6, section 6.3.3
should be described in detail. Design specifications may be
included
LTD., WEST BENGAL
35 Ground water monitoring minimum at 8 locations and near Chapter 3, section 3.10
solid waste dump zone, Geological features and Geo-
hydrological status of the study area are essential as also.
Ecological status (Terrestrial and Aquatic) is vital
36 Action plan for solid/hazardous waste generation, storage, Chapter 6, section 6.3.4
utilization and disposal particularly slag from all the sources
should also be included
37 Identification and details of land to be used for all type of Chapter 6, section 6.3.4
slag disposal in the secured land fill as per CPCB guidelines
should be included.
38 End use of solid waste and its composition should be Chapter 4 and 5.
covered. Toxic metal content in the waste material and its Chapter 6, section 6.3.4
composition should also be incorporated particularly of slag
39 Provision of Toxic Chemical Leachability Potential (TCLP) Chapter 5. section 5.1.5
test for the slag and its end use should be included.
40 Commitment that no Ferro chrome will be manufactured Chapter 2. Process
without prior approval of the Ministry. description provided
and no products of ferro
chrome are considered.
41 Acton plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area Chapter 6, section
should be included. 6.3.5.2. Scaled gridded
layout plan has been
included at Chapter 2,
figure 2.3.
42 Detailed description of the flora and fauna (terrestrial and Chapter 3, section 3.11.
aquatic) should be given with special reference to rare, No such rare or
endemic and endangered species. endangered species
found in the study area
43 Disaster Management Plan including risk assessment and Chapter 7, section 7.5 &
damage control needs to be addressed and included 7.6
44 Details regarding expected Occupational & Safety Hazards. Chapter 8, Section 8.22
Protective measures for Occupational Safety & Health
hazards so that such exposure can be kept within permissible
exposure level so as to protect health of workers. Health of
the workers with special reference to Occupational Health.
Plan of exposure specific health status evaluation of workers;
pre placement and periodical health status of workers; plan
of evaluation of health of workers by pre designed format,
chest x ray, Audiometry, Spirometry Vision testing (Far &
Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG,
during pre placement and periodical examinations and plan
LTD., WEST BENGAL
of monthly and yearly report of the health status of workers

with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety
45 At least 5 % of the total cost of the project should be Chapter 9, Section 9.2.
earmarked towards the corporate social responsibility and An action plan (Year
item-wise details along with time bound action plan should wise) with budgetary
be included. Socio-economic development activities need to allocation has been
be elaborated upon included.
46 Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for Chapter 6, Section 6.4.6
environmental pollution control measures should also be
included
47 Public hearing issues raised and commitments made by the Chapter 9, Section 9.1
project proponent on the same should be included separately and Appendix – 7,
in EIA/EMP Report in the form of tabular chart with Attachment 7
financial budget for complying with the commitments made
48 Any litigation pending against the project and / or any Attachment 6. Self
direction / order passed by any Court of Law against the Declaration of M/s
project, if so, details thereof Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd.
regarding litigation
pending against the
project and / or any
direction / order passed
by any Court of Law
against the project
Additional Points covered
Sl.No. Conditions Reference in EIA
1 Collection of baseline data on air, water, soil, noise, flora, Chapter 3
fauna etc. for one season other than monsoon included
2 Socio-economic development activities included Chapter 9, Section 9.2
3 Time bound action plan for CSR and socio-economic Chapter 9, Section 9.2
development activities elaborated
4 EMP includes the concept of waste-minimization, recycle Chapter 6, section 6.4.1
/reuse / recover techniques, energy conservation and
natural resource conservation.
5 The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA/EMP Chapter 10, List of
report after accreditation with Quality Council of India NABET attached
(QCl) / National Accreditation Board of Education and
Training (NABET) would need to include a certificate in
this regard in the EIA/EMP reports prepared by them and
data provided by other organization/Laboratories
including their status of approvals etc.
LTD., WEST BENGAL
Chapter 1.0 Introduction
LTD., WEST BENGAL
1.0 Introduction
Rapid industrialization leads to around development and improvement in quality of

people in the area. West Bengal is very congenial state for industrial growth due to
availability of manpower, raw materials and other infrastructural facilities.
The country is going through a phase of rapid development and growth. All the vital
industries and other sectors of the country are registering growth thus luring investors
and ferro alloy industry is one of them. With globalization, Indian Ferro Alloy industry
has realized that to be competitive in the international scene, the production technology
must be at par with the state of art technology as in advanced countries and consistency
of quality of the product has to be ensured at any cost.
The robust 7.5% growth in global steel production strengthened the upstream demand
for ferro alloys by 7% in 2007-08 and China recorded the highest demand for ferro
alloys, followed by India and Russia. India, with a 5-7% share of the global ferro alloys
industry, is among the10 largest producers of the material in the world. In India,
majority of the ferro alloys furnances are largely located in Orissa, Andhra Pradesh,
West Bengal, Chattisgarh and Goa due to proximity to mines. Most ferro alloy
companies manufacture manganese or chrome alloys. Indian bulk ferro alloys supply
constitutes of Ferro Chrome about 32%, Ferro Manganese and Silicon Manganese about
62% and rest others. India enjoys a natural advantage as it has the fifth-largest in
chrome ore with a 100 million tones estimated reserve and the sixth-largest in
manganese ore with an estimated 176 million tones reserve.
This capital intensive industry used to draw its sustenance mainly from government
demand. Growth in construction, shipping, engineering & infrastructure spurs demand
for steel. Generally, foundries consume pig iron, steel making units purchase sponge
iron which is a substitute of steel scrap, long products are used in construction and
engineering, hop rolled products are used in pipes, tubes rods and wires. The
automobile sector, domestic appliances, bicycle and furniture depend upon cold rolled
products. Auto and construction sectors use galvanized plain steel. The major players
dominating the steel industry are SAIL, TISCO, VSP besides Essar Steels, Ispat
Industries, Mukund Steel, Jindal Iron etc. The road corridor programme of the central
Government, cheap/ priority housing loans, demand from reconstruction of war
ravaged countries like Afghanistan and Iraq, demand from China (developing fast and
investment for the Olympic & Expo) etc has increased the for steel.
LTD., WEST BENGAL
There is a large gap in demand & supply of construction steel billets and many rolling
mills are starved due to shortage of regular supply. The carbon construction steel are
cold heading steel, case carbonizing steel harden able quality steel including low
carbon, medium carbon, high carbon & forging quality steel. The alloy construction
steel includes case carburizing quality, cold heading, nitriding quality creep resisting
quality etc. the spring steel includes chrome- vanadium and silico- manganese.
1.1 Purpose of EIA
The purpose of the EIA study is to critically analyze the manufacturing process of
different products, proposed to be manufactured with reference to types and quantity
of different raw material consumption, possible source of wastewater, air emission and
hazardous waste generation, control measures to reduce the pollution and to delineate a
comprehensive environment management plan along with recommendations in
proposed environment management system.
M/s Samarpan Steels Pvt. Ltd. was incorporated on 26th March 2008 with the registered
office at 22, Kenderdine lane, flat no-9, 1st floor, Kolkata-700 012. West Bengal, India,
with its main object being to carry the business as manufacturing and trading,
producing, processing, buying and supplying of ferro alloys steel, ferrous and non
ferrous metals, ferro silicon, rollers, strips, foundry converters, assemblers, mini steel
plants, alloy casting plant and to construct, install and erect necessary plants for the
above purposes.
The unit will be equipped with one no. 6.0 MVA submersible arc furnace in phase –I
and 9.0 MVA submersible arc furnaces in phase – II, as the main melting facility
supported by all required auxiliary facility. The location of unit is in a fast growing
industrial area of West Bengal and is in close proximity to the raw material,
consumables and finished product market.
The proposed project is designated to be developed under the Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) Notification and amendments under Environment (Protection) Act
(EPA), 1986. The proposed project (less than 1 Million TPA) falls under “Category A”
and should have been appraised at the Expert Appraisal Committee, Ministry of
Environment and Forest (MoEF).
Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF) issued Terms of Reference (TOR) for
carrying out the EIA/EMP study vide letter No. J-11011/422/2010-IA-II (I) dated 19th
LTD., WEST BENGAL
November 2010 based on the duly filled Form I along with pre feasibility report
submitted and subsequent presentation made to Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC).
In order for preparing the Environmental Impact Assessment Report, the industry has
appointed CTRAN Consulting Ltd., Bhubaneswar as their consultants for the various
environmental components which may be affected, to assess the impact arising out of
the proposed project and to prepare a detailed Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
to minimize those adverse impacts. It also examines the possible impact on the people,
their home land or their livelihoods or to other nearby developments.
1.2 Promoters of the Project
The project is intended to the setting up of a new unit for the manufacturing of Ferro
alloy by M/s. Samarpan Steels Pvt. Ltd. There are two directors namely Mr. Viresh L.
Shah and Mr. Pawan Newatia.
Mr. Viresh L. Shah, is a B.com, LLB aged 47 yrs and is doing business since past 22
years, he is involved in business having many company under a group having a
turnover of 6 to 7 crore annually. He is in consultancy business (Shah corporate
Consultants P Ltd.) and has vast experience in foreign trade; he has also added many
new businesses to his organization. Total turnover of his group companies is near about
6 to 7 crore yielding a profit of 15 to 20 lakh annually.
Mr. Pawam Newatia, aged about 50 years, is a commerce graduate having 27 years of
business experience. He has promoted various companies and is also CEO of Bihar
Raffia Industries Ltd, having annual turnover of more than 50 crores, he also has
experience in of 25 years in running of manufacturing unit.
M/s. Samarpan Steels Pvt. Ltd. awarded the job of environmental assessment to
CTRAN Consulting Ltd., Bhubaneswar a rapidly growing environmental consultancy
organization from Eastern India.
1.3 Need of the Project
In India a sizeable proportion of the demand for steel has been met by secondary steel
producers which are becoming the preferred root of steel production. Steel is produced
either by blast furnace or by electric Arc furnace, Induction furnace of which the former
is viable for large capacities but creates more pollution than production of steel by arc
furnace. Many steel sectors rely primarily on electric arc or induction furnace which has
LTD., WEST BENGAL
historically been scrap as raw material. Further, more than about a third of India’s total
capacity of steel, at 80 million MT, and more importantly that of the modern steel plants
Viz. Jindal Steels, Vijayanagar Steel, etc. is been produced by electric arc and induction
furnace method. This is fuelled by the deficit in supply of coke by the primary steel
producers. The demand of sponge iron as substitute raw materials in place of scarp is
directly linked to prices and availability of steel scrap.
Steel may be deemed to be a commodity with the widest range the applications in a
variety of end user sectors like agriculture and agro based industries, industrial
machinery, consumer durable, packaging, transportation, infrastructure development,
defense etc. steel is one basic material with facilitates development of a number of
downstream industries provide in the process, significant employment generation
opportunities.
Various projects to rejuvenate in fracture are already in progress of this of prime

importance is the Rs. 58000 crores golden quadrilateral plan – a NHDP project or four
lane roads and connecting the four metros – Kolkata, Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai. A
similar project connecting the four extremities of the country – the 73000 km North –
South – East –West corridor. The housing policy ensures a shelter every by 2020.
Silico Manganese/ferro manganese/ferro silicon is essentially an alloying ingredient for
manufacture of all types of steel. Molten iron contains dissolved sulphur and oxygen,
which does -not give required rolling or forging property. Manganese, in the form of
ferro manganese is added to the molten iron to separate in the form of slag. Manganese
as an alloying element also provides toughness to steel.
Silicon is added in the form of either ferro silicon or silicon manganese as an alloying
element for manufacture of special steels viz. spring steel, electrical grade steel and
special purpose steel. It is also used in the production of steel ingots, steel castings and
iron castings (as deoxidant) and in the manufacture of flux coated welding electrodes. It
is being noted that reserve of high grade manganese ore in India are very limited, over
the years there is a positive increase in the demand of ferro alloy and manganese due to
increase in the production of steel. Ferro alloys are used primarily in steel making as de-
oxidant and alloying agent, the use of ferro alloys totally depends on the quality of steel
required as final.
Considering the consumption norms prevalent in India, the specific consumption of

Silicon manganese has been found to be about 12 kg per ton of total finished steel
production covering all steel grades. Due to increase in power tariff; several Ferro
Alloys units are dying in the States of Maharastra, M.P., Chattisgarh and Kamataka.
LTD., WEST BENGAL
Ferro Alloys are also imported from low cost producers such as China, South Africa and
CIS countries.
Presently West Bengal is a leading producer of Ferro Alloys in the country. New Ferro
Alloys industries are coming up in West Bengal due to State Government’s Industrial
Policy and low power tariff. The approx. monthly production capacity of Ferro Alloys
in West Bengal is 25,000 Mt, which is the highest production rate in the country.
The Government has also taken up some important policy revisions in this regard such
as,
1. De-licensing of the iron and steel sector.
2. Rationalizing and restructuring of customs duties and excise levies.
3. Deregulation of pricing and distribution of steel.
4. Greater autonomy to public sector.
The company proposes to sell its products to companies like Jindal Strips Ltd., Sunflag
Iron & Steel Co. Ltd., Usha Martin Industries Ltd., Jindal Seamless tubes Ltd., Durgapur
Steel Plants, Vizag Steel Plant and SAIL etc. The company is already in advanced
discussions with these companies and is confident of successfully marketing its
products to these companies. The management of company has a great exposure in the
foreign market as discussed above.
LTD., WEST BENGAL
Figure 1.1: Topo map of Ferro alloy plant of Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd.
1.4 Scope of the Study
The scope of study is to envisage the environmental changes anticipated due to the
proposed project. To assess the environmental attributes of study area, core area of 10
km radius around the proposed project site is considered. The broad scope of the study
includes:
¾ Background study of the Town and Literature review to collect data relevant to
the study area;
¾ Primary data collection coupled with secondary data collection so as to establish
the baseline environmental status of the study area;
¾ Identify various existing pollution loads due to any industrial and domestic
activities in the study area;
¾ Predict incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the proposed
Ferro alloy manufacturing unit;
LTD., WEST BENGAL
¾ Evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the

study area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental
impact assessment methodologies/ models;
¾ Identify critical environmental attributes required to monitor regularly;
¾ Identification and analysis of risk and prepare disaster management plan to deal
with emergency situation.
¾ Identification of mitigation measures and preparation of an Environmental
Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for environment protection;
The detailed EIA work has been carried out in accordance with the Terms of Reference
(TOR) provided by EAC vide letter no. No. J-11011/422/2010-IA-II (I) dated 19th
November 2010. This EIA report presents the existing baseline scenario and the
assessment and evaluation of the environmental impacts that may arise during the
construction and operation of the proposed project.
1.5 Methodology for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
Environmental Impact Assessment study has been conducted within an area of 10 km

radius around the project area. The various steps involved in the study for a particular
project are divided into three following phases.
• Identification of significant environmental parameters and assessing the status

within the impact zone
• Prediction of Impacts envisaged due to proposed scheme on various
environmental parameters
• Evaluation of impacts after superimposing the predicted scenario over the
baseline scenario to prepare Environmental Management Plan.
1.5.1 Baseline Environmental Condition
The samples of ambient air, ground and surface water and soil are collected and
analyzed as per the standard methods for establishing the baseline data and to
determine the impact of proposed activity on the same.
¾ Ambient Air Environment: The air environment around the plant was studied by
setting up locations within the study area of 10 Km radius from the project site and
collection and monitoring the site specific meteorological data, viz. wind speed,
wind direction, humidity, rainfall and ambient temperature was carried out. Design
LTD., WEST BENGAL
of network for ambient air quality monitoring locations is based on guidelines

provided by CPCB. The ambient air samples were collected and analyzed for PM10,
PM2.5, SO2 and NOX for identification, prediction, evaluation and assessment of
potential impact on ambient air environment.
¾ Ground and Surface Water Environment: The water required for domestic and
industrial use shall be met from ground water using bore well. To assess the
Physico-chemical quality of the water, a number of water samples were collected
and analyzed for pollution parameters viz., pH, TDS, Turbidity, BOD3, COD,
Fluorides, Chlorides, Sulphate, Nitrates, Ammonical Nitrogen, Hardness, Alkalinity,
Oil & Grease and some heavy metals in order to find out the contamination, if any.
¾ Noise Environment: Noise pollution survey was conducted in the study zone for
evaluating existing status. The anticipated noise sources were industrial activities,
which are likely to be increased due to proposed activity. Noise levels were also
recorded in surrounding villages for evaluating general scenario of the study area.
Hourly equivalent sound levels (Leq) were also recorded for calculating Day and
Night noise levels in the surrounding villages.
¾ Soil Environment: Soil sampling and analysis was carried out to assess Physico-
chemical characteristics of the soils and delineate existing cropping pattern, existing
land use and topography, within the study area.
¾ Biological Environment: Keeping in view, the importance of biological component

of total environment due to the proposed project, biological characterization of
terrestrial and aquatic environments, changes in species diversity of flora and fauna
in terrestrial as well as aquatic systems were studied for impact analysis due to
proposed project activity, if any.
¾ Socio-economic Environment: Demographic and related socio-economic data was

collected from census handbook to assess socioeconomic status of the study area.
Assessment of impact on significant historical, cultural, and archeological
sites/places in the area and economic and employment benefit arisen out from the
proposed project is given special attention.
LTD., WEST BENGAL
1.5.2 Identification of pollution source
Detailed study of manufacturing process for proposed production scenario is carried

out along with input and output of materials, water, and wastewater as well as
infrastructure facilities available.
1.5.3 Evaluation of Pollution Control and Environmental Management Systems
The qualitative and quantitative analysis of various pollution sources as well as

evaluation of pollution control system is carried out.
1.5.4 Evaluation of Impacts
A comprehensive evaluation of environmental impact with reference to proposed

activities is carried out.
1.5.5 Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
A comprehensive Environmental Management Plan has been prepared covering all the
areas of pollution prevention measures i.e. Air, Noise, Soil and Water Pollution Control
measures, Environmental Surveillance and Environmental Management Plan.
The present report is an EIA conducted during the study period of October 2010 to
January 2011. The baseline environmental conditions have been established through
field monitoring and literature survey.
1.6 Structure of the EIA report
The objective of the EIA study is a preparation of Environment Impact Assessment

(EIA) report based on the guidelines of the Ministry of Environment and Forests
(MoEF) and CPCB. It incorporates the following.
• Chapter 1 is an Introduction to the proposed facility, its premises and
surrounding areas. It also expresses the basic objectives and methodologies for
EIA studies and work to be covered under each Environmental component.
• Chapter 2 presents a Description of Project and Infrastructure facilities including
all industrial and environmental aspects of Ferro alloy manufacturing unit of 6
MVA (Phase I) and 9 MVA (Phase II) by M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. during
construction phase and operation phase activities as well as manufacturing
process details of proposed product. This chapter also gives information about
LTD., WEST BENGAL
Ferro alloy manufacturing technologies, Air pollution control equipments

quantitative details, storage facility and disposal and utilities for proposed
project.
• Chapter 3 covers Baseline Environmental Status including meteorological details,
Identification of baseline status of Environmental components of the
surrounding area covering air, water and land environment, study of land use
pattern, Meteorology, Air environment, Noise environment, Water resource
environment, Soil and geology, Biological Environment & Socio-Economic
Environment giving details about Bankura District and the 10 Km study area.
• Chapter 4 deals with Impact assessment, which provides quantification of
significant impacts of the proposed activities of plant on various environmental
components, pollution modeling, and evaluation of impacts.
• Chapter 5 describes the proposed mitigation measures for components like air,
water, land, noise, solid waste, ecology, socio-economic.
• Chapter 6 describes Environment Management Plan (EMP) to be adopted for
mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts if any and to ensure acceptable
impacts.
• Chapter 7 describes the Risk analysis and Disaster management plan that is
adopted by the company.
• Chapter 8 describes the Occupational health and prevention of injury.
• Chapter 9 describes the additional studies.
• Chapter 10 gives the Profile information of consultants and key resources
conducting EIA studies.
LTD., WEST BENGAL
Chapter 2 Project Details
LTD., WEST BENGAL
2.1 Present Scenario of Indian Ferro alloy Industry
Derived demand driving price Steel industry in the country is one of the biggest
beneficiaries of ever-increasing focus on infrastructure, which has been identified as a
key thrust area to sustain economic growth at 8-9%. This, in turn, has increased demand
for steel inputs, raw material and related products, which have resulted in doubling of
prices in past one year. Ferro alloy is one such industry, which have witnessed a hike of
70-150%, having benefited from robust domestic and export demand. We expect the
robust appetite for ferro alloys to continue owing to continued buoyancy in steel
demand both at home and away.
India is one of the 10 largest producers of the ferro alloys in the world. Most of the
facilities are located close to the mines in Orissa, Andhra Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, West
Bengal and Goa. Ferro-Manganese dominates the overall supply situation in the
country with ~61% share while FeCr and Fe-Si contribute the rest. Noble ferro alloys
have marginal presence with 1% share of the total.
India, being home to one of the largest reserves of Mn ore and Cr ore, is a key player in
global ferro alloy industry with 5-7% share. The industry has benefited from increased
demand from steel production, both at home and globally. While, domestic
consumption of ferro alloys grew at a CAGR of 35.6% during FY08-FY11, to reach
2.3mntpa, because of Chinese appetite, export grew at a CAGR of 31.4% during the
same period. Consequently, share of export in production increased from 18.4% in FY08
to 27.6% in FY11.
Domestic consumption of ferro alloys is expected to increase to 2.75mn ton by FY12E,

from 1.3mn ton in FY06, at a CAGR of 35.3%. Manganese ore is expected to form major
chunk of the demand with a share of 2.3 mn tons.
Ferro alloys exports, which steadily grew from 18.4% of production in FY08 to 27.6% of
production in FY11, is expected to remain a key growth driver for domestic production.
Assuming exports to remain at FY09 levels of 25% of total production (even though
growth in exports is much higher) exports are expected to reach 1.2 mn ton in FY12E at
a CAGR of 12.1%. Cumulatively, demand for ferro alloys is expected to reach 3.6mn ton
by FY12.
The installed capacity in India for ferro alloys, which find application primarily as de-
oxidant and alloying agent in finished steel, is ~3.25mntpa. The industry is highly
fragmented with >150 players, with average capacity of 20,000tpa. Many small capacity
LTD., WEST BENGAL
units have turned uneconomical due to high power tariffs, financial crunch and lack of
bargaining power with the global raw material suppliers. Idle ferro alloy capacity in
India actually is to the tune of 15% of the total. High power tariffs and scarcity of raw
materials is further impacting the capacity utilization of overall industry. On the
industry level, capacity utilization is to the tune of only ~68% (FY10).
TABLE 2.1: MARKET SCENARIO OF FERRO ALLOY

Key statistics
Parameters Units 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06
Export Quantity ‘000 214.3 110.6 140.9 149.1 331.8 423.5
tones
Export value Rs. Crore 445.6 201.9 251.9 388.8 1202.8 1179.7
Import quantity ‘000 64.1 44.6 63.1 65.0 85.4 98.6
tones
Import value Rs. Crore 2103.3 1702.3 1908.8 2604.3 3739.1 3439.5
Market Size Rs. Crore 2367.6 1885.5 2165.3 2940.7 4370.9 4100.0
(value)
Domestic Rs. Crore 1988.0 1683.7 1913.4 2551.9 3168.1 2920.2
Consumption
Ferro alloys are used in making alloy steels and castings of different special types as
addition agents. Ferro alloys are usually made in electric-arc furnaces. Alloy steel has
often greater limitations on tramp element concentrations than plain carbon steels.
According to Global Industry Analysts, Inc., global consumption of Silicon Manganese
is projected to grow at a compounded annual rate of 4% till 2010. The alloy
consumption in the Asia-Pacific region is expected to reach 2.2 million metric tons by
then.
The Indian steel sector has stood out with a positive growth of 2.5% in steel production
and 6.8% in steel consumption during April-November, 2009-2010. This was made
possible by the economic and financial stimulus measures launched by the government
since October 2008. Trends show that the steel demand in India may further pick up in
domestic market of automobiles, housing and construction sector.
LTD., WEST BENGAL
TABLE 2.2: PRODUCTION SUMMARY OF IRON & STEEL IN INDIA (IN MILLION TONS)
Year Main Producer Secondary Producer Total
1998-1999 9.91 13.91 23.82
1999-2000 9.37 16.29 25.66
2000-2001 9.70 17.26 26.96
2001-2002 11.46 18.98 30.44
2002-2003 14.39 19.29 33.68
2003-2004 15.12 21.00 36.12
In May 2009 total production was 88 million tons in comparison to 86.21 million tons in
May 2008.
Year Import Export
2000-2001 1885 2664
2001-2002 1271 2704
2002-2003 1510 4506
2003-2004 1650 5221
In the view of the increasing demand and supply of the Ferro alloy in the Indian
market, M/s. Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. has proposed to install a ferro alloy
manufacturing unit located at Village: Ghutgoria, P.O.- Borjora, Dist- Bankura, West
Bengal.
2.2 Project Location
The proposed ferro alloy manufacturing unit will be set up at the barren land. The
project will be a Greenfield unit and it will be set up at village-Ghutgoria, Mouza:
Ghutgoria, P.S: Barjora, District: Bankura, West Bengal - J. L. No. 24, Dag No. – 2189,
2190, 2191, 2192, 2193, 2194, 2195, 2196, 2198, 2199, 2187, 2188. The site is selected at the
above address as it is an greenfield project and well connected with other parts of the
country. The project site lies on Latitude- 23°25’55”North and Longitude- 87°15’05”East.
It’s well linked with other parts of the country by all the three major modes of
transportation – rail, road and sea. It lies on the railway line connecting Asansol-
Durgapur-Howrah (Eastern Railway). It is well-reachable by trains from both Howrah
Station and Sealdah Station at Kolkata and Asansol Station. The place is linked by
Bankura road, NH-2 or Delhi Road and Mumbai Road. The National Highway (NH-2)
between Durgapur and Kolkata is about 15 Km distance from the proposed project site.
The site is connected with Maliara road of about 0.5 Km distance and 13.0 Km from
LTD., WEST BENGAL
Durgapur Railway Station. Mainly Kolkata and Haldia Ports of about 180 Km and
172.89 Km distance from the proposed site, would be used for transportation of
equipments through sea. The nearest commercial airport NSC Bose is located at Dum
Dum, Kolkata, about 180 km away from the site.
Plot No Classification of land Size of Plot in acre
2187 G. L.P. 0.42

2188 Baid 0.31
2189 G. L.P. 1.45
2190 Baid 1.04
2191 G. L.P. 0.3
2192 Kanali 2.13
2193 G. L.P. 1.7
2194 Baid 0.12
2195 G. L.P. 0.22
2196 Baid 0.15
2198 Baid 0.52
2199 Kanali 0.81
Total 9.17
Baid type of land occurs at a lower level than the gullied waste lands and covered with
sandy loam soil on which paddy is grown. Kanali lands are at still lower level lands in
the alluvial tract on which paddy is grown extensively with moderate to good yields.
G.L.P or Gar Layak Patip is a land where agriculture is not possible.
EIA FOR PROPOSED FERRO ALLOY MANUFACTURING UNIT OF SAMARPAN STEEL PVT. LTD.
Fig: 2.1: Location Map of District
EIA FOR PROPOSED FERRO ALLOY MANUFACTURING UNIT OF
M/S SAMARPAN STEEL PVT. LTD., WEST BENGAL
Fig: 2.2: Revenue Map
Project Site
Fig 2.3: Plant Layout
SAMARPAN STEEL PVT. LTD.
2.3 Project Cost
The total project cost for the industry is given in Annexure-1. The total project cost
comes to INR 3576 Lacs. The debt Equity ratio considered for the project is 0.59. Break
up of proposed project cost is given in following table-2.3.
TABLE 2.4: ECONOMIC OUTLINE OF THE PROJECT
Sl. No. Head of Expenditure Amount (Rs. In Lacs)
1 Land & Site Development 115.38

2 Civil Construction Work 658.75
3 Plant & Machineries 1242.60
4 Misc. fixed asset & Electrical installation 947.00
5 Security deposit 20.00
6 Pre operative expenses 187.17
7 Contingency 175.36
8 Margin money for working capital 229.86
Total Cost of the Project 3576.12
2.4 Process Description
2.4.1 Availability of Raw Material
The raw materials required for the unit are Manganese Ore (40- 42 Grade), Manganese
Ore (32- 34 Grade), Ferro Manganese slag, Manganese Ore (44-46 Grade), Manganese
Ore (36-38 Grade), Coal, Coke, Quartzite, Mill scale or MS Scraps, Dolomite, E.C.
Plastics, Charcoal.
Based on the targeted level of production, the estimated requirements of raw materials
and supplies have been estimated in table 2.5.
TABLE 2.5: RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT

Sl.No. Raw Material (in For Ferro & Silicon For Ferro Silicon Total
MT.) Manganese
In 6 In 9 In 6 In 9
MVA MVA MVA MVA
1 Manganese Ore (40- 5049 7574 12623
42 Grade)
2 Manganese Ore (32- 5047 7570 12617
34 Grade)
3 Ferro Manganese slag 1233 1849 3082
4 Manganese Ore (44-46 4109 6164
Grade) 10273
5 Manganese Ore (36-38 4109 6164 10273
Grade)
6 Coal 2724 5107 7831
7 Coke 3405 5107 8512
8 Quartzite 4884 7326 12210
9 Mill scale or MS 2508 3762 6270
Scraps
10 Dolomite 1827 2741 2376 3564 10508
11 E.C. Plastics 129 194 178 267 768
12 Charcoal 6864 10296 17160
Major raw material is available in the State of Orissa, Maharashtra & Karnataka. There
is no scarcity of Iron & Manganese Ore and the manufacturers are getting supply from
the nearest place Barbil & Joda area of Orissa. The promoters of the company do not
foresee any problem in regular supply of raw materials Coke is locally available from
Durgapur. Other raw materials are also available locally.
TABLE 2.6: LOCATIONAL DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL SOURCE

Sl. Raw Material Source Distance from Qty in Ton /
No. Project Site year
1 Manganese Ore Barbil, Joda Orissa 300 Km 45786
2 Coking Coal / Australia, South Africa & Haldia Port at 150 16343
Coke Indonesia through Haldia Km
Port
3 Ferro Orissa, West Bengal 100-300 Km 3082
Manganese slag
4 Dolomite Katni / Bilaspore 900 Km 10508
5 Quartzite Chaibasa, Jharkhand 320 Km 12210
The material has to reach at factory site by Rail at Durgapur Railway Siding where the
Wagons are to be unloaded and shall be transferred by the local covered trucks so the
fugitive emission does not take place.
The material may come by National Highways which is well connected with 20 m wide
roads routed towards factory site in well covered condition. Transportation will be
done by PUC certified trucks and the transporters will be specifically instructed to
produce PUC certificate before loading the materials.
2.4.2 Specification of Raw Materials
Iron Ore
Fe (%) Mn Al2O3 SiO2 P2O5 CaO MgO K2O BaO Na2O TiO2
(%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
52-55 ND 4.8 5.0 0.08 0.04 ND 0.01 ND ND ND
F-grade Coal (Dry Basis):
Proximate Analysis By Parameters

Weight
Fixed Carbon % 25.5
Volatile Matter % 31.4
Ash Content % 38-48
Moisture % Corrected on dry
basis
Average Gross Calorific Value Kcal/Kg 2500
Sulphur % 0.4
Nitrogen % 0.8
Dolomite
Mg 20-21%
CaO 28-30%
Insoluble 4-6%
LOI 44-45%
Ferro Silicon
Product Constituents Percentage
Ferro Silicon Si Fe Ca Al
70-75 23-26 1 2
Ferro Manganese
Grade Constituents, Percent
Sl.No.
Designation Mn C Si Max S Max P Max
1. Fe Mn 72 70-74 6-8 1.5 0.050 0.40
2. Fe Mn 72P 5 70-75 6-8 1.5 0.050 0.50
Lime Stone
SiO2 7.93%
Al2O3 1.12%
CaO 48.54%
MgO 1.95%
Size 10 – 50 mm
Specification of Coking Coal

PROXIMATE ANALYSIS (air dried basis) (%)
Ash 23.98 %
Inherent Moisture 1.5 %
Volatile Matter 2.96 %
Fixed Carbon 71.5 %
ULTIMATE ANALYSIS (dry mineral matter free) (%)
Carbon 86.7
Hydrogen 5.6
Nitrogen 1.2
Sulphur 1.8
Oxygen 4.7
Specification of Quartzite
SiO2 97.1%
Al2O3 1%
CaO 0.20%
MgO 0.50%
Size 10 – 50 mm
2.4.3 Petrography of Raw Materials
2.4.3.1 Petrography of Dolomite
Dolomite sample constitute major dolomite mineral with subordinate quartz. Dolomite
occurs in two grain sizes (Fig. 2.2A). Quartz grains (SiO2) are mostly irregular and
present in different size range. Quartz is often found to be replaced by dolomite (Fig
2.2B). Small grains of goethite (FeOOH) is occasionally noticed (Fig.2.2C), which
contributes to iron content in the sample. Goethite is rarely converting to hematite due
to dehydration (Fig.2.2 D). Sometimes patches of clay are seen precipitated in the voids
(Fig.2.2E). Dust of pyrite (FeS2) is rarely noticed (Fig.2.2 F).
The XRD pattern of dolomite showing two major mineral phases, viz. dolomite (D) and
quartz (Q) are given below.
Major element chemistry
The dolomite sample constitutes three major elements such as CaO (31, 96%), MgO
(17.22%) and silica (7.20%). Other minor constituents are iron (0.76%) and alumina
(0.82%). The total loss on ignition of the sample is 41.17%.
Trace chemistry
The absolute value of trace constituents like Zn, Pb, Cu, Co, Ni, As, Hg, Se, and S
in OMC iron ore sample are shown in Table 2.7.
TABLE 2.7: RESULTS OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN DOLOMITE

Zn Pb Cu Co Ni As Hg Se S
ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm
22.63 21.10 7.84 2.07 8.57 0.05 1.75 4.28 782.6
A B
C D
E F
Fig.2.4: Optical Micrographs of Dolomite
2.4.3.2 Coke
In general coke micro textures is indicative of its quality, dependent on coal rank, type
Q is influenced by heating rate, coal pulverization and charge bulk density. Coke micro-
textural studies thus help in judging quality of coke with respect to its petrographic
make up and reflectance values if the operational conditions are constrained. The
presence of micro structural components from isotropic to lamellar region in the present
coke sample (Fig.2.5 A-F) from Australia indicate blended nature of samples and the
blended samples could be high ash coal. Appreciable volume of clay, quartz and
occasional hematite are present in coke sample, which contribute to high ash content.
CHEMISTRY
Proximate Analysis
The proximate analysis results of coke sample are shown in Table 2.6. As can be seen
from the table, it is a low ash coal (~24%) with very high fixed carbon [~71 %] and only
~3 % volatile matter.
TABLE 2.8: RESULTS OF PROXIMATE ANALYSIS OF COKE SAMPLE
Moisture% Ash% Volatile Matter% Fixed Carbon%

1.54 23.98 2.96 71.52
Trace element chemistry

The absolute value of trace constituents like Se, Zn, Co, S, Ni, Cu, Cr, Pb, Hg and As in
coke sample are shown in Table 2.9.
TABLE 2.9: RESULTS OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN COKE SAMPLE
Se Zn Co S Cu Cr Pb Hg As
Ni µg/gm
µg/gm µg/gm µg/gm µg/gm µg/gm mg/kg µg/gm µg/gm µg/gm
0.44 15.83 8.53 105.34 4.36 7.30 0.115 4.28 3.27 1.23
Fig. 2.5: Optical microphotographs of Coke sample

A B
C D
E F
A. Coke particle with some large patches of clay impurity

B. Sub-rounded to rounded quartz grains within coke
C. Two type of coke showing different reflectivity
D. A fractured subhedral hematite (Fe2O3) grain within coke
E. Oriented clay patches in a massive coke particle
F. A tiny globular grain of pyrite (white) within coke grain
2.4.3.3 F-Grade Coal
The coal sample was studied for their mineral matter as well as some of their mineral
contents. The F-Grade coal sample contains quartz, clay and some sulphide (mostly
pyrite) as mineral matter (Fig.2.6A: a & b) with various minerals (Fig.2.6B) in different
proportions.
Trace chemistry
The absolute value of trace constituents like Zn, Pb, Cu, Co, Ni, As, Hg, Se, and S in F-
grade coal sample are shown in Table 2.10.
TABLE 2.10: RESULTS OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN F-GRADE COAL SAMPLE
Zn Pb Cu Co Ni As Hg Se S Fe
ppm ppm ppm ppm Ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm %
17.75 9.19 40.63 5.49 21.62 0.068 23.10 3.87 8153.2 1.48
a b
Fig.2.6A: (a) The coal sample showing various shapes and sizes of silicates (Quartz)
and sulphides (pyrite). (b) The coal sample showing various shapes and sizes of
silicates (Quartz).
a b
c d
Fig.2.6B: (a) Inerinite (light) vitrinite (medium dark) and exinite (dark) bands. (b)
Resinite, elliptical, circular oval resinite cell fillings. (c) Exinite containing thin bands of
inertinite. (d) Spherical resinite bodies with in inertinte. Reflected light, Oil immersion.
2.4.3.4 Metalography of Silico Manganese
The silico-manganese sample looks bronzy white and is massive & heavy in nature. At
some faces it looks granular. Under optical microscope relict carbon grains are often
seen (Fig.2.7A). These grains occur in different sizes and some places in clusters. The
metal grains appear in different sizes, either in prismatic euhedral shape (Fig. 2.7B) or in
large irregular size (Fig.2.7C).

The major elements in silico-manganese sample are Mn, SiO2 and Fe (Table -2.10A).
Other miner constituents are alumina, potash, phosphorus, sulpher and carbon.
TABLE 2.10 RESULTS OF MAJOR AND MINOR ELEMENTS IN SILICO-MANGANESE
(%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
12.681 39.97 0.503 18.867 0.30 - - 0.134 - - -

Absolute values of various trace constituents like Zn, Pb, Cu, Co, Ni, As, Hg, Se, and S
in sponge iron sample are shown in Table 2.11.
TABLE 2.11: RESULTS OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN SILICO-MANGANESE
Zn Pb Cu Co Ni AS Hg Se S
ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm Ppm ppm ppm
36.93 17.83 197.36 404.093 468.21 0.1738 2.309 4.358 2635.7
Fig.2.7 Optical micrographs of Silico-manganese sample
B C
2.4.3.5 Iron Ore
The iron ore supplied is hard, lumpy, massive and cherry red in colour. The bulk
density of the sample is around 2.2 to 2.4 Tonnes/m3. The iron ore shows indistinct
laminae (Fig 2.8 A). Lamina is either due to oriented patches of clay or goethite (Fig. 2.8
B). The ore is dominated with fine grained hematite developing a spongy structure.
Microplaty hematite are ubiquoutsely present (Fig. 2.8 E). Occasional goethite veins
traverse the hematite and marginally found to be replaced by the former (Fig.2.8 D).
Gangue mineral includes fine chert and small patches of clay (Fig.2.8 F).
The mineral in order of abundance in iron ore sample are: hematite, goethite, clay and
quartz.
The iron ore is of low-grade type having around 52-55% Fe, with minor alumina and
silica (Table 2.12). Its phosphorus content is below permissible limit. Other constituents
like MnO, MgO, BaO, Na2O and TiO2 are either not detected or present in traces
TABLE 2.12: RESULTS OF MAJOR AND MINOR ELEMENTS IN IRON ORE
(%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
52-55 ND 4.8 5.0 0.08 0.04 ND 0.01 ND ND ND
ND – Not Detected.
Trace Chemistry
The incidence of different trace constituents like Zn, Pb, Cu, Co, Ni, As, Hg, Se, and S in
iron ore sample are shown in Table 2.13.
TABLE 2.13: RESULTS OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN IRON ORE
Zn Pb Cu Co Ni As Hg Se S
ppm ppm ppm ppm Ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm
88.89 7.27 10.85 0.36 4.31 0.030 32.28 0.437 378.5
Fig 2.8: Optical micrographs of Iron ore
A B
C D
E F
A. Ore sharing microbanding;

B. Goethite and oriented patches of clay in coarse grain hematite;
C. Intergrown hematite and chert;
D. Goethite vein traversing hematite and getting replaced by hematite;
E. Microplaty hematite dispersed in fine grained matrix of chart;
F. Large clay patches in fine grained hematite.
2.4.3.6 Quartzite
Quartz sample is milky white in colour, hard and massive in nature and shows
conchoidal fracture. The density of quartzite sample is round 2. 66g/cc and average
specific gravity is 2.3 XRD pattern shown in Fig. 2.9 Clearly indicates purity of the
quartz sample.
Under optical microscope the sample looks homogenous though, thin linings of clay are
occasionally seen (Fig.2.10A). Minor content of iron value in the quartzite is contributed
by specks of hematite present in the sample (Fig.2.10B). Hematite is also present as fine
dusts (Fig.2.10C) and rarely precipitated within fracture (Fig.2.10D).
Fig. 2.9: XRD pattern of quartzite
Fig. 2.10: Optical micrographs of quartzite sample
A. Thin clay impurities within quartz grains

B. Spec of hematite grain within quartz matrix
C. Micron level of iron particles disseminate within quartz grains
D. Micron size iron grains within a fracture plane
CHEMISTRY
The quartz sample has one major constituents i.e. SiO2 (98.50%). Iron is present as minor
constituent (Fe: 0.74%). The results are shown in Table 2.14.
TABLE 2.14: RESULTS OF MAJOR ELEMENT IN QUARTZITE
CaO (%) MgO (%) Fe (%) Al2O3 SiO2 (%)

ND ND 0.74 0.25 98.50
ND – Not Detected
The incidence of different trace constituents like Se, Zn, Co, S, Ni, Cu, Cr, Pb, Hg and As
in quartz sample are shown in Table 2.15
TABLE 2.15: RESULTS OF TRACE ELEMENTS IN QUARTZITE
Se Zn Co S Ni Cu Cr Pb Hg As
Mg/kg Mg/kg Mg/kg Mg/kg Mg/kg Mg/kg Mg/kg Mg/kg Mg/kg Mg/kg
0.1 8.96 7.91 3.09 29.74 5.43 187.95 0.19 6.82 4.78
2.4.4 Process of Manufacturing
M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. proposes to install 6 MVA and 9 MVA Submerged
Electric Arc Furnace for manufacturing of ferro silicon. The process is Power Intensive
and the company would arrange the same from 33 KV Power supply by DVC. Each raw
materials/ consumables are weighed as per designed quantity and blended together.
For designing the layout of Submerged Arc Furnace, three essential activities of
handling of various raw materials, melting of raw materials batch and casting of
finished product have been considered. Arc Furnace shall have three floors steel
structure; ground floor shall have all arrangement for casting to finished products.
Submerged arc furnace working arrangements are done at the 1st floor of the structure.
The Transformer, Electrodes and other arcing arrangement are done side by side to this
floor is covered with Smoke Hood.
Beside this structure there is a way having EOT crane where hot casted product are
allowed to cool by natural wind. All the casting arrangements are done in this Floor.
Finished product and slag pot are handled with the help of EOT Crane.
A. Electric Arc Furnace

It is known that the most advantageous aspect of the electric arc furnace lies in its
ability to make oxidized, refined and produced a wide range of steel of different
chemistry. Due to the high consumption of power and electrodes, melting period is
most expensive period in the operation of the arc furnace. In the process scheme, first
change contents approximately 20% solid charge of the scrap. Since the entire first
charge is solid, gradual addition of sponge iron by a continuous feeding arrangement is
started immediately after a molten pool is formed. Before dropping the first charge into
the furnace, a pre-determined quantity of limestone is added in order to take care of the
initial slag, which is rich in silica & therefore, unsuitable for creating favorable
condition for effective dephosphorisation. This slag is trapped out and fresh lime is
added to have a desired basic slag, which is active and free running for effective
dephosphorisation. The melting continues in the furnace with oxygen blowing in the
bath. The elements present in the liquid iron, i.e. C, Si, Mn, P, Fe get oxidized and
generate substantial quantity of heat. Consequently, this is able to raise the bath
temperature sufficiently higher and thereby helps in melting all the solid changes that
have been added gradually to the furnace. Out of the various elements present in the
molten iron, carbon is the most important one which can contribute maximum energy
to the system of oxidization. In order to economize the heat generated by oxidization, a
post combustion lance also takes place so that a secondary oxidization reaction can take
place within the furnace and thereby additional heat generated through the reaction is
absorbed by the molten bath and the surroundings. After having a complete melt down
bath and by the time dephosphorisation is also completed, the oxidized slag is raked off
by tilting back the furnace. In order to save the electrical energy, a foamy slag is
maintained over the bath by dividing finely divided ground coke breeze along the lime
powder at the slag metal interface. A bath sample is analyzed and if the carbon content
attends the desired level, the oxidizing slag is completely raked off. In order to block the
heat, ferro-manganese and a part of silica manganese is added.
The electric Arc furnace is a furnace that heats charged material by means of an electric
Arc. The temperature in Arc furnace can be up to 1800 degrees Celsius, which is
sufficient to melt anything up to the desired level. The Arc furnace which will be
installed here will be having power of 6 MVA and 9 MVA and it will be utilized to melt
the blended items for production of Ferro alloys-ferro silicon.
1600°C
2SiO2 + Fe2O3 +4C 2FeSi + 3CO2 + CO
Heat
B. Ferro Alloy Manufacturing
The greatest advantage of the sub-merged Arc Furnace is its low capital cost compared
with other types of smelting units. Its installation is relatively easier and its operation is
simpler. Among other advantages, there is very little heat loss due to radiation from the
furnace as the bath is constantly covered, and it can be operated with minimum number
of man power. The molten metal in an Arc Furnace comes down automatically by
gravitational pull. The density of metal is always greater than slag and other unwanted
materials present in the charge mix. Since molten metal is allowed to rest in the Hearth
of Furnace for considerable period where temperature is very high, resulting into
convection motion in the liquid metal. Due to this convection motion in the furnace
homogenous product is ensured. The furnace is being controlled either through

electronic control desk or through PLC.
Fig: 2.11: Process flow diagramme
Feeding raw
Raw Material
material to
bunker house
Charging Chute
Charging power Charging raw

through electrode materials to
to furnace furnace
Charging raw Tapping &

material with Solidifying of
power (1600°C) product & slag
Product weighing Cleaning & sizing

& packaging of product
Waste slag for

disposal
C. Charging system
Manganese Ore and Coke/Coal constitute the major charge for Ferro Alloys making in
the Sub merged Arc Furnace where charge mix comprising of Manganese Ore,
Coke/Coal, Dolomite, are fed to the furnace in specified proportion. The charge mix
depends upon the product to be manufactured. The promoters of the company have
decided to manufacture High Carbon Ferro Manganese (Fe.Mn) & Ferro Silicon OR
Ferro Silicon therefore above charge mix has been taken into consideration. During the
process of manufacturing, composition of manganese, carbon and other rare elements
cannot be modified therefore, charge mix are done with accurate weighing of different
raw materials and additives.
The charge should be compact and should consist of a number of small pieces of solid
as per production norms. This is to provide the initial condition of a high-arcing path
through the charge for facilitating generation of heat and common ferro alloy of
melting. The density of charge near the Electrodes should be higher.
D. Separation of Metal and Slag

The pouring hole of the furnace is opened with the help of oxygen lancing and liquid
metal starts to come out through gravitational pull. The metal is poured into cast iron
pots where it is allowed to cool naturally by wind. The cooled liquid metal which gets
the shape of pots are removed from the pot with the help of EOT crane. Now the metal
slab is hammered manually to bring the shape in form of lumps.
E. Manufacturing Technology
The technology for manufacture of Ferro Alloys with submerged arc furnace rout is
conventional and well established in India. The promoters of the company are well
versed with the system and procedure of manufacture. Since the promoters are
technically sound in this field they do not foresee any problem of erection of the plant
as well as running of the plant.
• Manganese properties
Physical – Chemical Properties of Manganese
9 Manganese has an. atomic mass of 54.9381, density 7.3, melting point 1244°C,
and boiling point 2095°C.
9 Iron and manganese in molten state are mutually soluble manganese and carbon
from Mn3C and Mn3C4 carbides.
9 With silicon, it forms Mn2Si, MnSi and Mn2Si3 silicides. Its silicides are stable
than manganese carbides.
9 Manganese reacts with Oxygen to form Mn02, Mn5O3, Mn3O4 and MnO oxides.
On heating about 530°C, MnO2 transforms into Mn2O3 and on heating above
940°C, into Mn3O4.
9 Reactions of manganese with nitrogen given Mn4N2, Mn3N2 and Mn4N nitrides.
I. Process Manufacturing of Silico-Manganese

Silico manganese, an alloy of manganese with silicon and iron, is a semi-product used
for smelting of medium and low carbon ferro-manganese. As it has been mentioned
earlier, silico-manganese is also employed as a complex deoxidant in steel making and
(upon melting together with aluminium) to produce a complex manganese-silicon-
aluminium (M-K-A) deoxidant. The composition of some grades of silico-manganese is
given in the following Table-2.13. On agreement with the consumer, silico-manganese
Grades SMnI7, SMn14 & SMn10 may be delivered with phosphorus content up to 0.5%
TABLE 2.16: GRADES OF SILICO-MANGANESE
Grade Si Mn At C P S At
least Group A At most Group B most
SMn26 26 60.0 0.2 0.05
SMn20 20.0-25.9 65.0 1.0 1.0 0.25
SMn17 17.0-19.9 65.0 1.7 0.1 0.35 0.03
SMn14 14.0-16.9 65.0 2.5 0.2
SMn10 10.0-13.9 65.0 3.5 0.35
Silico-manganese Grade SMn26 (with 28-32 per cent Si, 66-71 per cent Mn, 0.04-0.10 per
cent C and upto 0.035 per cent P) is used in the manufactured of manganese metal.
Silico-manganese Grades SMn14, SMn17 & SMn2O are smelted by a continuous process
in three-phase furnaces. The furnaces have carbon lining. The charge for smelting
foundry one (low phosphorus) silico-manganese is composed of manganese-rich (50 per
cent MnO), quartzite and coke breeze. The charge for making commercial silico-
manganese is made up of manganese ore, quartzite, iron turnings and coke breeze.
Manganese ore can be replaced by ore concentrate prepared from poor oxide or
carbonate ores. High manganese slag is used in lumps up to 60 mm in size, with the
content of manganese of 38-40 %. First grade manganese ore employed for the purpose
contains at least 49 % Mn and up to 0.16 per cent P. Quartzite, which should contain at
least 94 % SiO2 is crushed to lump size of 5-50 mm and then washed to remove clay
impurities. Coke breeze for the process should be graded, with particle size of 3-20 mm.
The content of carbon in silico-manganese is determined by its content in silicon. Since
manganese silicides are stabler than its carbides, a higher content of silicon in silico-
manganese involves a lower content of carbon.
The process for smelting silico-manganese essentially consists in manganese and silicon
being simultaneously reduced from manganese silicates, slag, ore and quartzite. The
process relies on a higher temperature than that needed for smelting high carbon ferro-
manganese.
The temperature of silico-manganese at tapping is 1500°C, whereas that of high carbon

ferro-manganese does not exceed 1350°C. Apart from the high temperature, for
successful reduction of silicon the process requires a high concentration of silica in the
slag, i.e. the operation should be done with acid slags (43-45% Si02, 20-25% MnO, 10-
12% CaO, 10-12% Al203, 1-1.5% MgO and 0.03% P205). The distribution of elements in a
melt for foundry silico-manganese, in percent, may be as follows:
Mn Si Fe P
Passes to melt 93 65 95 65
Passes to slag 3 30 5 5
Removed with gas 4.5 5 - 30
The process is carried out continuously under slag having a ratio of 0.6 - 0.7. The
composition of the charge in Kg per tonne of finished product is as follows:
Manganese ore 1800

Manganese slag 750
Quartzite 300
Coke breeze 640

Steel turnings 100
Dolomite 270
Charging and furnace top maintenance are done essentially in the same way as in ferro-
silicon. The metal and slag are tapped from the furnace every two hours. The thick slag
at tapping entrains much of metal beads, which has a negative effect on manganese
recovery. The slag can be made more fluid by adding raw dolomite. The metal and slag
are tapped through two tap holes (in succession) in a ladle lined with slag from a
previous melt for silico-manganese. As the metal fills the ladle, the slag flows over into
another ladle placed nearby.
Holding the metal in the ladle for a certain time lowers the content of carbon in silico-
manganese, since graphite floats up to the metal surface and is trapped by the slag. The
metal is cast in a casting machine 18 M long (with the casting band moving at a rate of
2.7 M/min) or into cast-iron flat moulds, and the slag is granulated and used in civil
engineering.
II. Process Manufacturing of Ferro Manganese

The basic raw materials mixed with suitable reducers and fluxes are charged into the
submersible arc furnace .The furnace has mild steel fabricated outer shell and an inner
crucible of carbon lining where melting takes place. Self baking furnace electrodes are
submerged into raw materials where melting takes place by flow of high current at low
voltage through copper bus bars. The operation of the furnace is controlled by
adjustment of penetration of electrodes in the furnace as also by charge of secondary
voltage of furnace transformer.
On reaching a temperature of about 50°C, various chemical reactions starts and smelted
Ferro Manganese and slag at about 1400°C are collected at the bottom of the furnace.
The molten alloy and slag are periodically tapped through the tap holes provide at the
bottom of the furnace lining. The Ferro manganese comprises the following standard
composition:
Manganese 70% to 74 %
Carbon 6% to 8%
Sulphur 0.05%
Silicon 1.50%
Phosphorus 0.40%
Iron 18% to 21%
The slag and metal are cast separately in cake form and transferred to metal & slag yard
for separating, sizing and packing before dispatching them to the customer.
III. Tapping and Solidifying

The metal and slag will be tapped simultaneously, on an average, in every alternate
hours, or in large intervals depending on availability of power, into refractory lined
ladles mounted on ladle cars,. Since it is desired to hold the slag & metal in a ladle, use
of top pouring type ladle cars. Since it is desired to hold the slag & metal in a ladle, use
of top pouring type ladles has been contemplated.
Ladles used for tapping of metal or slag are to be suitably lined with refectories like
high alumina to make them withstand the high working temperature and thermal
shock. Such refractory linings require certain amount of patch repair after every use of
the ladles and also are to be completely charged with total relining of the ladle after a
number of uses. The checking and repair / relining of ladle refectories will be done in
ladle preparation bay where the ladles will also be heated to make them moisture free
and also avoid the chilling of molten metal during tapping. Ladles will be heated in
vertical position by ladle preheater.
The properly lined and preheated ladle will be taken to the furnace tapping region with
the help of transfer cars and placed below the tap holes. The tap hole will be opened
with the help of transfer cars and placed below the tap holes. The tap hole will be
opened with the tap hole opening device using oxygen. After the tapping is over the tap
hole will be closed again with the help of mud gun. The filled up ladle will be lifted by
crane and taken to the casting area where the slag is removed and cast. The slag is then
manually broken and removed to the slag yard. The empty transfer car will be sent back
to ladle preparation bay for loading of the next ladle for the tap.
After the slag is removed, the ladle containing the melt will be taken to the casting area
and cast into ingots adopting floor casting, method. The empty ladle will be sent to the
ladle preparation bay by transfer car. Substantial losses take place during slag removal,
casting and breaking of the cast ingots to finished products.
IV. Product and Slag Handling

After cooling down of the ingots they are removed to the finished & packing bay where
they will be broken down to small pieces by pneumatic hammers/chisels to pieces of
size 100 to 150 mm. The cakes will be transported to the finished and storage area with
the help to transfer cars.
F. Electric Power Supply and Distribution system

In this part, the outlines of distribution system of SMS, electrical connected load and
maximum demand, various standard to be followed, systems for earthing, illumination,
cabling, protection and metering, etc. and energy consumption and power cost of
production have been considered.
G. The Proposed Power Distribution System
¾ Main Sub Station

Power supply at 33 KV is intended from DVC at the same location. A set of lightning
arrestors will be intended for line protection on the same 33KV. Switchgear having
appropriate circuit breaker, control equipment, potential and current transformer,
meters, protective relays, annunciation system etc shall be mounted in the substation.
¾ Submerged Arc Furnace

H.T. feeders from the main substation will be brought to the Arc Furnace to cater to one
furnace transformer through appropriate switching devices to comply to I.E Rules. The
transformer will cater supply to the electrodes with the help of bus bars. The Auxiliary
transformer will be taken care the auxiliary load required for the purpose of pump
house and other petty supply.
¾ Electric Load & Maximum Demand

The estimated load is about 6453.8 KVA for 6 MVA unit and 10735 KVA for 9 MVA
unit. Since the power will be drawn from the nearby Transformer (DVC/WBSESCL) as
such the transmission loss in between is going in account of the power suppliers and
the transmission loss from our sub-station to our furnace, auxiliary units vary by uses
and the company pay to the Power supply company on the basis of power consumed
units. However, the installed load and consumed load has been shown below and the
balance power capacity in hand is also shown in the table mentioned below.
Normally the unit having their own captive power plant are eligible to show the power
balance in their hand which normally they sold out to the state power grid.
The energy requirement of is given in table 2.17.
TABLE 2.17: ENERGY REQUIREMENT FOR 6 MVA & 9 MVA UNITS ELECTRICAL BALANCE
Sl. Load 6 MVA UNIT 9 MVA UNIT

No Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed
estimated estimated estimated estimate estimated estimated estimated estimated
P.F HP KW d KVA P.F HP KW KVA
1 Furnace 0.84 6756 5040 6000 10135 7560 9000 10135
transformer
2 Material 0.9 55 37.5 41.5 55 37.5 41.5 55
handling
3 Furnace 0.9 120 90 100 120 90 100 120
Auxiliaries
4 Water 0.9 50 37.5 41.5 50 37.5 41.5 50

pump
5 Workshop 0.9 10 7.5 8.3 10 7.5 8.3 10
&
Laboratory
6 Pollution 0.9 150 110 125 200 56 150 200
Equipment
7 Plant 0.9 15 11.2 12.5 15 11.2 12.5 15
lighting
8 DG set 0.9 150 110 125 150 110 125 150
Total 7306 5443.7 6453.8 10735 7909.7 9478.8 10735
FUEL REQUIREMENT
Sl.No. Units Amount Unit Sl.No. Units Amount Unit

Input Output
1 DG set 19800 Litre /Yr 1 Used Oil 5 KL/Annum
2 JCB 42240 Litre /Yr
3 Tractor 10560 Litre /Yr
4 Stroking Car 26400 Litre /Yr
Total 99000 Litre /Yr
¾ Plant Lighting
The plant in general, is intended to be illuminated according to the service
requirements. The level of illumination of different sheds/building and outdoor/road
areas shall depend on the nature of visual work involved ease of operation, passage,
exits, etc. as the case may be. Adequate number of lighting points shall be provided in
the plants.
2.4.5 Utilities & Auxiliary Facilities
A. Furnace Charging System

The raw materials are being stores in different Bins/Bunkers and they are mixed in
some specified proportion as per quality of product required. The raw material passes
through load cells in buckets which help in weighing the material in required
composition. The required drive is being provided through electric motors. After
mixing the raw material, it is stored in bunkers from where charging is done by
operating the control Board.
B. Electrical Main Sub Station and auxiliary systems

The outdoor 33 KV substation shall be located near the Furnace. Suitable space shall be
earmarked adjacent to HT room to accommodate, necessary electrical substation
equipment. The electrical substation shall essentially comprise of a 5M x 5M metering
room, 33 KV switch gear room of size 11M x 5M, battery charger room of size 3M x 5M.
A step up transformer is required to be installed to cater to the requirement of auxiliary
loads. DG room and other switch room shall be available in separate room.
C. Water Recirculation System

The Ferro Alloys units require large quantity of water, bulk of which is used for cooling
of equipments to minimize the consumption of water is being recycled with the help of
pump through water treatment plant and cooling tower.
To collect water received from bore well an underground RC Construction storage tank
of size 60000 gallons is proposed to be installed at corner of the plant boundary. Near
the Furnace a composite complex of shop office, chemistry laboratory, pump and
compressor room along with overhead reservoir are required which shall be
constructed as per technical drawing.
D. Ancillary Facilities
1. Administrative Building
The company shall construct an Administrative Block to man power required for the
proposed project.
2. Time & Gate Office

A 4M x 3M x 3.5M height building at the entrance to the plant is required which shall
take care properly the security and safety of the proposed project.
3. Ablution Block
Ablution block of 7M long x 4M wide x 3.5 height is required in the plant as per
Factories Act.
4. Internal Roads & Drainage

Proper drainage system is required to drain out the rain water and other domestic exits
from the plant. There is also adequate provision for internal road all along the plant.
2.4.6 Material Balance of the Ferro alloy manufacturing facility
A. Production of Ferro Manganese (105 DAYS) and Silico Manganese (225 days) in 6
MVA Unit
Sl.No. Input Output
Required Raw Grade Input Weight in Input Weight in Total Description Quantity
Material MTPA for Fe-Mn MTPA for Si- Requirement of sales in
plant running Mn plant of input MTPA
105 days basis running on 225
days
1 Mn- Ore(Moil) 40-42 5049 5049 Silico 5246
Manganese
2 Mn- Ore(Moil) 44-46 4109 4109 Ferro 3497
Manganese
3 Mn- 32-34 5047 5047
Ore(Orissa)
4 Mn- 36-38 4109 4109
Ore(Orissa)
5 Ferro Mn Slag 1233 1233
6 Quartz 1102 1102
7 Dolomite 699 1128 1827
8 Coke (10%) Fc 136 386 522
78%
9 Coke (40%) Fc 955 1928 2883
65%
10 Coal (40%) Fc 1182 1542 2724
58%
11 Lending pipe 13990 18361 32351
(in Pcs)
12 Oxygen 2273 2623 4896
cylinder (in
Pcs)
13 MS round 10 24 34
14 E.C Paste 45 84 129
15 Casing 2 3 5
16 Power (in 96 197 293
units)
Total 8743
B. Total Input-Output details of Si-Mn & Fe-Mn of 6 MVA (Other than

consumables)
Input in MTPA
Materials Grade Mixing ratio Input Weight in MTPA
Mn- Ore (MOIL) in kg 40-42 50% 5049
Mn- Ore (Orissa) 32-34 50% 5047
Fe-Mn Slag 1233

Mn-Ore (MOIL) in MTPA 44-46 50% 4109
Mn-Orde (Orissa) in MTPA 36-38 50% 4109
Total 19547
Output in MTPA
Si-Mn Output of Process Fe-Mn Output of Collected from Total

disposable loss in consumable Pollution Control in
slag in MTPA slag equipments in MTPA
MTPA MTPA
5246 4721 2408 3497 3672 10 19554
19554
Output in %
26.83% 24.14% 12.31% 17.88% 18.78% 0.05% 100.0%
C. Production of Fe-Si (330 days) of 6 MVA

Input in MTPA Output in MTPA
Required Raw Grade Mixing Input Consumables Output Output of To be Process

Materials ratio Weight in of Ferro disposable captured by lossess
in production sillica slag in Pollution
MTPA in per MT (grade 70 MTPA control
per Pcs. Per to 75% equipments
Unit Si)
Quartz of SiO2 in 98% 66 4884
MTPA
Mill scale or MS 34 2508
scrape in MTPA
Charcoal in 6864
MTPA
Dolomite in 2376
MTPA
Lancing tube in 112200
pcs.
Oxygen cylinder 9900
in pcs.
MS round in 92
MTPA
EC paste in MTPA 178
Casing in MTPA 13
Power in Unit (in 528
lacs)
Total 7392 6600 165 3 627
Total Input Output details of Fe- Si 6 MVA

Inputs in MTPA Output in MTPA
Materials Grade Mixing Input Fe-Si Output Process to be collected Total
Ratio Weight disposable loss from Pollution
in MT slag control
equipments
Quartz of SiO2 89% 66 4884 6600 165 627 3 7395
scrape in MTPA
Yearly requirements 493 440 11 42 0 986

of trucks
D. Production of Ferro Manganese (105 DAYS) and Silico Manganese (225 days) in 9
MVA Unit
Sl.No. Input Output
Required Raw Grade Input Input Weight Total Description of Quantity in
Material Weight in in MTPA for Requirement sales MTPA
MTPA for Si-Mn plant of input
Fe-Mn plant running on
running 105 225 days
days basis
1 Mn- Ore(Moil) 40-42 7574 7574 Silico 7869
Manganese
2 Mn- Ore(Moil) 44-46 6164 6164 Ferro 5246
Manganese
3 Mn- 32-34 7570 7570
Ore(Orissa)
4 Mn- 36-38 6164 6164
Ore(Orissa)
5 Ferro Mn Slag 1849 1849
6 Quartz 1653 1653
7 Dolomite 1049 1692 2741
8 Lam Coke Fc 205 578 783
(10%) 78%
9 Pearl Coke Fc 1432 2892 4324
(50%) 65%
10 Jharna Coal Fc 1773 2314 4087
(40%) 58%
11 Lancing pipe 20984 27542 48526
(in Pcs)
12 Oxygen 3410 3935 7345
cylinder (in
Pcs)
13 MS round 16 35 51
14 E.C Paste 68 126 194
15 Casing 3 5 8
16 Power (in 144 295 439 13115

units)
E. Total Input-Output details of Si-Mn & Fe-Mn of 9 MVA (Other than

consumables)
Input in MTPA
Materials Grade Mixing Input Weight in MTPA
ratio
Mn- Ore (MOIL) in kg 40-42 50% 7574
Mn- Ore (Orissa) 32-34 50% 7570
Fe-Mn Slag 1849
Mn-Ore (MOIL) in MTPA 44-46 6164
Mn-Orde (Orissa) in MTPA 36-38 6164
Total 29321
Yearly requirement of trucks (10 wheels) 1955
Output in MTPA
Si-Mn Output of Process Fe-Mn Output of Collected from Total in
disposable loss in consumable Pollution Control MTPA
slag in MTPA slag equipments in
MTPA MTPA
7869 7082 3612 5246 5508 14 29331
29331
Output in %
26.83% 24.15% 12.31% 17.89% 18.78% 0.05% 100.0%
Yearly requirement of trucks (10 wheels)
525 472 350 367 1 3669
F. Production of Fe-Si (330 days) of 9 MVA

Input in MTPA
Required Raw Materials Grade Mixing Input Weight Consumables in
ratio in MTPA production in per MT per
Pcs. Per Unit
Quartz of SiO2 in MTPA 98% 66 7326
Mill scale or MS scrape in 34 3762
MTPA
Charcoal in MTPA 936
Dolomite in MTPA 324
Lancing tube in pcs. 15300
Oxygen cylinder in pcs. 1350
MS round in MTPA 13
EC paste in MTPA 24
Casing in MTPA 2
Power in Unit (in lacs) 72
Total 11088
Output in MTPA
Output of Ferro sillica Output of disposable To be captured by Process losses

(grade 70 to 75% Si) slag in MTPA Pollution control
equipments
9900 248 4 941
Total Input Output details of Fe- Si 9 MVA

Inputs in MTPA Output in MTPA
Materials Grade Mixing Input Fe- Output Process to be Total
Ratio Weight Si disposable loss collected
in MT slag from
Pollution
control
equipments
Quartz of SiO2 89% 66 7326 9900 248 941 4 11093
scrape in MTPA
Yearly 739 660 17 63 0 1479
requirements of
trucks
G. Numbers of Trucks per day

Products Input truck load per day Output truck load per day
6 MVA 9 MVA Total Round 6 MVA 9 MVA Total Round
Off Off
Ferro Manganese/ 3.95 5.92 9.87 10 3.46 5.19 8.65 9
Silico manganese
Ferro silica 1.5 2.24 3.74 4 2.24 2.24 4.48 5
2.4.7 Specifications of Process related Equipments
TABLE 2.18: EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS
Sl.No. Equipments Unit

1 Furnace Shell One
a. Furnace Shell made from 20mm side & 25mm thick 1 No
bottom plate (IS:2002 Gr) including bottom supporting
beams, Horizontal & Vertical stiffeners and 3Nos.
Tapping Spouts
b. Hood S.S (Grade – 304) Smoke Hood with double wall 1 No
water cooled and the dia. of the hood is 8000mm. and
side wall plates of 2200mm length.
c. M.S. Chimneys of 2000mm dia. & 40000mm ht. 2 Nos
2 Furnace Equipments One unit
a. Mantle with Mantle lower as per our drawing 3 Nos
b. S.S. Cooling Shields as per our drawing 3 Nos
c. Pressure Rings and its assembly as per our drawing 3
d. Forged Copper Contact Clamps with hanger assembly 18 Nos
e. Fail proof Slipping Device as per our drawing 3 Nos
f. Traverse frame & S.S. Protection shields as per our 3 Nos
drawing
g. Stuffing Boxes (Electrodes & Mantle Set) as per our 3 Nos
drawing
h. Chutes (450mm dia.) with chute gates 9 Nos
i. Insulation required for Electrode Assembly Lot
j. Electrode Carbon Paste 60 M.T.
k. Electrode Casings as per our drawing 3 Sets
3 Secondary system One unit
a. Furnace Water Circulation System 1 Set
b. Tapping Bus Bar Arrangement 1 Set
c. Furnace Control System 1 Set
d. Furnace Charging System 165 M.T.
e. Electrode Water Circulation System 3 Sets
4 Material Handling system One unit
a. BC-1 Ground Hopper to Day bins with all structure 1 Set
b. Shuttle conveyor on day bins horizontal length13 mts 1 Set
with stack pool management

c. Shuttle conveyor below weigh hoppers & mtrslg 1 Set
reversible
d. Day bins ground hopper, gates weigh hoppers for RHMS 1 Set
e. C.I. Pans 12 Nos.
5 Pollution Equipments One unit
a. Main Equipment including bag filter, bags, heat 2 Nos.
exchanger and I.D. Fan
b. Chimney & Ducting 2 Nos.
6 Cooling Tower & Water Pumps
a. Pumps with Motor 2 Nos
7 Mechanical equipments
a. EOT Crane cap. 10 MT Span size:- 15 meter 1 No
b. Rails LOT
c. Electronic Weigh Bridge 60 MT 1No.
d. Day Bins 80Mts.
e. Conveyors 3Nos.
f. Vibro Feeders 12Nos.
g. Batch Weighing System 1No.
h. 5MT Mono Rail Hoist 2No.
i. JCB (BEML make) 1 No
j. B L 9H BACK 1 No
k. Applicable equipment Sly. No 10002 & up LOT
8 Electricals Equipments
a. Compressor 1 No
b. Transformer 1 No
c. Lighting Accessories LOT
d. Diesel Generator Set 1 Unit
e. L. T. Panel & Control Desk LOT
f. L. T. Cables & Miscellaneous LOT
g. Capacitor Bank LOT
h. Sub-Station Structure 1 UNIT
i. Conductor and Fittings LOT
j. H. T. Cable LOT
k. SF6 Breaker LOT
l. C.Ts & Isolators LOT
m. Joints Kits LOT

9 Laboratory equipments
a. Muffel Furnace cap. (0 - 1300) C 1 No
b. Hot Air Oven cap. ( 0 - 300 ) C 1 No
c. Carbon Apparatus 1 No
d. Hot Plate - 1500 w 1 No
e. Heater - 1500 w 1 No
f. Balance (electric) Dhona make 200 mg 1 No
g. Balance (electronic) Citizen make 200 mg 1 No
h. Water Distillation plant cap. 10 lit. 1 No
i. Test sieve :- 72 mesh & 100 mesh LOT
j. Stone crusher 1 No
k. Stop watch & other glass item LOT
10 Fire fighting equipments
a. Fire Detection & Alarm System System
b. Fire Extinguishers 48 Nos
c. Gas Masks 60 Nos
d. Water Sprinkling system System
11 Compressed air supply details
a. Workshop One
12 Machinery stores
a. Spades LOT
b. Wrenches LOT
c. Screwdrivers LOT
d. Wheelbarrows 24 Nos
e. Other Tools LOT
f. Safety Helmets LOT
g. Gas Masks 60 Nos
13 Technical and administrative office
a. Furniture LOT
b. Air Conditioning LOT
c. Fans & Lights LOT
d. Computers LOT
e. Air Purification system SYSTEM
f. Drinking water Purifier Machine UNIT
14 Time and Security Office
a. Card punching Machine 1 UNIT

b. Safety Halmets LOT
15 Dispensary
a. Patient Examination Table 1 No
b. First Aid Equipment & Medicines LOT
c. First Aid Bandages, ointments LOT
d. Oxygen Cylinder 1 No
e. Refrigerator 1 No
f. Stethoscope 2 Nos
g. Blood pressure measuring machine 1 No
h. Blood Sugar measuring device 1 No
i. Medicines for treatment of General Ailments LOT
2.4.8 Quality Control Plan

To produce good quality ferro alloy, it is imperative that sampling & testing of various
raw materials, in-process materials and the final product is carried out regularly at the
required intervals for taking corrective action timely.
To ensure consistent product quality and to permit the trouble free and cost effective
operation, the quality control for sampling & testing of various raw materials in-process
shall be carried out.
While proposing the methods and procedures for quality control, the following aspects
have been taken into account
• Requirements and norms, particularly in ore testing.
• Corrective measures to be undertaken as quickly as possible in the process
operation.
• Desired degree of automation.
• Available raw materials and process equipment.
The three primary areas of quality control have been envisaged:

Facilities and equipment envisaged for quality control of the raw materials and final
products for the proposed plant are as follows:
Raw mix preparation Raw material control in feeder

Raw material control before charging
Finished products After cleaning and sizing
2.5 Land Requirement
Total land requirement for the proposed plant is 9.17 acres which is already acquired.
Unit wise breakup is given below the table.

Plot No Classification of land Size of Plot in acre
2187 G. L.P. 0.42

2188 Baid 0.31
2189 G. L.P. 1.45
2190 Baid 1.04
2191 G. L.P. 0.3
2192 Kanali 2.13
2193 G. L.P. 1.7
2194 Baid 0.12
2195 G. L.P. 0.22
2196 Baid 0.15
2198 Baid 0.52
2199 Kanali 0.81
Total 9.17
Baid type of land occurs at a lower level than the gullied waste lands and covered with
sandy loam soil on which paddy is grown. Kanali lands are at still lower level lands in
the alluvial tract on which paddy is grown extensively with moderate to good yields.
G.L.P or Gar Layak Patip is a land where agriculture is not possible.
2.6 Water Requirement
Total water requirement for the proposed plant is 80 KLD. Water balance is given below
the figure 2.12.
Fig. 2.12: Water Balance
2.7 Organization and Manpower
The organization structure will be developed on the basis of working requirement of

the company. In order to keep the organization result oriented, the layers of hierarchy
in the organization will be kept at minimum.
As company is likely to be set up under the leadership of experimented

promoter/Directors, they are very much capable to make the organization of the
company healthy. They are also familiar with the man power requirements. The
Directors of the company will devote their full time and energy in the business to run it
successfully. The company will put up regular development programme for its
employees as and when required. The company will implement better Human Resource
Management practice in company for its smooth functioning. The Organization will
include team work, quality culture and harmony for the efficient working of the unit as
well as betterment of the workers.
The company has all arrangement for Skilled and unskilled workers and required
labours are easily available in the local area. It is to be noted that the new unit will
further generate employment for the local people and they are showing very much
interest for their positive co-operation for setting up the new unit. A preliminary
estimate for manpower requirements during operation phase has been prepared
primarily to derive the labour component of the production cost. The additional
manpower requirement is estimated about 185, which includes executives, skilled
workers & semiskilled/unskilled workers. While making this estimate, no provision
has been made for the services like security major maintenance and auto repairs etc as
these are envisaged to be done through external agencies.
2.7.1 Basis of Manpower estimates
The manpower estimates are based on the process and facilities envisaged for the plant.
Where direct manning is involved, the positions have been tentatively identified on the
basis of layout, technologies and facilities. Where a crew is required for a particular
operation, its size has been determined generally in keeping with the normal practices
and taking no account the facilities propose.
As indicated earlier, the maintenance has been centralized. Shift maintenance crew has
been provided for break down and running repair jobs and for the planned repairs.
Staffs have been provided in the general shift. The utilities and services functions like
water supply, power distribution and transportation are centralized.
While estimating manpower it has been considered that both operation and
maintenance staff will have multi-disciplinary skills so that the operation personnel will
be able to carry out minor repairs of furnace and related equipments etc. and actively
help this maintenance crew during maintenance.
The maintenance personnel will also carry out minor repairs and lubricate the
equipments. Technicians will able to do a rigger/fitter/ machinist’s jobs as and when
required.
2.7.2 Training
Training is an essential requirement in supporting the development and growth of

technologies it helps to attain higher productivity. Therefore it is essential that
appropriate steps to be taken for developing the human resources required operating
and maintaining the different units.
Further to achieve higher productivity during the course of plant operating, training
helps in the upgradation of the skills of personnel and creating conducive learning
environments where new entrants entering the company. Appropriate work culture,
acquire values of teamwork, familiar with group decision-making will be part of the
training programme etc.
2.7.3 Approach to Training

In a plant of the type envisaged for M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd., it is necessary to
evolve a culture to its requirement devoid of the legacies of the industry. To that extent
the management proposes to outline a working philosophy based on multi disciplinary
skills in personnel, learning opportunities on job in a highly interactive environment.
Initially the management will focus on introducing the personnel to procedures and
system based on functional requirement cutting across lines of hierarchy. With this
approach the need for non-productive supervision will be reduced to minimum. All the
functional personnel will be evaluated on the basis of the results and achievements on a
crew basis, which will ensure work ethic of the highest order.
The managerial personnel will conduct regular training programmes to expose the
operating and maintenance personnel to theoretical, technological, quality and system
aspects of production. These will be interactive sessions with case studies evolved from
the plant experiences.
Similarly, in the office related functions, the emphasis will be on computerization and
creating of database in tune with the requirements and making them available to all in
need, thus saving enormous amounts of efforts otherwise needed.
The suppliers of machinery shall provide the technical know-how. It may be added that
the process does not require any complicated technical know-how and the process of
manufacture is simple. Moreover, the company is already manufacturing ferro alloy in
its existing plant, the process is well known to the company.
2.8 Source of pollution and control measures

The new unit will install necessary pollution control equipments to control ferro alloy
dust as per applicable norms of West Bengal Pollution Control Board.
2.8.1 Water Pollution

No industrial waste water shall be generated from the proposed project, but only
domestic waste water will be generated. The Plant is designed for closed re-circulation
Cooling Water System. The discharge of waste water from other sources such as DM
water Plant, Boilers blow down etc will be insignificant.
The measures envisaged for controlling water pollution will be to contain the water
pollution within tolerance limit as specified in MOEF notifications and other related
statutory norms. The Waste Water generated from the various Plants will be let out
after proper treatment in order to reduce pollutants in the Waste Water within the
acceptable limits.
2.8.2 Air Pollution

The main Raw-Materials required for the production of H.C. Ferro Manganese in a Sub-
Merged Arc Furnace are Manganese Ore, Coke and Coal. The dust emitted from the
furnace producing H.C. Ferro Manganese is mainly of Manganese dust, Coke and Coal
dust of varying size from 10 micron to 4 micron. A Bag Filter can easily collect this dust.
The Furnace comes with Smoke Collection Hood of Low Hood Design, which prevent
any fugitive gas emissions. The gas emissions emanating from the Furnaces are
collected by the smoke collection hood and passed on to a Smoke Chimney / stack by
Natural draft. The Smoke Chimney has a butterfly valve just a little above the top of the
smoke hood with the help of which, the gas emissions are directed to the Air Pollution
Control equipment. These gases from the point of Butterfly valve are sucked by means
of a powerful I.D. (Induced Draft) fan into the Pollution Control Equipment.
If any kind of sparks in gas stream, that will be extinguished in ductwork, bends & in
Heat Exchanger (Forced Draft Cooler) due to changes of direction. First gases are
passed through a tubular forced draft cooler where they get cooled by atmospheric air.
The much heavier particles in the gases get settled at the bottom of the cooler. The gas
with the remaining heavier particles goes to a multi-chamber Bag Filter System after
which the I.D. fan is installed. When the gas pass through the filter bags, the dust
present in the gases is trapped by these bags and only clean gas comes out of the Bag
Filter. This clean gas is then released through the stack to atmosphere.
During this process, the bags in the multi-chamber bag filter house collect fume dust
and needs to be cleaned. The Bag house cleaning is “OFF LINE“(with one compartment
isolated) and “ON - DEMAND” on the basis of pressure drop across the bag house.
When the pressure drop exceeds the set point, Master controller shall close the Poppet
damper at the outlet of the compartment and start cleaning the bags till the pressure
drop reaches lower set point. Cleaning is done by compressed air pulses so that the dust
accumulated on the bags surface gets shrugged off and gets collected into a collection
hopper provided at the bottom of the bag filter housing. After reaching lower set point,
cleaning shall stop and Poppet damper shall open. This cleaning operation shall be
done in a sequential fashion as and when pressure drop exceeds preset limits. This loop
shall ensure optimum cleaning of the filter bags to improve bag life and reduce
emission levels. Accordingly, one chamber after another gets cleaned in a pre-
determined cycle.
¾ Pollution Details:
9 MVA Furnace 6 MVA Furnace
Volume of Gases 75,000 NM3/hr 60,000 NM3/hr
Quality of Gases
Before Pollution Equipment 2000 mg/Nm3 1500 mg/Nm3
200 to 220 Degree C 180 to 200 Degree C
After Pollution Equipment <50 mg/Nm3 <50 mg/Nm3
50 to 60 Degree C 50 to 60 Degree C
Stack Height 32 Meters From 32 Meters From ground
ground level level
¾ Bag filter details

Sl.No. Location Capacity No. of Bag Size Air to Cloth Ratio
(M3/Hr) Bags (mm) (M3/Min./M2)
1 9 MVA 75,000 720 150 (dia) 1.2
Furnace M3/Hr 3060 mm
Length
2 6 MVA 60,000 580 150 (dia) 1.2
Furnace M3/Hr 3060 mm
Length
¾ Water Requirement
Water requirement 18 m3/day (make up)
Drinking Water 3-4 m3/day
¾ Pollution control measures:
The following measures will be adopted for the proposed Ferro Alloys Plant to
minimize air pollution.
• Particulate matter emission from flue gas stacks will be restricted to a maximum
of 50 mg / Nm³ by installation of bag filter and heat exchanger.
• De-dusting System will be provided to arrest fugitive emissions in the work
zone.
• All the dust control Systems will be installed and Commissioned along with the
main Plant. These Systems will be checked and their emissions will also be
monitored.
• Each stack will be provided with provisions for installation of necessary portable
instruments for monitoring of PM, SO2 and NO2.
2.8.3 Noise Pollution and Control system

In general, the following measures will be adopted for noise pollution control.
• Technical Measures
• Administrative Measures
• Personnel Protection Measures
In Ferro alloy plant, the noise sources are mostly high pressure Pumps and leaking
Steam pipelines.
The following technical measures will be taken to reduce noise.
• Checking leakages in High Pressure pipelines and plugging them, as required.
• Providing enclosures / barriers for DG sets.

• Providing silencers at inlet / outlet of the fans.
• Regular checking of vibration level due to high speed machines and taking
necessary step to mitigate the same.
In such cases, the following administrative measures are proposed.
• Workers will be put on rotational duties
• Regular medical checkup for all workers
Besides above, the workers exposed to high noise will be provided with personnel
protective devices such as earplugs and earmuffs.
2.8.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Disposal

Solid waste also is generated from proposed Ferro Alloys Plant for manufacturing of
Ferro Manganese, Silico Manganese and Ferro Silicon. Two types of solid waste (slag)
will be generated from the manufacturing process Ferro Manganese Slag and Ferro
Silicon Slag. 80% of the Ferro Manganese Slag will be used for manufacturing of Silico
Manganese and Silico Manganese Slag will be used for road construction and own land
filling purpose.
Description Nature Quantity Disposal method

Ferro Manganese and Silico Non-Hazardous 9180 TPA Reuse to own furnace
Manganese Slag
Since the manufacturing process doesn’t included production of Ferro-Chrome as

finished product no Hazardous waste slag will be generated from the manufacturing
process. In terms of Hazardous waste Used oil will be stored in closed drums and will
be given to authorized reprocessors/recyclers and about 05 KL/Annum will be
generated and every year resins will be recharged; hence no resin wastes will be
generated.
TABLE 2.20: QUANTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

Fire Hazardous Handling Storage Facility Maximum storage Nature of
Chemicals Hazardous
Furnace Oil Pumping In the tank Tank 2 nos. capacity Fire hazard
system provided -40 KL
HSD Drums/Tank Drums/Tank 10KL Fire hazard
segregated
HCL Tank/Plastic 4T in storage 1000 Liters Fire hazard
container tank, 6T Plastic Health. hazard
container
Chapter 3 Baseline Environmental Status
3.1 Introduction
Any developmental activity may cause some environmental impacts on the
surrounding environment. In order to know the cumulative impacts due to the
proposed plant on the surrounding environment, it is very important to know the
baseline environmental status in the study area. This chapter gives an idea and
description of the environmental status of the study area with reference to the
prominent environmental attributes. The general study area covers about 10 Km radius
with respect to the project site. The impact identification starts with the collection of
primary or baseline data such as the ambient air quality, water quality, noise levels,
land use patterns, flora & fauna and the socio-economic aspects. The baseline
monitoring was conducted from October 2010 to January 2011.
Knowledge of baseline environmental status of the study area is useful for Impact
Assessment Process of assessing and predicting the environmental consequences of the
significant actions. Significant action depicts direct adverse changes caused by the
action and its effect on the health of the biota including flora, fauna and human being,
socio-economic conditions, current use of land and resources, physical and cultural
heritage properties and biophysical surroundings.
3.2 Methodology of Conducting Baseline Study

The various steps involved in Environmental Impact Assessment study of this project
activity are divided into the following stages:
¾ Identification of significant environmental parameters and assessment of the

existing baseline status within the impact zone with respect to air, water, noise,
soil and socio-economic components of environment.
¾ Study of various activities of the proposed ferro alloy manufacturing unit to
identify the area leading to impact or any change in existing environmental
quality.
¾ Quantification and prediction of impact for the identified activities and to study
level of impact on various environmental components.
¾ Evaluation of environmental management plan including air pollution control,
waste recovery and reuse/recycling, green belt development plan.
The methodology adopted for studying the various individual components of

environment are described in this chapter.
3.3 Parameters for Study

The various parameters surveyed and studied for the baseline study are discussed in
the following sections components:
¾ Meteorology and micrometeorology

¾ Air Environment
¾ Noise Environment
¾ Water Environment
¾ Land Environment
¾ Ecological Environment
¾ Socio-Economic Environment
3.4 Physiography
Bankura is located in the western part of the State of West Bengal. It is a part of
Bardhaman Division of the State and included in the area known as "Rarh" in Bengal. It
ranks 4th according to Population and literacy rate of 2001 Census in the State. The
District Bankura is bounded by latitude 220 38’ N and longitude 860 36’ E to 870 47’ E.
River Damodar flows along the northern boundary of the district. The adjacent districts
are Bardhaman in the north, Purulia in the west and Paschim Medinipur in the south.
The Survey of India (SOI) topo-sheets covering the districts are 73I, 73J, 73M and 73N.
Fig 3.1: Bankura district
3.4.1 Geo-morphology
¾ Profile of district
Location : 22° 38’ and 23° 38’ north latitude and between 86° 36’ and 87°
46’ east longitude.
Geographical area : 6,882 sq. km.
Average annual : 1400 mm.
rainfall
Average maximum : 45 degree Celsius
temperature
Average minimum : 27 degree Celsius
temperature
Main crops other : Rice & Jute
than Tea
Major rivers : Damodar, Dwarkeswar, Shilabati, Kangsabati, Sali,
Gandheswari, Kukhra, Birai, Jaypanda and Bhairabbanki
The district of Bankura is covered by crystalline rocks of Precambrain age. Granite

gneiss, mica schirt, anothosite etc are the principle types of rock exposed in this part.
The project area lies within a thick mantle of laterite generally mountainous and
undulating. The average height of high physiographical areas varies from 55 to 106 m
above Mean Sea Level (MSL). The nearest forest range, the Beliator, a protected forest is
located at 2 km in south direction of the proposed ferro alloy plant site.
¾ Geological and structural set up of area
The area consists of two different tracts. The western portion marks the gradual descent
from the table land of Chota Nagpur to the delta of lower Bengal, consisting largely of
spurs projecting from the western tableland and of low swelling ridges. However, there
is no marked ridge of hills. In the central portion of the district there are rolling downs
eventually merging with the alluvial plains.
The hills of the district consist of outliers of the Chota Nagpur plateau and only two are
of any great height – Biharinath and Susunia. While the former rises to a height of 448
metres (1,470 ft), the latter attains a height of 440 metres (1,440 ft). There are a number
of low hills in the Saltora area. There are small hills, e.g. the Mejia hill rising to a mere
60 metres (200 ft) from the base or the Karo hill, halfway between Mejia and Bankura,
rising a little higher to about 120 metres (390 ft). To the south, in the police station areas
of Khatra and Raipur there are picturesque low hills, locally called Masaker Pahar.
The rivers of the area flow from the north-east to the south-west in courses roughly
parallel to one another. They are mostly hill streams, originating in the hills in the west.
The rivers come down in floods after heavy rains and subside as rapidly as they rise. In
summer, their sand beds are almost always dry. The principal rivers are: Damodar,
Dwarkeswar, Shilabati, Kangsabati, Sali, Gandheswari, Kukhra, Birai, Jaypanda and
Bhairabbanki. There are some small but picturesque waterfalls along the course of the
Shilabati near Harmasra, and along the course of the Kangsabati in the Raipur area.
Fig 3.2: Contour map of the study area
Fig 3.3: Aspect map of the study area
¾ Soil of the area:
The western part of the district has poor, ferruginous soil and hard beds of laterite with
scrub jungles and sal woods. Long broken ridges with irregular patches of more recent
alluvium have marks of seasonal cultivation. During the long dry season large extents
of red soil with hardly any trees lend the country a scorched and dreary appearance. In
the eastern part the eye constantly rests on wide expanses of rice fields, green in the
rains but parched and dry in summer.
The Gondwana system is represented in the northern portion of the district, south of the
Damodar, between Mejia and Biharinath Hill. The beds covered with alluvium contain
seams of coal belonging to the Raniganj system.
3.4.2 Drainage pattern

Hydrological condition at a particular point is guided by topography, geology, and
rainfall (Annual rainfall 1400 mm) of the region. Under uniformly excellent water
aquifer condition groundwater simulates topography. The ground water resource is
potential over all geomorphic surface of the region. The dug wells, tanks, water bodies
with jhor bunds, river valleys are ideal sites for recharging ground water of the region.
Bankura drained by the rivers of Kangsabati, Kumari, Shilabati, Keleghai, Dwarakeswar
and their tributaries.
The local surface gradient, strong surface runoff and tendency of flash floods in the
monsoon don’t favours the sufficient storage of water resources. However, the
unconsolidated sediments of the valley fill surface, younger and older terrace banks
with slope control measures can favour infiltration into the soil for ground water
storage. The infiltration rate is very high on the lateritic upland with dense vegetation
covers. However, the watershed laterites with concretionary materials are highly
porous in characters. The sloping surface of younger terrace is also controlled by
contour for holding the runoff waters and cultivation of younger alluviums. The valley
fill surface is gently sloping towards the giant rivers i.e; Damodar river.
Fig 3.4: Slope map of the study area
3.4.3 Flood Zonation Mapping of the Site
Damodar River flowing from the north- west to south-east towards the north of the site
boundary is the main cause of floods in the region. The flood hazard Zonation mapping
is done analyzing the elevation contours, slope and existing infrastructure in the region.
From the analysis it is clear that the south – east region along the shores of the Damodar
River is the major area affected by flood. The image below shows the flood affected
region of the site. From the analysis it is clear that around 22% of the total site area is
affected by floods.
The Ferro-Alloy Plant falls outside the flood hazard zone and as a result the floods in
the region would not have any direct impact on the operations of the plant but the unit
may face business interruptions as the indirect impact of floods. The image below
shows the location of the Ferro-Alloy Plant with respect to the flood affected region.
Fig 3.5: Flood Zonation Map of the study area
The picture below shows the prominent water bodies and the flood zone in the study area. The map shows that the Damodar
River flowing through the study area from North to South.
Fig 3.6: Flood Hazard Zonation Map of the study area
From the detailed analysis of the flood hazard Zonation of the site area it can be concluded that installing the industrial unit at
the proposed location is potentially a safe proposition and would have minimal impact on the environment. Moreover the
potential floods in the region would have minimal direct impact on the operations of the unit as the proposed unit falls outside
the flood hazard zone.
Fig 3.7: Flood Hazard map of the study area
3.4.4 Land use pattern
The present work, thematic mapping of Bankura district in West Bengal has been carried out,
in view of the proposed site falling at Longitude of 87° 15’ 05” (E) and Latitude of 23° 25’ 55”
(N). As per the mandatory requirements, the mapping of Land use and land cover of the area
falling within the 10 sq. km of the proposed site is undertaken with the help of Topographical
data, Satellite data and field studies. Based on the physical characteristics of the study area,
their sources, method of derivation of maps (IMSD Technical Guidelines, NRSC, 1995), the
following map is generated. The classification of these maps is listed as below.
Land use is the way in which, and the purposes for which, human beings employ the land
and its resources: for example, farming, mining, or lumbering. Land cover describes the
physical state of the land surface: as in cropland, mountains, or forests. The term land cover
originally referred to the kind and state of vegetation (such as forest or grass cover), but it has
broadened in subsequent usage to include human structures such as buildings or pavement
and other aspects of the natural environment, such as soil type, biodiversity, and surface and
groundwater.
Land cover is affected by natural events, including climate variation, flooding, vegetation
succession, and fire, all of which can sometimes be affected in character and magnitude by
human activities. Both globally and in the India, though, land cover today is altered
principally by human use: by agriculture and livestock raising, forest harvesting and
management, and construction. There are also incidental impacts from other human activities
such as forests damaged by acid rain, from fossil fuel combustion and crops near cities
damaged by troposphere ozone resulting from automobile exhaust.
Information on the spatial spread and monitoring the dynamics of the land use/land cover is
the basic prerequisite for planning and implementing various developmental activities. In the
present day world, Land Use and Land Cover mapping is of great significance in scientific,
scholarly research, planning and management. Regional land use pattern reflects the
character of interaction between man and environment and the influence of distance and
resources based on mankind’s basic economic activities. Remotely sensed satellite images
provide a synoptic overview of the whole area in a very short time span. This leads to quick
and truthful representation of the real world in the best possible manner. It provides an
insight to coordinate relationship among transportation, residential, industrial and
recreational land uses, besides providing broad-scale inventories of natural resources and
monitoring environmental issues, including land reclamation, mangrove restoration, disaster
relief, water quality and planning economic development.
• Methodology for Land Use Land Cover Mapping

The land use and land cover (LULC) map is prepared by adopting the interpretation
techniques of the image in conjunction with collateral data such as Survey of India
topographical maps and census records.
Image classification can be done by using visual interpretation techniques and digital
classification using any of the image processing software. For the present study – ArcGIS 9.3
software is used for preprocessing, rectification, -and classifying the satellite data for
preparation of land use land cover map for assessing and monitoring the temporal changes in
land use land cover and land developmental activities.
The imagery is interpreted and ground checked for corrections. The final map is prepared
after field check. Flow chart showing the methodology adopted is given in the different land
use and land cover categories in the study area has been carried out based on the NRSC land
use and land cover classification system.
The methodology followed in the digital classification of satellite data is as under:
¾ Digitization of administrative base maps of three district and bring them to a projection
system. For the current study UTM projection is used. The details are as below
• Projection: Transverse Mercator
• Projected Coordinate System: WGS_1984_UTM_Zone_45N
¾ PAN-A/F (2.5m) Cartosat-1, Stereo Ortho kit- (27.5 kmx27.5 km), recent high resolution
satellite imagery procured from NRSC for Land use and land cover mapping was geo-
referenced with Survey of India (SOI) topographical sheets. The satellite scenes covering
the said district were mosaiced.
¾ Digital Image Processing (DIP) was done using ERDAS software to prepare ortho-rectified
images for the creation of Digital Elevation Models and Contours for the analysis of flood
hazard zones.
¾ Land use and land cover mapping was done using the image classification process in
ERDAS software. The accuracy of classified image was checked through confusion matrix.
The classification was further refined till the desired accuracy is reached.
¾ The classified raster image was converted to vector layer and then brought under GIS
environment for generation of Land-use and land cover maps with proper labels. Finally
the area calculation for various categories of land use and land cover was done.
The various categories of land use and land cover observed in the study area can classified
into five major groups, viz., built-up land, agricultural land, forestland, wasteland, and water
bodies.
• Data Requirement for LULC mapping

For analysis and interpretation, and preparation of LU/LC map, two types of data are
needed:
i. Basic data
ii. Ground data
Basic data includes:
a) Fused data of LISS-IV MX
b) Topo sheets
Ground data: Ground data is essential to verify and increase the accuracy of the interpreted
classes and also to minimize the field work.
Data analysis: For analysis and interpretation of satellite data, the study can be divided into
three parts:
1. Preliminary work
2. Field work
3. Post field work
Land use and land cover have a direct relationship with environmental characteristics and
processes, including the productivity of the land, species diversity, climate, biogeochemistry
and the hydrologic cycle. GIS and Remote Sensing are gradually becoming an integrated
technology that is being widely used in various applications. These two technologies are
complementary, as they are simply variants of the digital spatial data. They have become
inextricably linked in many application fields. The spatial display techniques for GIS and
Remote Sensing information has greatly advanced within the past two decades.
Technological advances in image processing and visualization techniques have developed
display and interpretation mechanisms for the analysis of all forms and sources of
geographical information.
• Outcome
Land use and land cover have a direct relationship with environmental characteristics and
processes, including the productivity of the land, species diversity, climate, biogeochemistry
and the hydrologic cycle. GIS and Remote Sensing are gradually becoming an integrated
technology that is being widely used in various applications. These two technologies are
complementary, as they are simply variants of the digital spatial data. They have become
inextricably linked in many application fields. The spatial display techniques for GIS and
Remote Sensing information has greatly advanced within the past two decades.
Technological advances in image processing and visualization techniques have developed
display and interpretation mechanisms for the analysis of all forms and sources of
geographical information.
• Study Area Land use and land cover Classification System

Using the standard land use classification system proposed by NRSC, about five classes of
level I, twelve of level II and four of level III land use and land cover classes were identified
and mapped using satellite data in the present study. The imagery is interpreted and ground
checked for corrections.
TABLE 3.1: LAND USE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA

Sl. No. Particulars Area (in Ha) Percentage (%)
1 Agriculture 20855 66
2 Vegetation 3055 10
3 Built up 1485 5
4 Open Forest 1425 5
5 Open/Vacant land 1107 4
6 River bed 1031 3
7 River 1017 3
8 Pond/reservoir 761 2
9 Road 469 1
10 Canal/drainage 144 0.5
11 Waste/Fallow land 31 0.1
12 Railway line 22 0.1
Total 31402 100.0
Fig 3.8: Land use pattern
TABLE 3.2: THE PROMINENT LAND USE IN THE STUDY AREA

Built-up land Out of total study area, built-up land covers about 5% of the total area
including the following land use classes:
Towns: Under this category the towns falling in the influence area are
taken into consideration. Major urban settlements like Durgapur, AVB
Township and its surrounding areas like Sagarbhanga, Mamra,
Madhabpur. Phuljhari Township, Mobarakganj etc. are the township
areas are located in the north and north- eastern side of the project site
is beyond 10 Km radius. The town is the main built up areas which are
present in the study area and all are easily accessible through road
network.
Village: Within 10 km radius villages are scattered in all the directions.

These cover about 47.62 sq. km of area which is 15.27% of the total
study area. Some major village settlements are Mayabazar, Barjora,
Bhairapur, Malbona, Maliara, Kumarsol, Kadasol, Palashban,
Gopalpur, Kotalpur, Rajprasadpur etc. These villages are mostly
located in the South, west and eastern part of the site.
Industries: Only one part in the 10 km study area is industrialized. The

industries are mostly located in a clustered way at this region. Except
the Iron & Steel Industry there are some other small industries in this
region.
Agricultural land The area has only one single cropped land. This type of land use
covers the maximum area of about 20855 Ha which is 66%. Agriculture
is the predominant feature of the land use of the study area.
Forest/vegetation Forest also has two divisions. One is open forest and another is
plantation/vegetation. The total area of forest/vegetation is around
4480 Ha which is the 15% of the total study area.
Prominent forest area of Beliator forest is located in the south-western

direction of the site which is about 3-5 km away. Another part of this
forest is located about 8 km away in the same south western direction.
Some patches of this vegetation are also located in the northern part
near the settlement.
Wasteland Land with scrubs: The land with the scrubs is that where the natural
vegetation is there but with a very few growth and tinny growth of
grass. This category of land cover is spread within the agricultural
land in the whole study area.
Land without scrubs: This type of land is another type of waste land.
This type of land cover is unsuitable for agriculture and is completely
devoid of vegetation except very small grasses sometimes. These are
land with somewhat rocky surfaces or sandy surfaces. In the study this
kind of land is scattered throughout the region. Near CMERI Institute,
Palashdanga, DTS Colony etc areas this type of land is present in
maximum amount.
Swampy areas / Shallow water bodies: It's a type of wetland, featuring

grass, rushes reeds, typhas, sedges and other herbaceous plants in a
context of shallow water. These are the land sometimes cut off from
the main river due to deposition of heavy load near the confluence at
the mouth of main river when it is meeting the sea. In the proposed
study area this type of land is formed due to deposition of sand in the
river bed forming sandbars where the river water becomes shallow
water. According to the satellite imagery data these shallow water
areas mainly are observed in the river bed only.
Water bodies These are the natural resources of water found in whole the region in
(Ponds/reservoirs/ the scattered form in various sizes. These water bodies are mainly
tanks) used for domestic purposes but not for drinking purpose. These
sources are also used for irrigation purposes in the area. The area
covered by these water bodies is 2% of the total land use.
River River Damodar is passing from the north direction of the site. The
river is flowing toward south-east which shows that the land slopes to
south west. The river itself covers about 3% of the total land use.
Roads and Other than this land use, major roads, other roads and railway lines
Railways are a part of major land use classes visible over the study area. One
main canal is passing from eastern side used for irrigation purpose.
The roads are crisscrossing each other and have been described before
with the railway route.
Figure 3.9: Satellite Imagery of the Study Area
Figure 3.10: Land use and Land cover Map of the Study Area
Fig 3.11: Digital elevation model of the study area
Fig 3.12: 3-D map of the study area
3.5 Meteorology and Climate
3.5.1 Climatic condition

The climate of the project area is humid and tropical. It is characterised by a hot and dry
summer from March to May and south-west monsoon or rainy season from June to
September, a pleasant post-monsoon or retreating monsoon from October to November and a
cool winter from December to February. Therefore, climatologically, four seasons viz.
summer (pre-monsoon), monsoon, post-monsoon and winter.
3.5.2 Meteorology
Air borne pollutants is dispersed by atmospheric motion. Knowledge of these motions, which
range is scale from turbulent diffusion to long-range transport by weather systems, is
essential to simulate such dispersion and quality of impacts of air pollution on the
environment. The purpose of EIA is to determine whether average concentrations are likely
to encounter at fixed locations (Known as the receptor), due to the given sources (locations
and rates of emission known), under idealized atmospheric conditions. It is imperative that
one should work with idealized condition and all analysis pertaining to air turbulence and
ambient air or noise pollution should be done with meteorological conditions, which can at
best be expected to occur. The details of measurement technique, instruments, specification of
measurement standards and accuracy of instruments are adopted from the Indian Standard:
8829-1978 “Guideline for micrometeorological technique in Air Pollution Studies.” Care is
taken to install the anemometer within a distance of six times the height of nearest vertical
terrain elements (house, trees etc.) and height of 10 m from the average ground level of the
fetch area. Meteorology data has been collected from the Bankura Observatory of Regional
Meteorological Centre, Kolkata.
A. Temperature
Month wise average temperatures for the historical period as recorded at Bankura
Observatory of Regional Meteorological Centre, Kolkata have been furnished in Table 3.3.
The monthly average maximum temperature recorded during the month of April is about
37.5° C and monthly average minimum temperature recorded during the month of January is
about 12.7° C.
TABLE 3.3: MONTHLY AVERAGE TEMPERATURE (MAX. MIN. IN DEGREE C)
Months Temperature (°C)

MAX MIN
January 26.2 12.7

February 28.6 14.9
March 34.1 20.1
April 37.5 24.3
May 37.2 25.8
June 34.8 26.1
July 32 25.8
August 31.9 25.8
September 32.2 25.7
October 31.4 23.7
November 28.7 17.8
December 26.2 13.6
Average 31.73 21.36
Source: Regional Meteorological Center (RMC), Kolkata
Fig 3.13: Monthly Average Max. and Min. Temperature (in Degree C)
B. Rainfall
It may be observed from table below that the rainfall does not show any cyclic occurrence and
shows wide and erratic variations. The average rainfall during May to October is about 91%
of the total contribution and about 88% rainy days observed during this period. The highest
rainfall occurred in the month of June followed by July. The total rainfall received in the year
is about 1400 mm with total number of rainy days of about 75.
TABLE 3.4: MONTHLY AVERAGE RAINFALL (IN MM)

Months Total Rainfall (mm) No. of Rainy Days
January 11.5 0.9
February 24.6 1.8
March 25 1.7
April 46.1 3
May 114.8 6.5
June 196 10.6
July 314.4 15.9
August 301.2 16.3
September 236.5 11.5
October 106.8 5.2
November 23 1.1
December 4.3 0.2
Annual Total 1404.2 74.7
Fig 3.14: Monthly average rainfall in mm
C. Humidity
The average monthly relative humidity data recorded at Meteorological Station during the
period from January to December is given in Table 3.5 and graphically represented in Fig
3.10. During the month of July and August the relative humidity was highest of about 85%
followed by in October of about 78%. The annual average Relative humidity is about 74.3%
(at 0830 Hours) and 61.3% (at 1730 Hours).
TABLE 3.5: MONTHLY AVERAGE HUMIDITY (IN % AT 0830 HRS IST)

Month Relative Humidity (%)
at 0830 at 1730
January 69 50
February 65 44
March 64 35
April 67 40
May 74 55
June 80 72
July 85 82
August 85 81
September 83 80
October 78 73
November 72 66
December 70 58
Average 74.3 61.3
Fig 3.15: Monthly average Humidity (in %)
D. Atmospheric Pressure
The average monthly atmospheric pressure data recorded at Meteorological Station during
the period from January to December is given in Table 3.6 and graphically represented in Fig
3.11. During the month of December and January the atmospheric pressure was highest of
about 1013.7 mb followed by in November 1011.4 mb. The annual average atmospheric
pressure is about 1005.3 mb (at 0830 Hours) and 1001.68 mb (at 1730 Hours).
TABLE 3.6: MONTHLY AVERAGE ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE (IN MB AT 0830 HRS IST)
Months Atmospheric Pressure (mb)

AT 0830 AT 1730
January 1013.7 1010
February 1011.2 1007.5
March 1007.9 1004.4
April 1004.6 1000
May 1000.5 996.2
June 996.6 993.4
July 996.4 993.5
August 998 994.9
September 1001.8 998.4
October 1007.5 1004.2
November 1011.4 1007.8
December 1013.7 1009.9
Mean 1005.28 1001.68
Fig 3.16: Monthly average atmospheric pressure (in mb)
E. Cloud Cover
The monthly average cloud cover given in table 3.7 and respective graphical interpretation in
Fig. 3.12. During the month of July the cloud cover was highest of about 5.5 octa followed by
in August about 5.3 octa. The annual average cloud cover is about 3.05 octa (at 0830 Hours)
and 3.16 octa (at 1730 Hours).
TABLE 3.7: MONTHLY AVERAGE CLOUD COVER (IN OCTA)
Months Cloud cover

AT 0830 AT 1730
January 1.4 1.3
February 1.9 1.7
March 1.9 1.7
April 2.2 2.4
May 3.2 3.1
June 4.8 5.3
July 5.5 5.5
August 5.3 5.6
September 4.8 5.4
October 2.9 3.2
November 1.6 1.6
December 1.1 1.1
Annual Total or Mean 3.05 3.16
Fig 3.17: Monthly average cloud cover
F. Wind speed
The monthly average wind speed is given in table 3.8 and its graphical representation given
in fig. 3.13. The maximum wind speed observed during the month of May of about 9.3 KMPH
and minimum wind speed observed during the month of December is about 2.5 KMPH. The
annual average wind speed calculated is 5.32 KMPH.
TABLE 3.8: MONTHLY AVERAGE WIND SPEED

Months Mean wind
speed
(KMPH)
January 2.8
February 3.5
March 5.2
April 6.7
May 9.3
June 8.1
July 7.1
August 6.3
September 5.2
October 4
November 3.1
December 2.5
Average 5.32
Fig 3.18: Monthly average wind speed
G. Wind Direction
The observed wind direction data for the period from January to December monitored at
Asansol observatory are presented in table 3.9 and 3.10 respectively.
An observation of the wind direction shows that the predominant wind direction is from
North West in the months of February followed by in September, when the predominance is
from East. The wind speeds are usually less than 20 KMPH.
TABLE 3.9: DAYS WITH WIND SPEED

Month Days with Wind Speed (KMPH)
<1 1 to 19 >19
January 7.5 23.5 0
February 5.5 22.5 0
March 4.5 26 0.5
April 3.5 26 0.5
May 2 28 1
June 2.5 27 0.5
July 3 27.5 0.5
August 3 27 1
September 6 24 0
October 9.5 21.5 0
November 9.5 20.5 0
December 8.5 22.5 0
Annual Total 65 296 4
Fig 3.19: Days with wind speed
TABLE 3.10: ANNUAL FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION OF WIND

Month Percentage (%) frequency of wind from direction
N NE E SE S SW W NW CALM
January 11 3.5 2.5 0 0 1.5 17.5 35 27
February 10 3 2.5 2.5 1.5 16 25 31.5 21
March 6 2.5 5 4 3.5 6 29 28.5 15.5
April 4 4.5 11 10.5 7 8 24 20 11
May 3.5 7 21 23.5 12 6.5 9.5 10 7
June 3.5 8.5 25 23 11 7.5 7.5 6 8
July 3 8 25 21.5 10 8.5 9.5 4 10.5
August 3.5 8.5 26 20.5 8.5 8 8 5.5 11.5
September 4 8.5 21.5 20.5 7.5 4 8 7 19
October 10 8.5 10.5 8.5 2 1.5 11.5 17 30.5
November 12 3 2 1 0 0.5 18.5 30.5 32.5
December 12 1.5 1.5 1 0 1 18 37 28
Average 6.9 5.6 12.8 11.4 5.3 5.8 15.5 19.3 18.5
H. Micro-meteorology
The micro-meteorological data of the study area have been recorded by Bharat Foundation,
Kolkata with an automatic weather station for the winter season from 10th October 2010 to 9th
January 2011. The months October, November, and December are considered to be
representative of Post-monsoon & winter season and study is conducted in this period only.
TABLE 3.11: SUMMARY OF MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL DATA (FROM 10TH OCTOBER 2010 TO 9TH
JANUARY 2011)
Parameters Maximum Minimum Average
Rainfall (in mm) -- -- 8.54
Relative Humidity (in %) 85.99 40.02 62.8
Temperature (in °C) 30.39 28.45 29.62
Wind speed (KMPH) 12.4 0.2 2.9
Predominant wind direction Between North East and North
The minimum and maximum temperature was observed 30.39°C and 28.45°C respectively
during October 2010 to January 2011. The winds are generally light but become forceful
during letter part of the season. Winds blow generally from the directions between north-east
and north during the period October to January. The graphical representations of the
micrometeorological parameters are shown in the subsequent figures.
Fig 3.20: Windrose diagramme (Blowing to)
Frequency data for wind blowing to

Station ID: Run ID: 21023
Start Date: 10/11/2010 - 00:00
End Date: 1/9/2011 - 23:00
Frequency Distribution (Count)

Speed (m/s)
2.1 - 3.6 - 8.8 -
Wind direction 0.5 - 2.1 3.6 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 11.1 >= 11.1 Total
348.75 - 11.25 23 4 1 3 0 0 31
11.25 - 33.75 10 0 1 2 0 0 13
33.75 - 56.25 44 5 9 5 3 0 66
56.25 - 78.75 41 11 3 1 0 1 57
78.75 - 101.25 28 7 8 0 1 0 44
101.25 - 123.75 18 5 8 8 0 0 39
123.75 - 146.25 128 45 32 19 3 5 232
146.25 - 168.75 101 13 8 1 2 0 125
168.75 - 191.25 199 48 30 12 9 5 303
191.25 - 213.75 56 10 7 1 2 3 79
213.75 - 236.25 253 72 46 16 2 8 397
236.25 - 258.75 12 2 3 0 0 0 17
258.75 - 281.25 126 21 26 7 1 1 182
281.25 - 303.75 20 4 1 0 0 1 26
303.75 - 326.25 120 31 22 8 3 4 188
326.25 - 348.75 20 8 1 0 0 0 29
Sub-Total 1199 286 206 83 26 28 1828
Calms 356
Missing/Incomplete 0
Total 2184
Frequency of Calm
Winds 16.30%
Average Wind Speed 2.38 m/s
Station ID: 21023

Start Date: 10/11/2010 - 00:00
End Date: 1/9/2011 - 23:00

Speed (m/s)
Wind
direction 0.5 - 2.1 2.1 - 3.6 3.6 - 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 8.8 - 11.1 >= 11.1 Total
348.75 - 11.25 0.010531 0.001832 0.000458 0.00137 0.00000 0.00000 0.014195
11.25 - 33.75 0.004579 0.000000 0.000458 0.00092 0.00000 0.00000 0.005953
33.75 - 56.25 0.020147 0.002289 0.004121 0.00229 0.00137 0.00000 0.03022
56.25 - 78.75 0.018773 0.005037 0.001374 0.00046 0.00000 0.00046 0.0261
78.75 - 101.25 0.012821 0.003205 0.003663 0.00000 0.00046 0.00000 0.020147
101.25 - 123.75 0.008242 0.002289 0.003663 0.00366 0.00000 0.00000 0.017857
123.75 - 146.25 0.058608 0.020604 0.014652 0.00870 0.00137 0.00229 0.106227
146.25 - 168.75 0.046245 0.005952 0.003663 0.00046 0.00092 0.00000 0.057234
168.75 - 191.25 0.091117 0.021978 0.013736 0.00550 0.00412 0.00229 0.138736
191.25 - 213.75 0.025641 0.00458 0.003205 0.00046 0.00092 0.00137 0.036173
213.75 - 236.25 0.115842 0.032967 0.021062 0.00733 0.00092 0.00366 0.181776
236.25 - 258.75 0.005495 0.000916 0.001374 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.007785
258.75 - 281.25 0.057692 0.009615 0.011905 0.00321 0.00046 0.00046 0.083333
281.25 - 303.75 0.009158 0.001832 0.000458 0.00000 0.00000 0.00046 0.011906
303.75 - 326.25 0.054945 0.014194 0.010073 0.00366 0.00137 0.00183 0.086081
326.25 - 348.75 0.009158 0.003663 0.000458 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.013279
Sub-Total 0.548994 0.130952 0.094323 0.038005 0.011907 0.012821 0.837002
Calms 0.163004
Missing/Inco
mplete 0
Total 1.000006
Frequency of
Calm Winds 16.30%
Average
Wind Speed 2.38 m/s
Fig 3.21: Windrose diagramme (Blowing from)
Frequency data for wind blowing from
Station ID: Run

ID: 21023
Start Date: 10/11/2010 - 00:00
End Date: 1/9/2011 - 23:00

Speed (m/s)
2.1 - 3.6 - 8.8 -
Wind direction 0.5 - 2.1 3.6 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 11.1 >= 11.1 Total
348.75 - 11.25 199 48 30 12 9 5 303
11.25 - 33.75 56 10 7 1 2 3 79
33.75 - 56.25 253 72 46 16 2 8 397
56.25 - 78.75 12 2 3 0 0 0 17
78.75 - 101.25 126 21 26 7 1 1 182
101.25 - 123.75 20 4 1 0 0 1 26
123.75 - 146.25 120 31 22 8 3 4 188
146.25 - 168.75 20 8 1 0 0 0 29
168.75 - 191.25 23 4 1 3 0 0 31
191.25 - 213.75 10 0 1 2 0 0 13
213.75 - 236.25 44 5 9 5 3 0 66
236.25 - 258.75 41 11 3 1 0 1 57
258.75 - 281.25 28 7 8 0 1 0 44
281.25 - 303.75 18 5 8 8 0 0 39
303.75 - 326.25 128 45 32 19 3 5 232
326.25 - 348.75 101 13 8 1 2 0 125
Sub-Total 1199 286 206 83 26 28 1828
Calms 356
Missing/Incomplete 0
Total 2184
Frequency of Calm
Winds 16.30%
Average Wind Speed 2.38 m/s
Station ID: 21023

Start Date: 10/11/2010 - 00:00
End Date: 1/9/2011 - 23:00

Speed (m/s)
Wind
direction 0.5 - 2.1 2.1 - 3.6 3.6 - 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 8.8 - 11.1 >= 11.1 Total
348.75 - 11.25 0.091117 0.021978 0.013736 0.00550 0.00412 0.00229 0.138736
11.25 - 33.75 0.025641 0.004579 0.003205 0.00046 0.00092 0.00137 0.036173
33.75 - 56.25 0.115842 0.032967 0.021062 0.00733 0.00092 0.00366 0.181776
56.25 - 78.75 0.005495 0.000916 0.001374 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.007785
78.75 - 101.25 0.057692 0.009615 0.011905 0.00321 0.00046 0.00046 0.083333
101.25 - 123.75 0.009158 0.001832 0.000458 0.00000 0.00000 0.00046 0.011906
123.75 - 146.25 0.054945 0.014194 0.010073 0.00366 0.00137 0.00183 0.086081
146.25 - 168.75 0.009158 0.003663 0.000458 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.013279
168.75 - 191.25 0.010531 0.001832 0.000458 0.00137 0.00000 0.00000 0.014195
191.25 - 213.75 0.004579 0.00000 0.000458 0.00092 0.00000 0.00000 0.005953
213.75 - 236.25 0.020147 0.002289 0.004121 0.00229 0.00137 0.00000 0.03022
236.25 - 258.75 0.018773 0.005037 0.001374 0.00046 0.00000 0.00046 0.0261
258.75 - 281.25 0.012821 0.003205 0.003663 0.00000 0.00046 0.00000 0.020147
281.25 - 303.75 0.008242 0.002289 0.003663 0.00366 0.00000 0.00000 0.017857
303.75 - 326.25 0.058608 0.020604 0.014652 0.00870 0.00137 0.00229 0.106227
326.25 - 348.75 0.046245 0.005952 0.003663 0.00046 0.00092 0.00000 0.057234
Sub-Total 0.548994 0.130952 0.094323 0.038005 0.011907 0.012821 0.837002
Calms 0.163004
Missing/Inco
mplete 0
Total 1.000006
Frequency of
Calm Winds 16.30%
Average Wind
Speed 2.38 m/s
3.6 Ambient Air Quality
3.6.1 Ambient Air sampling

Air pollution can cause significant effects on the environment, and subsequently on humans,
animals, vegetation and materials. In most of the cases, air pollution aggravates pre-existing
diseases or degrades health status, making people more susceptible to other infections or the
development of chronic respiratory and cardiovascular diseases. Environmental impacts from
air pollution can include acidic deposition and reduction in visibility.
To establish the ambient air quality, ambient air quality study has been carried out by Bharat
Foundation, Kolkata. The study was carried out to cover the period from 16th October 2010 to
15th January 2011.
Following the reconnaissance survey of the study area and taking into account the
predominant environmental factors such as winds, topography and details of existing
industrial activities in the region, Ambient air quality was monitored at 8 stations. Selection
of Air quality monitoring station was done as per MoEF guidelines for conducting EIA study.
One station was set up at the project site (core zone), 3 in upwind direction and 4 in down
wind direction of the project site. The Ambient Air Quality Monitoring station details are as
follows:
TABLE 3.12: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATION LOACTIONS

Sl. Location Location Distance Direction
No. code project site
(Km)
1 AAQ 1 Project Site 0 --
2 AAQ 2 Barjora 3.5 ESE
3 AAQ 3 Kadasol 2.0 SE
4 AAQ 4 Monajori 5.0 SW
5 AAQ 5 Kulbona 2.0 N
6 AAQ 6 Dejur 3.5 S
7 AAQ 7 Deucha 4.0 SSW
8 AAQ 8 Birsinhapur 4.5 SSE
The sites were selected such that there was minimum obstruction by any built-ups or any
such structures. PM10 and PM2.5 samplers were used to collect/measure the air pollutant
concentration data at 24 hours averaging periods for a period starting from October 2010 to
January 2011 at all the stations. The frequency of sampling was twice a week at each site for 3
months.
The pollutant concentration data was analyzed to evaluate the air quality in the study region.
The pollutant concentration levels of NO2, SO2 and PM10, PM2.5 were measured at all the
stations. The pollutant concentrations were compared with the National Ambient Air Quality
Standards (NAAQS) as notified by CPCB.
TABLE 3.13: AMBIENT QUALITY STANDARDS (µg/m3)

Pollutants Industrial area, Ecologically sensitive areas
Residential, Rural and notified by Govt.
Other Areas
PM10 100 100
PM2.5 60 60
SO2 80 80
NO2 80 80
The range of maximum concentrations reflects that the pollution level is low in most of the
places as it is a rural area and surrounded mostly by villages. However, at all locations, the
pollutant concentrations comply with the NAAQS of India. The value is higher in only that
site and at places, which are nearer to industrial units and national highways. An analysis of
the data of the site with respect to downward side in particular and other monitoring sites in
general represent the background levels. The main source of gaseous pollutants is the
vehicular emissions from the nearby highway. The daily monthly average values of air
pollutant at all sites are also shown in Table 3.15. The sampling locations are provided in the
following map (Fig 3.22).
Fig 3.22: Location map of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
TABLE 3.14: PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING VARIOUS AIR QUALITY PARAMETERS

Parameters Testing procedures
PM10 Gravimetric method using high volume air samplers IS : 5182 (Part
IV)1973
PM2.5 Gravimetric method using PM2.5 sampler
NO2 Absorption in dil. NaOH and then estimated colorimetrically with
sulphanilamide and N (I-Nepthyle) Ethylene diamine Dihydrochloride
and Hydrogen Peroxide (IS:5182 1975, Part VI)
SO2 Absorption in Sodium Tetra Chloro-mercurate followed by Colorimetric
estimation using P-Rosaniline hydrochloride and Formaldehyde (IS: 5182
Part. II. 1969)
TABLE 3.15: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULT AT SITES

Sl. Location PM-10 µg/m3 PM-2.5 µg/m3 SO2 µg/m3 NOx µg/m3
No.
Max Min Avg. P98 Max Min Avg. P98 Max Min Avg. P98 Max Min Avg. P98
1 Project Site 85.0 53.0 74.0 84.5 49.0 26.0 36.3 48.0 7.4 6.1 6.7 7.3 45.1 31.3 36.9 43.0
2 Barjora 85.0 68.0 78.2 84.5 48.0 29.0 37.4 46.4 7.3 6.4 6.9 7.2 49.4 34.2 40.4 47.2
3 Kadasol 71.0 41.0 53.9 69.4 35.0 20.0 26.1 33.4 6.7 5.2 5.9 6.7 40.2 25.4 30.1 36.8
4 Monajori 60.0 36.0 44.7 59.0 29.0 17.0 20.9 28.5 6.3 5.2 5.6 6.1 36.5 24.5 29.6 34.8
5 Kulbona 51.0 32.0 40.6 50.5 26.0 15.0 19.3 25.5 6.3 5.2 5.8 6.3 39.5 30.2 34.8 39.4
6 Dejur 54.0 36.0 42.5 52.4 25.0 16.0 20.2 25.0 6.6 5.2 5.8 6.4 44.2 29.4 37.0 42.7
7 Deucha 59.0 24.0 42.7 56.4 29.0 14.0 20.8 28.5 6.9 5.2 6.1 6.8 34.2 18.2 25.0 33.9
8 Birsinhapur 61.0 36.0 48.5 59.4 30.0 16.0 23.0 30.0 6.7 5.2 6.0 6.6 39.8 20.6 30.0 39.2
3.6.2 Analysis of results
• PM10 & PM2.5
The 24 hourly average values of PM10 & PM2.5 were compared with the national ambient air
quality standards and it was found that all the sampling stations recorded values lower than
the applicable limit of 100 μg/m3 and 60 μg/m3 respectively for Industrial, rural area. The
highest PM10 & PM2.5 level in the area recorded is found to be 86.0 μg/m3 and 49 μg/m3
respectively within the project site. Although the PM10 recorded in the monitoring station of
WBPCB at Barjora is showing a very high value, which is more than the value recorded
during the EIA study. This is due to selection of site at Barjora. The site selected during the
study is residential area of Barjora near Durgapur- Bankura highway. The location is situated
in ESE direction of the project site at an aerial distance of 3.5 KM. The location is exactly in the
eastern side of the Industrial area. Due to wind blowing from north to south the emission
from the industrial area has not reached the monitoring site and the PM10 value is less than
the WBPCB data.
TABLE 3.16: CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF RSPM (IN μG/M3)

Sl. No. Parameters Project site collected Barjora collected
on 24.11.2010 on 24.11.2010
1 Lead as Pb BDL BDL
2 Nickel as Ni BDL BDL
3 Copper as Cu BDL BDL
4 Manganese as Mn 0.003 0.004
5 Iron as Fe 0.004 0.006
6 Magnesium as Mg BDL BDL
7 Silica as SiO2 34.2 29.6
8 Zinc as Zn BDL BDL
9 Calcium as Ca 0.005 0.005
10 Carbon as C 65.2 70.1
11 Sulphur as S BDL BDL
• Sulphur Dioxide
The average levels of SO2 concentrations at all locations varied from 7.4 μg/m3 to 6.3 μg/m3
within the study area. The existing ferro alloy manufacturing units is not burning any fuel
within the plant premises neither there are any power plant in nearby areas. The 24 hourly
average values of SO2 when compared with the national ambient air quality standards and it
was found that most of the sampling stations recorded values very much lower than the
applicable limit of 80 μg/m3 for Industrial, rural area.
• Nitrogen Dioxide
Oxides of nitrogen are also an inorganic gaseous pollutant. Oxides of nitrogen are expected to
be emitted at high temperature. Nitrous oxide and nitric acid mist are the other important
pollutants in the inorganic nitrogen group. The ferro alloy manufacturing units are not
burning any fuel within the plant premises neither there are any power plant in the area. The
24 hourly average values of NO2 when compared with the National Ambient Air Quality
standards and it was found that all the sampling stations recorded values lower than the
applicable limit of 80 μg/m3 for residential areas. The higher value recorded within the
project site is due to vehicular movement during the operation of the other ferro alloy
manufacturing units.
Fig 3.23: Ambient Air Quality Result at sites
• Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAH)
PAHs occur in oil, coal, and tar deposits, and are produced as byproducts of fuel burning,
primarily coal in the ferro alloy unit. The complete analysis reports of PAHs are listed in the
table 3.17 below. The sample collected from 2 sites and the results show very less amount of
PAHs present in the atmosphere. Most of the PAHs are less in project site than that of in
Barjora area.
TABLE 3.17: ANALYSIS REPORT OF POLYNUCLEAR AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
Sl. No. Polynuclear Aromatic Project site Barjora Collected on
Hydrocarbons Collected on 18.10.2010
20.10.2010
1 Napthalene <0.001 0.002
2 Acenaphthlyne <0.001 0.002
3 Acenaphthlene <0.001 <0.001
4 Fluorene <0.001 <0.001
5 Phenanthrene <0.001 <0.001
6 Anthracene <0.001 0.002
7 Fluoranthene 0.002 0.004
8 Pyrene 0.002 0.003
9 Benzo (alpha) Acenapthene <0.001 <0.001

10 Benzo (alpha) Pyrene <0.001 0.002
3.7 Noise Environment
The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Various
noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average
human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The
most common and universally accepted scales is the A weighted scale which is measured as
dB (A). The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:
• Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature). It

can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as one which is continuously
varying in loudness;
• The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in
residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance; and
• The location of noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which determines
the loudness and period of exposure.
The main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to establish the baseline noise
levels, and assess the impact of the total noise expected to be generated by the construction
and operation of the proposed plant activities around it.
3.7.1 Identification of sampling locations
A preliminary reconnaissance survey has been undertaken to identify the major noise
generating sources in the area. Noise at different noise generating sources has been identified
based on the activities like industrial noise, ambient noise and traffic noise and the noise at
sensitive areas like hospital and schools. The noise monitoring has been conducted for
determination of noise levels at 9 locations in the study area. Noise levels were recorded for
10 hourly for a continuous 24-hour period.
3.7.2 Methods of monitoring
The day noise levels have been monitored during 0600 hours to 2100 hours and night levels
during 2100 hours to 0600 hours at all the locations covered in 10 km radius of the study area.
3.7.3 Parameters measured during monitoring
Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq)

The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level, which is equivalent to the same sound
energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary
because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time.
This is calculated from the following equation:
Leq = 10 log (1/N ∑ 10)LI / 10
Lday is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during day (6 am
to 9 pm).
Lnight is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during night (9
pm to 6 am).
3.7.4 Observations
The high values of noise observed are primarily due to the vehicular traffic and other
anthropogenic activities. Since the study area has a very important heavy traffic corridor due
to industrial activities going on in the district, the excessive noise levels can be attributed to
the vehicular traffic. The monitoring locations selected near the highway road.
Fig 3.24 Location map of Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring
Background noise levels were monitored at 9 locations in and around the site. The noise
levels around the site are given in Table 3.18.
TABLE 3.18: AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS

Sl.No. Sector Locations Equivalent Noise
Level Leq in dB(A)
Day Night
1 Industrial Project Site 60.4 47.7
2 Residential Kadasol 61.3 44.7
Kulbona 51.4 40
Dejur 50.2 39.2
Monajori 52.1 38.7
3 Silence Maliara high school 54.1 41
Barjora primary Hospital 57.3 41.2
4 Commercial Barjora Market 72.5 46.5
Ghutgoria 68.3 40.1
Fig 3.25: Ambient Noise Level
3.8 Traffic density
The baseline traffic count studies are required for assessing the future traffic flow due to
proposed activity i.e. installation of ferro alloy manufacturing unit. The traffic survey is
therefore carried out at the NH-2 and the access road junction during the period of October
2010 to January 2011. However, traffic counting was done for all vehicles passing both ways
on NH-2 and passing towards the either side of NH-2 near the point where the plant road
meets the NH-2. It was carried out during morning and evening including peak hours of the
working day. The traffic counting includes 3 major compositions, viz. 2-wheelers, scooters,
mopeds, and motorcycles; light vehicles comprising petrol and diesel driven car, taxi, van,
auto; and heavy vehicles comprising mainly diesel driven, buses and trucks. The major
composition of light vehicles and 2 wheelers is observed during day time and heavy vehicles
i.e. trucks are observed during night time. The traffic volume is mainly composed of
commercial and private vehicles, and seen throughout the day.
Table 3.19 shows the summary of the movement of the various types of vehicles during the
survey period.
TABLE 3.19 TRAFFIC DENSITY
Sl. Traffic Vehicles Total No. of % of composition
No. vehicles
1 Heavy Vehicles 1426 18.67
2 Medium Vehicles 1378 18.04
3 Light Vehicles 2355 30.83
4 2/3 wheelers 2480 32.46
Total 7639 100.00
Fig 3.26 Traffic Density
The traffic density with respect to two wheelers and three wheelers is generally very high.
The movement of heavy motor vehicles is almost uniform throughout the 24 hour period. The
movement of light motor vehicles is low during the night hours.
3.9 Seismicity
The seismic hazard map of India was updated in 2000 (6) by the Bureau of Indian Standards
(BIS). There are no major changes in the zones in West Bengal with the exception of the
merging of Zones I and II in the 1984 BIS map. Western sections of the districts of Bankura lie
in Zone III. The various faulting occur in this region.
3.10 Water resource quality
The process of ferro alloy production requires water. The small quantity of water is required
for the spraying, gardening, domestic and drinking purpose only. No surface water will be
taken in this purpose. The bore well will be able to meet the water requirement for the
project.
Selected water quality parameters of surface water resources as well as ground water
resources within 10 Km radius of the study area have been studied for assessing the water
environment and evaluate anticipated impact of the proposed plant. Understanding the water
quality is essential in preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment and to identify
critical issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation.
The purpose of this study is to:
¾ To assess the nature and extent of pollution control needed in different water bodies or
their part.
¾ To evaluate the effectiveness of pollution control measures already in existence
¾ To understand the environmental fate of different pollutants and to assess the fitness
of water for different uses
¾ Evaluate the impact on agricultural productivity, habitat conditions, recreational
resources and aesthetics in the vicinity; and
¾ Predict impact on water quality by this project and related activities.
The information required has been collected through primary surveys and secondary sources.
3.10.1 Methodology
Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized based on:
¾ Location of surface water sources;
¾ Location of residential areas representing different activities/likely impact areas; and
¾ Likely areas, which can represent baseline conditions.
Surface water sources 10 Km radial distance were examined for physico-chemical parameters
in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on surface water. The samples
were collected and analyzed as per procedures specified in `Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water and Waste Water published by American Public Health Association
(APHA) by Bharat Foundation, Kolkata.
Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene bottles. Selected physico-
chemical parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in the
study area. Parameters like pH are analyzed at the time of sample collection.
3.10.2 Water Sampling Locations
Water samples were collected from 8 sampling locations. The ground water samples were
selected from 8 locations including the project site. These samples were taken as grab samples
and were analyzed for various parameters. These sampling locations for ground water
sampling and surface water sampling are shown in Fig. 3.27.
Fig 3.27 Water sampling locations
Surface water sampling point

Ground water sampling point
The area is having the Damodar River and several small irrigation canals which flow within
the close proximity of the project site. The surface water of the study area mainly used for
irrigation purposes and the ground water used for drinking purposes.
3.10.3 Water quality
Eight water samples from surface water sources and eight samples for bore well were
collected from various locations within the study area and were analyzed. The details of
water monitoring stations are shown in the following tables. The water samples were
collected as grab samples and were analyzed for physical, chemical and biological
characteristics as per CPCB guidelines.
TABLE 3.20 WATER QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS

Sl. Location Location Distance Direction
No. code project site
(Km)
1 GW1 Bore well near Project site 0 --
2 GW2 Bore well at Barjora 3.5 ESE
3 GW3 Bore well at Kadasol 2.1 SE
4 GW4 Bore well at Kulbona 2 N
5 GW5 Bore well at Monajori 5 SW
6 GW6 Bore well at Maliara 4.5 NNW
7 GW7 Bore well at Birsinhapur 4.5 SSE
8 GW8 Bore well at Dejur 3.5 S
9 SW1 Canal (Tartora Nala)beside the 0.6 W
project site (60 M upstream)
10 SW2 Canal (Tartora Nala)beside the 0.6 W
project site (60 M downstream)
11 SW3 Damodar River 4.0 N
12 SW4 Pond beside project site 0 --
13 SW5 Drain near WBIIDC 3.5 ESE
14 SW6 Pond at Kadasole 2 SE
15 SW7 Pond at Deucha 4 SSW
16 SW8 Pond at Birsinhapur 5 SSE
The analytical results of surface water samples show that the Calcium and Magnesium
content to be low and suitable for drinking as well as for construction activities. The dissolved
oxygen value for all the samples ranging from 0.0 to 4.2 indicates the sustainability of aquatic
life. The BOD value of the sample collected from river Damodar is 4.4 mg/L which is higher
than the permissible limit of 3 mg/L. The location of the sample collection is back side of
Hotel Riviera in the northern side of the proposed project; some domestic waste water is
falling into the river in that area which may be the cause of higher BOD value than other part
of Damodar.Thus most of the physico-chemical parameters are well within the prescribed
limits. Calcium and Magnesium represents the hardness is low in the surface water.
The results for the parameters analyzed for bore well at different locations is presented in
Table 3.20 and are compared with standards for drinking water as per IS: 10500-1983
“Specifications for Drinking Water”.
TABLE 3.21: SURFACE WATER QUALITYAT STUDY AREA

Date of Collection : 20TH December 2010
Sl. Characteristics Units SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8
No.
1 Colour, Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 20 <5 <5 <5
Units
2 Odour Agre Agree Agree Agre Not Agre Agree Agreea
eable able able eable Agreea eable able ble
ble
3 pH Value 6.65 6.52 7.18 6.21 6.05 6.11 7.31 7.02
4 Conductivity µmhos 1762 1701 767 2018 3655 1246 1088 870
/cm
5 Dissolved oxygen mg/L 2.2 2.4 4.2 1.2 Nil 3 3.8 2.8
6 BOD 3 days at 27 deg mg/L 11.4 11 4.4 8.6 26.3 4 2.8 9.2
C
7 Chemical oxygen mg/L 27.2 26.8 10.2 18.2 78.4 11.2 6.6 26.3
demand
8 Total Coliform MPN/ 2300 2400 2400 1600 16000 600 400 500
Count 100ml
9 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.65 0.53 0.17 0.16 2.06 0.67 0.08 0.33
10 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 24.2 20.1 20.2 14.9 36.6 10.5 13.5 21.4
11 Dissolved Solids mg/L 714.5 707.2 510.4 878.5 1028.6 564.8 562.6 720.4
12 Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 23.3 23 24 32.4 38.9 13.9 21.4 25.3
13 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 7.8 7.1 7.5 19.6 15.7 9.6 8.2 18
14 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 10.4 9.2 9.8 14.6 16.3 11.2 8.8 15.2
15 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 0.42 0.38 0.36 0.31 0.46 0.26 0.22 0.21
16 Total Hardness (as mg/L 77.7 68 78.8 106.8 38.4 56.3 63.2 72
CaCO3)
17 Cyanide as CN mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
18 Phenol mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
19 Fluoride as F mg/L <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5
20 Copper as Cu mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
21 Lead as Pb mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
22 Zinc as Zn mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
23 Boron as B mg/L <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0
24 Hexavalent mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Chromium
25 Cadmium as Cd mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
26 Arsenic as As mg/L <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.005 <0.00 <0.005 <0.005
5 5 5 5 5
27 Manganese as Mn mg/L 0.22 0.22 0.2 0.2 0.42 0.2 <0.2 0.2
28 Mercury as Hg mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
29 Oil & Grease mg/L < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 4.2 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0
30 Sodium as Na mg/L 21.2 21.2 22.4 25.8 21.7 18.6 12.6 18.2
31 Potassium as K mg/L 12.4 11.8 13.6 18.5 17 8.8 6.7 10
TABLE 3.22: GROUND WATER QUALITY AT STUDY AREA

Date of Collection : 28th December 2010
Sl. Characteristics Units GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8
No.
1 Colour Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
Units
2 Odour Unobjec Unobjec Unobje Unobj Unobj Unobj Unobj Unobj
tionable tionable ctionab ection ection ection ection ection
le able able able able able
3 Taste Agreeab Agreeab Agreea Agree Agree Agree Agree Agree
le le ble able able able able able
4 Turbidity NTU <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
5 pH Value 7.06 7.23 7.26 6.86 7.61 7.12 7.46 6.88
6 Total Hardness mg/L 69.3 72.8 98.5 54.5 116.5 145.2 61.1 55.4
(as CaCO3)
7 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.22 0.78 0.88 0.16 2.44 0.59 0.12 0.12
8 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 17.5 16.8 42.5 18.6 64.3 46.4 20.4 15.2
9 Residual Free mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
Chlorine
10 Fluoride (as F) mg/L <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5
11 Dissolved mg/L 542.5 423.6 898.6 652.4 1028.8 1287 587.7 487.6
Solids
12 Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 17.2 17.5 33.4 11.7 36.5 31.3 12.4 11.1
13 Magnesium mg/L 5.2 7.1 17.4 4.7 20.4 16.2 5.2 4.4
(as Mg)
14 Copper as Cu mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
15 Manganese as mg/L <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2
Mn
16 Sulphate (as mg/L 7.2 6.2 7.6 5.2 12.4 7.4 6.3 5.1
SO4)
17 Nitrate (as mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
NO3)
18 Phenolic mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
compounds
19 Mercury as Hg mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
20 Cadmium as mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
Cd
21 Arsenic as As mg/L <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005
22 Cyanide as CN mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
23 Lead as Pb mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
24 Zinc as Zn mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
25 Hexavalent mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Chromium
26 Alkalinity as mg/L 39.5 78.9 102.4 52.6 116.6 177.4 45.4 40
CaCO3
27 Boron as B mg/L <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0
28 Total Coliform MPN/ Absent Absent Absent Absen Absen Absen Absen Absen
Count 100ml t t t t t
29 Sodium as Na mg/L 13.2 10.2 28.5 17.3 36.5 36.1 22.2 14.4
30 Potassium as K mg/L 4.3 4.1 11.4 9.4 23.4 22.4 10.1 6.6
3.11 Soil Quality
The variations in soil characteristics are mainly dependent on lithology, topography, latitude,
climate and vegetation cover. Soil is as important as water. Most of the properties related to
soil morphology are inherited from the parent rock types and their mineralogical assemblage.
Lithology of the area shows gneisses and phyllite. Hence the soil is clayey and sandy silt. The
soil sampling locations are shown in Fig 3.23, and the quality of the soil samples collected is
summarized in Table 3.21.
The surface soil at the proposed site is silty brown, mixed with fine grained sand. The soil
being mostly loose sandy for a significant depth has more water contaminant filtering
capacity. The share of oxygen and silica content in the soil is more compared to others,
however, other macronutrients, nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium have been found in
very insignificant amount. The soil is observed to be having low cation exchange capacity and
low soluble ions. It is observed that the magnesium content is very low. The organic content
is also very low and the top soil hardly has any organic content. The heavy metals are
generally absorbed to the cations.
Soil of the study area can be classified into three categories viz. i) Red soils , ii) Alluvial soils
and iii) Laterite soils. Red soil has limited distribution in the north-western part of the area.
They are the red coloured sedentary soils found mainly on laterite supporting Sal vegetation.
They are also found along the margins of small hills base of vegetation. They are free from
calcium carbonate (CaCO3), low in Base Exchange capacity and a highly unsaturated base.
The alluvial soils have wide distribution in the eastern, central and south-eastern parts of the
area. They are grouped according to Damodar - Rajmahal riverine, Damodar flatlands,
Damodar highlands etc. The older alluvium amongst them is unaffected by floods and
siltation whereas the younger or never alluvium, found mostly in Damodar flatland areas are
enriched by silt deposition during floods. The laterite soil has wide distribution in the central,
western and southwestern parts of the area. Such soils are distinguished from the red soils by
the occurrence of ferruginous concretions in a definite layer.
According to textural type, soils of the area can be classified as following types - a) Sandy, b)
Sandy loam, c) Loam, d) Sandy clay loam and f) clay.
Clay, clay dominated loam and loam is mostly confined to the flood plain of the Damodar
and other small river valleys. The area as a whole is covered by loam and sandy loam.
The proposed ferro alloy unit falls within the land use / category of waste lands with few
plots of poor agricultural yield within its boundary. Construction work will not affect the
regional land use pattern.
The physico-chemical parameters of the soil in the proposed plant area are within the limits.
Fig 3.28 Soil sampling locations
TABLE 3.23 SOIL QUALITY ANALYSIS RESULTS (DATE OF COLLECTION 17TH DECEMBER 2010)
Sl. Parameters Units Results
No. Project site front side Project site back side
1 Textural Sand=40.3% Sand=50.3%

Classification Silt=36.3% Silt=32.2%
Clay=23.2% Clay=16.7%
Gravel=0.2% Gravel=0.8%
2 Nitrogen as N % 0.11 0.16
3 Phosphorous as P % 0.019 0.015
4 Potassium as K % 0.15 0.2
5 Organic Matter % 0.14 0.12
6 pH (1:2.5 ratio) 6.41 6.98
7 Conductivity (1:2.5 µmhos/cm 536 517
ratio)
8 Sodium (as Na) % 0.18 0.18
9 Chloride (as Cl) % 1.05 1.18
10 Sulphate (as SO4) % 0.31 0.3
11 Calcium (as CaO) % 0.41 0.41
12 Magnesium (as MgO) % 0.87 0.8
13 Carbonate % 2.66 2.15
14 Nitrate (as NO3) % 0.1 0.1
15 Iron (as Fe) mg/Kg 278.6 612
16 Nickel (as Ni) mg/Kg BDL BDL
17 Arsenic (as As) mg/Kg BDL BDL
18 Mercury (as Hg) mg/Kg BDL BDL
19 Lead (as Pb) mg/Kg BDL BDL
20 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/Kg BDL BDL
21 Chromium(as Cr) mg/Kg BDL BDL
22 Copper (as Cu) mg/Kg BDL BDL
23 Zinc (as Zn) mg/Kg BDL BDL
3.12 Ecological Environment
Over the years ecological and along with it the loss of biological diversity has become a
national and a global concern. Ecological assessment therefore is very critical for decision-
making and for the setting of a developmental project or an industry.
An ecological study of the ecosystem is essential to understand the impact of industrialization
and urbanization on existing flora and fauna of the area. Studies on various aspects of
ecosystem play an important role in identifying sensitive issues for undertaking appropriate
action to mitigate the impact, if any. The objective of this Section is to characterize and
understand the present status of the ecosystems in the study area to assess the bio-diversity
and to identify the critical areas.
The present study was undertaken as a part of EIA report to understand the present status of
ecosystem prevailing in the study area, to compare it with the past condition with the help of
available data, to predict changes as a result of present activities and to suggest measures for
maintaining the conditions.
Thus the objectives of ecological study may be outlined as follows:
¾ To characterize the environmental components like land, water, flora and fauna;
¾ To understand their present status;
¾ To understand carrying capacity of the ecosystem;
¾ To assess present bio-diversity; and
¾ To identify susceptible and sensitive areas.
An ecological assessment was conducted in and around the proposed site to understand the
terrestrial and the aquatic ecosystems around the plant site and the surrounding areas.
3.12.1 Terrestrial Ecology
A core area of 10 km radius has been considered to study the terrestrial ecosystem. Data from
secondary sources was also allocated from the study area of 5 km. Following methods have
been adopted for the ecological study:
¾ Secondary data collected from publications of various Government agencies like Forest
Department, Agriculture Department etc.
¾ Consulting local people for gathering information on ethno-botany, local plants and
animals.
This Section described terrestrial ecology of the area based on reconnaissance survey and
information gathered from secondary data available for the area.
3.12.2 Reconnaissance survey of the area of Flora and Fauna
A reconnaissance survey was done to have an overview of the terrestrial ecosystem of the
core area. The area depicts a natural ecosystem with natural vegetation limited to large
patches at certain places. The biodiversity of vegetation in the area is quiet high due to less
biotic pressure. A field survey of the same area revealed vegetation of deciduous forests. The
woody vegetation i.e. tree and shrubs were sampled by random sampling and by taking
quadrates of 100 m2. For woody trees, basal areas were estimated recording Girth at Breast
Height (GBH i.e. 132 cm from the ground level) or above the buttresses wherever possible
and applicable. Estimations of the frequency class, abundance, relative frequency, relative
density and relative dominance were done for quantitative analysis.
3.12.3 Floral Studies
The area under study is characterized by a rolling and undulating topography with upland
like features around north of the area (Durgapur Town), west, south-west and southern part
of the study area (Beliator Protected Forest, Gobindapur Protected Forest). The general
elevation of the ranges from 55 to 106 m above Mean Sea Level (MSL). The area is mainly
plain and undulating dotted with low hills. It is industrial with forest patches. Important
forest areas are Beliator and Gobindapur, which are in protected category in the Beliator and
Borjora range respectively terminating on the right bank of the river Damodar in which Sal
(Soria robusta).
The floral checklist of the surveyed area had revealed 56 species of trees and shrubs. Besides
as many as 32 plant species of known medicinal values have been recorded in the study area.
TABLE 3.24: FLORAL CHECKLIST OF SURVEYED AREA

Sl.No. Botanical Name Local Name
1 Terminalia chebula Hilika
2 Terminalia bellerica Bohera
3 Terminalia myriocarpa Hollock
4 Terminalia tomentosa Arjun
5 Butea monosperma Palash
6 Swetenia mahagoni Mahagoni
7 Pterygota alata Karibadam
8 Shorea robusta Sal

9 Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo
10 Lantana camara
11 Quercus ilex Oak
12 Syzygium cumini Jamun
13 Woodfordia fruticosa Malagiri
14 Altingia excels Jutuli
15 F. religiosa Peepal
16 E. floribundus Jalpai
17 Schima wallichii Makari sal
18 Bauhinia rasimosa Kanchan
19 B. variagata Kanchan
20 Cassia fistula Sonaru
21 A.falcatoria Siris
22 Bombax ceiba Semul
23 Hibiscus tiliaccous Thalpadum
24 Oroxylum indicum Bhatgila
25 Croton roxburghii Mahunda
26 Garuga pinnata Pani amora
27 Mangifera sylvatica Bon am
28 Cinnamomum tamala Tej patta
29 Kayea assamica Sia Nahar
30 Sapindus mukorossi Manisal
31 Lindera assamica Bambhe
32 Phoebe citiata Sicher
33 Pteospermum acerifolium Hatipolia
34 Michelia champaca Champak
35 Acacia auriculiformis Akashmani
36 Polyahhia longifolia Asoke
37 Prosopis juliflora Babul
38 Bambus arundinacea Bamboo
39 Musa sapienuium Banana
40 Ficua bei igalensis Bot
41 Alstonia scholaris Chatim
42 Psidium guajava Guava
43 Anthocephalus kadumba Kadam
44 Artocarpus integrifolia Jackfruit

45 Diopyros embroyopteris Kendu
46 Holarrhena antidysenterica Koraiya
47 Pongamia globra Koranja
48 Eugenia jambolana Jam
49 Lagerstroemia paniflora Jarul
50 Madhuca latifelia Mahua
51 Mangifera indica Mango
52 Eucalypius hybrid Safeda
53 Azadirachta indica Neem
54 Ficits religiosa Asthwa
55 Buchanania laiifolia Piyal
56 Sapindus mukorosis Ritha
TABLE 3.25: CHECKLIST OF MEDICINAL PLANTS

Sl.No. Botanical Name Vernacular Name
1 Amomum subulatum Bari elaichi
2 Andrographis paniculata Chirata
3 Aquilaria agallocha Agar
4 Aristilochia tagala Gandan
5 Abutilon indicum Kandhi
6 Achyranthes aspera Apang
7 Adhothoda zeylanica Vasak
8 Alpinia allughas Kalanjan
9 Asperagus racemosa Satamul
10 Averrhoa carambola Kamranga
11 Berberis aristatus Chitra
12 C. tora Medula
13 Costus speciosus Keu
14 Crinum asiaticum Pinder
15 Datura metel Dhatura
16 Emblica officinalis Amlakhi
17 E. nerifolia Sehund
18 Gynocardia odorata Chaulmogra
19 Hedyotis scandens Hanikyu
20 Hedychium spicatum Tara
21 Houttyunia cordata Machandari

22 Hyoscymus niger Khorasaniwa
23 Kalanchoe pinnata Patharchoora
24 Leucus lavandulaefolia Dronaban
25 Ocimum sanctum Tulsi
26 Opintia spp. Sagarphena
27 Oroxylum indicum Bhat ghila
28 P.mullesua Pipli
29 Plantago ovate Ishabgul
30 Punica granatum Dalim
31 Rauvolfia canescens Sarpagandha
32 Tinospora cordifolia Amarlata
TABLE 3.26: CHECKLIST OF BAMBOO

Sl.No. Botanical Name Local Name
1 Bambusa balcooa
2 Bambusa pallida Bijuli
3 B. tulda Jati
4 Phyllostachys Spp. -
5 Schizostachym polymorpha Bojal
6 Thyrostachys oliverii -
3.12.4 Faunal Studies

Animal and birds in the study area were documented using the following methods.
¾ Actual sighting
¾ Indirect evidence (pallets, dung, droppings, scat, mould, markings etc)
¾ Calls (birds as well as animals)
¾ Nesting (birds, burrows for small mammals)
¾ By interviewing local people
¾ Secondary sources and published literature
The records for the birds, mammals and other faunal groups were made at the same site
where vegetation sampling was done. Most of the records of the mammalian and Herpeto
fauna are opportunistic, nonetheless very useful to understand the habitat specificity and
interrelationship between certain floral and faunal elements and also between certain
geological and faunal features.
The faunal checklist showed 15 species of mammals, 25 species of birds, 13 species of reptiles
and 7 species of Amphibians from the study area.
It is noted that there is no Endangered Plants or Animal species recorded from the study area
as per the published documents of the Botanical Survey of India and Zoological Survey of
India. The EIA report cleared by the Ministry of Environment and Forest did not provide any
indication of irrevocable negative impacts on biodiversity.
TABLE 3.27: CHECKLIST OF MAMMALIAN SPECIES

Sl.No. Scientific name English name
1 Presbytis entellus Common Langur
2 Valpes bengalensis Wild jackal
3 Elephas maximus Elephant
4 Felis chaus Jungle cat
5 Canis aureus Jackal
6 Vulpes bengalensis Common fox
7 Viverricula indica Small Indian civet
8 Herpestes edwardsi Common mongoose
9 Sus scrofa Wild pig
10 Pataurista pataurista Common giant squirrel
11 Rattus rattus House Mouse
12 Mus saxicola Spiny Mouse
13 Cynopterus sphinx Short Nosed Fruit Bat
14 Rousettus leschenultia Indian Fulvous Fruit Bat
15 Soriculus nigrescens Sikkim Large clawed Shrew
TABLE 3.28: CHECKLIST OF BIRD SPECIES

1 Steptopelia orientals Oriental turtle dove
2 Grus virgo Common crane
3 Picus chloroophus Lesser yellow napped wood
peeker
4 Blythipieus pyrrhotis Bay wood peeker
5 Francolinus pondicerianus Grey partridge
6 Acridotheres tristis Myna
7 C. micropterus Indian cuckoo
8 Glaucidium radiatum Jungle owlet
9 Psittacula krameri Parrot
10 Columba livia Pigeon
11 Gallus sonnerali Jungle fowl
12 R. albicollis White throated fantail

13 Tardus boulboul Grey winged black bird
14 Eumyias thalassina Verditer Flycatcher
15 Culicicapa ceylonensis Grey headed canary
flycatcher
16 Torsinger cyanurus Orange hanked bush robin
17 Columbia pulchricollis Ashy wood pigeon
18 Pycnonotidae Bulbul
19 Sturnidae Common myna
20 Upupa epops Hoopoe
21 Corvus macrohynchos Jungle crow
22 Alcedinidae Kingfishers
23 Cuculidae Koel
24 Strigidae Owls
25 Columbidae Speckled wood pigeon
TABLE 3.29: CHECKLIST OF REPTILES

1 Naja naja Common Indian Cobra
2 Naja naja kaouthia Monocled Cobra
3 Vipera rusellii Darash
4 Ratlins rattles Rattlle snake
5 Naja naja Russell's viper
6 Trimeresurus sp. Pit vipers
7 Viper ruselli Russel viper
8 Python molurus Indian python
9 Piebald chuckwalla Cobra
10 Boiga trigonata Common cat snakes
11 Varanus sp Common Bengal monitor
12 Calotes versicolor Common Calotes
13 Takydromus sexineatus Asian Long Tailed Grass
Lizzard
TABLE 3.30: CHECKLIST OF AMPHIBIANS

1 Bufo melanostictus Toad
2 Philautus annandalii Lesser Tree Toad
3 Polypedates leucomystax Tree Toad
4 Hoplobatrachus crassus Skitter Frog
5 Hoplobatrachus TIGRINUS Skitter Frog
6 Limnonectes limnocharis Paddy Field Frog
7 Rana danielli Paddy Field Frog
Besides the wild biodiversity mentioned earlier, major agricultural and plantation crops
included rice, jute, potato, paddy, banana, papaya etc.; at least 66% of the total study area
come under agricultural production.
3.13 Socio-economic profile
The growth of industrial sectors and infrastructure developments in and around the
agriculture dominant areas, villages and towns are bound to create its impact on the socio-
economic aspects of the local population. The impacts may be positive or negative depending
upon the developmental activity. To assess the impacts on the socio-economics of the local
people, it is necessary to study the existing socio- economic status of the local population,
which will be helpful for making efforts to further improve the quality of life in the study
area. The section delineates the overall appraisal of the socially relevant attributes. The data
collection on the impact of industrialization on the socio-economic aspects in the study area
has been done through analysis of various secondary data and also supplemented by the
primary data generated through the process of limited door-to-door socio- economic survey.
Socio-economic environment includes description of demography, available basic
information. The study area lies in Barjora block of Bankura district of West Bengal. The
district of Bankura lies in the Western part of the West Bengal and bounded on the west by
Purulia, south by the Medinipur district. The entire topography is crisscrossed with rivulets,
rivers. The district is primarily rural with more than 80% of rural population. It has also high
percentage of SC/ST population. Relatively sizeable population resides in villages and river
banks of Damodar. The proposed project is located in Bankura district of West Bengal. 83
villages of Bankura district fall under the area of 10 km. radius around the proposed project.
A comparative assessment has been made for the respective demographic aspects, based on
the year 2001 data, which has been discussed in the following sections.
3.13.1 Methodology
The methodology adopted in the assessment of socio-economic condition is as given below:
¾ To evaluate the parameters defining the socio-economic conditions of the people
¾ Analysis of the identified social attributes like population distribution, sex ratio,
literacy rate, occupational structure, availability of public utilities etc through literature
like the Census of India, District Census Statistical Handbooks and from records of
National Informatics Centre etc.
3.13.2 Sources of Information

As per the scope of the present study, the information on the sociological aspects like
demography, human settlements, social aspects like SC & ST population, literacy levels and
economic aspects like occupational structure of workers has been gathered and compiled
from secondary sources viz. the District Census Statistical Handbook, 2001 for Bankura
district, West Bengal as these documents being comprehensive and authentic.
3.13.3 Demographic Features

The population of the district as per the 2001 census is 3,192,695 out of which 2,957,447 are the
ruralites and 235,248 are the urbanites. The population of male and female is 1,636,002 and
1,556,693 respectively. The total Scheduled Caste population is 997408 (31.2%) and Scheduled
Tribe population is 330783 (10.4%) of the total population. Sex ratio is 952. The literacy rate
within the district is not very high. About 1734222 persons are literate which about 54.3% of
the total population is.
The total population within the study area is about 148,511 out of which 77410 are male
population and 71101 are female population. The Sex ratio is about 918. Out of the total
population about 44775 are Scheduled Caste population which is about 30.1% of the total
population. Scheduled tribe population is comparatively low is about 1008 which is about
2.25% of the total population. Other categories comprises of about 67.6% of the total
population. Total numbers of households are about 29686 and average household size is
about 5.
TABLE 3.31 POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS OF THE TOWN
Item Numbers Percentage
Male Population 77410 52.12%
Female Population 71101 47.88%
Total Population 148511 100%
SC Population 44775 30.15%
ST Population 1008 2.25%
Sex Ratio 918
Source: Census of India Report, 2001
Fig 3.29 Male-Female Distribution
Fig 3.30 Demographic distribution
3.13.4 Literacy rate

The total literacy rate within the study area is about 61.6%; out of the literate population,
59.9% are males and 40.1% are females. Out of the total population the illiterate population is
about 38.4% and illiteracy rate among female population is quite high.
TABLE 3.32 LITERACY RATE

No. of Literate No. of illiterate Literacy Total
rate Population
Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female

54833 36646 91479 22577 34455 57032 59.9% 40.1% 148511
61.6% 38.4%
Fig 3.31 Literacy rate
3.13.5 Employment pattern

About 37% of the total population belongs to the working class. Of the main workers, 16% are
cultivators, 12% are agricultural labourers, 8.2% is household industry workers, and 63.8%
are other workers. It is observed that electricity is available throughout the town for domestic,
industrial as well as commercial activities.
Fig 3.32 Employment pattern
TABLE 3.33 OCCUPATIONAL PATTERNS

Sl.No. Type of occupation Numbers Percentage
1 Cultivators 8808 16.0
2 Agricultural labourers 6637 12.0
3 Household industries 4546 8.2
4 Other 35173 63.8
Total 55164 100.0
Fig 3.33 Occupational pattern
3.13.6 Industrial Units

About 50 Industrial units present within the study area of 10 Km Radius. Out of which 15
Industrial units are of small scale and 25 are medium scale and only 10 are large scale
industrial units present.
Fig 3.34 Industrial Units
A list of industries in the study area is given in Table 3.34 (10 Km radius)
TABLE 3.34 LIST OF MAJOR INDUSTRIES

Sl.No. Name of industries Distance from project Direction
site (in Km)
1 Surya Alloy Industry 2.5 E
2 Cosmic Ferro Alloy 0.5 E
3 Bhaskar Scrachi Limited 9.0 ESE
4 Xpro Limited 1.5 ESE
5 Sibaji Electro Steel 4.0 ESE
6 Adhunik Corporation Limited 9.5 NE
7 Alloy Steel Plant 9.0 NE
8 Durgapur Steel Plant 9.5 NNE
9 Durgapur Thermal Power Station 9.0 NNE
10 Corporate Ispat Alloys Limited 8.5 NNE
11 Durgapur Chemicals Limited 8.0 NNE
12 Philips Carbon Black Limited 9.0 NNE
13 Shyam Ferro Alloys Limited 10.0 NNE
14 SPS Steel Limited 9.5 NNE
15 Birla Corporation Limited 9.0 NNE
16 Indian Oil Corporation 10.0 NNE
17 Kangsabati Spinning Mills Ltd., 7.0 S
Barjora
18 Nilkamal Plastics Ltd. 2.0 E
19 Mejia Thermal Power, Mejia 4.0 N
20 Times Pac P. Ltd., Barjora 1.5 E
21 Times Ferro Ltd., Barjora 1.5 E
22 Sonic Thermal Ltd., Barjora 4.0 E
23 Shebaji Electrosteel, Barjora 3.0 E
24 Sai Steels Ltd., Barjora 4.0 N
25 Neelkamal Ferro Pvt. Ltd, Barjora 4.0 N
26 Hindustan Seals Pvt. Ltd, Barjora 5.0 N
3.13.7 Economy and Infrastructure

The infrastructure and amenities available in the study area denotes the economic well being
of the region. A review of infrastructure facilities available in the area has been done based on
Primary Census Abstract for Bankura district for the year 2001. The infrastructural facilities
available in the study area are described in the following sections.
Archaeological and Cultural Sites

No archaeologically important monument, arts and cultural site exist on either side of the
project within 10 Km study area.
There are no such Areas protected under international conventions, national or local
legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related values as well as Areas
used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting,
foraging, resting, over wintering, migration.
The nearest city is Durgapur which is about 15 Km from the project site and is densely
populated.
Irrigation and agriculture are directly correlated with each other. The necessity for expanding
irrigation to stabilize Indian agriculture and to prevent the food scarcities that hits the
economy during the Pendency of the second and third plans is well recognized. Although
irrigation impact varies between states and regions, primarily because of climatic factors,
there is agreement on the objective indices of impact-measurement. Introduction of irrigation
therefore has positive effects on agriculture yields, cultivated areas and the size of the
resultant output, while also being accompanied by changes in cropping patterns. Irrigation
provides insulation against weather related crop fluctuation by stabilising farm output and
generates enhanced agriculture employment, especially in the initial phases where it is not
accompanied by farm mechanization.
Educational Infrastructure
In 2001, there were 82 Primary Schools, 11 Middle Schools, Secondary School 5, Senior
secondary School 2.
TABLE 3.35 EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES

Sl. No. Institution Numbers
1 Primary Schools 82
2 Middle Schools 11
3 Secondary School 5
4 Senior Secondary School 2
Fig 3.35: Distribution of Educational facilities
Health Infrastructure
Different types of health facilities in the study area are summarised in Table 3.36 and shown
in (Census 2001).
TABLE 3.36 HEALTH FACILITIES
Sl. Institution Numbers
No.
1 Number of Allopathic Hospital 1
2 Number of Ayurvedic Hospital 1
3 Number of Primary Health Centre 20
4 Number of Registered Private Medical Practitioners 5
Fig 3.36: Distribution of Health facilities
Transport Infrastructure
The study area is served by road transport facility. About 42 villages have paved road and all
villages have kachha road connections. Only 35 villages of the study area are served by bus
facility and one village has Rail services as per 2001 census.
TABLE 3.37 TRANSPORT FACILITIES

Sl. No. Transport facilities Numbers
1 Bus services 35
2 Railways services 2
3 Navigable water way including River, Canal etc. 1
4 Approach - Paved Road 43
5 Approach - Mud Road 10
Fig 3.37: Distribution of Transport facilities
Post and Telegraphs

Only 8 villages are having post office and 21 villages are having Telephone connection as per
2001 census.
Electrification
All 44 villages in the study area have electricity connections for all purpose as per 2001
census.
Drinking Water Facility

In the villages, well is the main source of the drinking water. 56 villages have the tap water
supply facility as per 2001 census.
Banking Facility
Three numbers of commercial bank and one Cooperative bank are present in the study area
as per 2001 census.
Chapter 4 Impact Assessment
4.1 Introduction
After screening and scoping the identification of potentially significant environmental

impacts constitute one of the preliminary steps of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).
Keeping in mind the environmental baseline scenario as detailed in Chapter 3 and the
proposed project activities described in Chapter 2, it is attempted to assess the likely impacts,
its extent on various environmental parameters and likely mitigation measures to be adopted.
Measures to be taken have necessarily been in the hierarchical order of preventive, protective
and the management category. Normally, preventive action is the best action but such an
action is not necessarily technically feasible for constraints of the jobs, equipment design etc.
and are sometimes very costly. In general, the important environmental parameters
associated with ferro alloy manufacturing sector projects are as follows:
• Surface water quality

• Air quality
• Land quality
• Forests
• Terrestrial wildlife
• Noise
• Land use
• Aesthetics
• Resettlement
• Archaeological/historic significance
• Public health
• Socio-economics
The beneficial impacts anticipated from ferro alloy manufacturing sector projects, irrespective
of their relevance to the proposed project, are as follows:
• Employment opportunities
• Enhancement of local industry and handicrafts
• Rural development through industrialization and cash flow
• Marketing of agricultural products
• Opening up of opportunities for new occupations
• Improved quality of life
4.2 Impact identification
The impact of activities related to proposed project on each environmental attribute was
assessed. The environmental impact evaluation presented in this section describes the
cumulative impact of all project activities on each environmental attribute in the local
environmental setting. The impact on various environmental attributes is expressed in
appropriate units so as to arrive at an aggregate score of the “Environmental Impact” of the
project. This exercise results in a whole number, which could be used in decision making
without any ambiguity.
The construction, operation and future activities are considered to identify the possible
impact. The matrix method has been chosen to list the potential impacts of the proposed
project. The activities have been arranged in columns and the environmental attributes in the
row of the matrix. The impact identification matrix is shown in the Table 4.1.The impacts
whether; beneficial or adverse have been analyzed in the chapter-5 on prediction and
evaluation of impacts.
TABLE: 4.1: IDENTIFICATION OF ASPECTS AND IMPACTS

Sl. Environmental Impacts Severity of
No. Component impacts
Construction phase
1 Landuse/ Land area is available for the proposed ferro alloy plant Negligible
topography Topography will change slightly, no major change in Negligible
landuse pattern
2 Air Quality Excavation and leveling activities will generate fugitive air Minimum
pollution
Excavation and leveling activities will generate fugitive air Minimum
pollution
3 Water resources Water is required for the spraying, construction and Minimum
drinking purpose only.
4 Water pollution Water will be used from bore well and rain water Significant
harvesting tank
5 Noise Noise will be generated from loading and unloading Minimum
materials
Increase in noise levels due to vehicular traffic Minimum
6 Ecology There will not be major disturbance to flora fauna Negligible
7 Soil environment No major changes in soil quality, only fugitive dust Minimum
emission will occur
8 Socio-economic Additional employment generation and local small Significant

business generation
9 Occupational Dusty conditions during summer with vehicular Minimum
Health movement. Will be mitigated by water sprinkling
10 Solid/Hazardous General construction waste will be disposed off in Minimum
waste designated sites
11 Traffic pattern Haul Truck/construction vehicle movement Minimum
Operational phase
1 Landuse/ Topography will change slightly, the available vacant land Negligible
topography will be utilized inside the plant premises
2 Air Quality Vehicular and fugitive emissions from welding generated Minimum
and also from process of ferro alloy manufacturing
3 Water resources The small quantity of water is required for the process, Minimum
spraying, gardening, domestic and drinking purpose only.
4 Water pollution Principle of Zero Discharge will be adopted and no Negligible
impermissible discharge will be allowed outside factory.
All water from DM Plant will be used, auxiliary cooling
tower basin; system leakage water through equipment
overflow drain will be managed inside the Ferro-silicon
plant and factory.
5 Noise Continuous noise due to operations but confined to within Minimum
the site
6 Ecology There will not be major disturbance to flora fauna Negligible
7 Soil environment No major changes are envisaged in this phase Negligible
8 Socio-economic Rise in per capita income in the close vicinity due to Significant
opportunity
9 Occupational Process specific activities, heat and emission protective Minimum
Health control measures followed
10 Solid/Hazardous No. such solid/hazardous waste will be generated as it Negligible
waste will be recycled within the process
11 Traffic pattern Slight increase in traffic on the adjoining highway. No Minimum
additional negative impact due to proposed plant as
increase in traffic is insignificant in comparison to the
vehicles currently plying on the highway
The qualitative impacts assessed for each parameter are discussed below.
4.2.1 Impacts on Air Environment
Prediction of air environmental impacts is the most important component in the impact
assessment study as it provides quantitative information related to projection of impacts from
the proposed project based on the estimated pollution loads during the operation phase of the
plant. Several mathematical/statistical techniques and methodologies are available for
predicting impacts due to proposed project. Since there would be no stack and hence no stack
emissions at the site, air pollution modeling has not been required for impact prediction. The
impacts derived from predictions are essential to delineate pragmatic environmental
management plan, especially pollution mitigation measures for implementation in detailed
engineering stage and thus during operation phases of the proposed project for minimizing
the adverse impacts on the surrounding environment.
Air emissions have no boundaries and can migrate from one place to another place
depending upon the wind direction and speed. The following section details the potential
emissions from the construction/operational activities due to proposed project.
A. Construction Phase
During the construction phase, PM is expected to be the main pollutant associated with on-
site roads (paved and unpaved), stockpiles and material handling and manufacturing
process. Dust will be generated mainly during excavation, back filling and hauling operations
along with transportation activities. It is recommended that access roads be given suitable
surface treatment to curb dust-generation. Sprinkling of water from tankers or other suitable
means would be undertaken at the construction sites for the suppression of fugitive dust.
Undesirable gaseous pollutants will be generated mostly by the traffic and use of
machineries. However, this would not lead to any tangible effect, as the expected emission
volume is low. It would be ensured that all the vehicles plying during construction are
properly tuned and maintained to keep emissions within the permissible limits.
During these activities, construction equipments and earth moving machinery would be used
vigorously and would generate huge amount of fugitive dust in the area, trucks carrying
construction materials and soil would also add into other pollutants, viz. carbon monoxide
(CO), oxides of nitrogen (NOx) and inhalable particles besides fugitive dust. The scale of
impact would be temporary but very adverse, as lots of dust would be produced, which
could cause loss of visibility. Impacts on the air quality during the pre-construction phase of
the project will be due to the movement of few vehicles for site-visits of the officials.
Therefore the impact will be minimal and temporary too. Impacts on air quality during the
construction phase of the project will be considerable as the amount of work involved in
construction of the ferro alloy manufacturing unit is significant. There will be movement of
heavy construction vehicles, which emit pollutant loads into the atmosphere. However, the
impacts will last only during the construction and will therefore only be temporary. The
entire site will not be simultaneously under heavy construction, with different sections of the
site generating PM in a progressive manner. Thus, it is conservatively assumed that the PM
emission would not be significantly high to warrant any impact prediction.
Provision of adequate air pollution control measures, like dust suppression by water
sprinkling and planting of a green belt may further help to significantly reduce the impact.
Under adverse meteorological conditions, it may be possible that the Particulate matter (PM10
& PM2.5) standards may be violated only if the construction work is carried out round the
clock. Implementation of mitigation measures as given in the EMP will mitigate or minimise
these temporary impacts.
B. Operational Phase
The activities those are responsible for the adverse air quality, fugitive dust are the trucking
operations carrying raw materials to the manufacturing facility site, use of the unpaved road
may be caused due to ferro alloy manufacturing plant operations. Emissions from various
chimneys have been considered as point sources, from the proposed plant. Each point source
is identified based on the location of the each stack and emission strength and flue gas
properties. Suitable pollution control systems will be installed to clean the flue gas at each
point source emissions.
Source of dust emission in the plant are given below:
1. Submerged Electric Arc Furnace

2. Raw material Day Bins
3. Material conveying system
4. Preheater, kiln & cooler
5. Raw material storage and transport
These activities would generate significant amount of fugitive dust in the area, trucks
carrying raw materials would add into CO, NOx and PM besides fugitive dust. Stack
emissions would be constituted of mainly Particulate matters, SOx & NOx. There are 4 (four)
stacks considered for existing unit. Considering stack characteristics pertaining to the
proposed stacks, it is evident that the new stacks of various heights ranging from 35 to 50 m
with stack exit diameter 1.5 m. for all the stacks. While stack gas temperature varies from 50
to 150°C, the stack gas exit velocity varies between 4.6 and 19.7 m/s.
The scale of impact of trucks emissions on the air quality would be permanent but very
minimal; however, fugitive dust produced while trucking on unpaved route would cause
more visibility and other problems. It is observed that the gaseous pollutants found to be
marginal while fugitive dust remained very high, and therefore may need permanent
solution for bringing the dust levels and green belt has been proposed for development
around the facilities.
4.2.2 Impact on Noise Environment

The assessment of the impacts of noise on the surrounding community depends upon:
¾ Characteristics of noise source (instantaneous, intermittent, or continuous in nature,

with the latter contributing the least to noise pollution);
¾ Time of day at which noise occurs; and
¾ Location of noise source with respect to noise sensitive receptor.
For the purposes of predicting noise emissions impacts from the site, the noise emission
sources were examined during construction and operational phases.
The activities those are responsible for the adverse noise levels are equipments used for site
clearing and preparation, grading of the site- excavation and the trucks carrying soil and
other materials to the sites. During these activities, construction equipments and earth
moving machinery would be used vigorously and would generate unbearable noise in the
area, trucks carrying construction materials and soil would further add into the noise. The
scale of impact would, however, be temporary but may cause disturbance to the local
residents.
The noise is anyway the existing problem for the residents because of the heavy traffic on the
adjoining highway. The noise generated in the site area would be comparatively very low.
Sources of noise emissions are expected from various construction machineries/equipments.
Since the present site is already being operational, the traffic noise is not expected to vary
significantly since the vehicles would be plying at a similar frequency, and hence the traffic
would be more or less consistent with the present traffic.
The night time traffic is assumed to be about 5 to 7 percents of the daytime light vehicles for
the light motor vehicles and 110 percent of the daytime heavy vehicles for the heavy vehicles.
It is observed that during night time, heavy vehicles increase drastically while two wheelers
and light vehicles are seen almost thin. It is estimated that the effect of the increased trucks
due to the project is negligible while the noise levels are high due to the existing traffic,
however, are within the acceptable noise standards for the industrial area. The operation of
the new units is expected to generate relatively high and continuous noise levels especially
near the Blast Furnace, Cooling Towers, Boilers, Turbo-generators, Compressors and Various
Pumps. However, all the machineries will be within the permissible noise limit as per
Environment Protection Act.
4.2.3 Impact on Water Quality
Primarily water requirement for the unit shall be met from bore wells within the site and also
nearest surface water body that passes through the region. It is located at a distance of 3 kms
from the site. These activities have first order as well as second order impacts, viz. changes in
hydrology- water flow, velocity level, retention time and flood peak, addition of contaminant,
etc. these may further have effects on soil, and other amenity.
Construction activities for the proposed development can have minor to moderate impact on
hydrology and water quality of the area as the construction waste will not be leached into the
groundwater (since groundwater is at a considerable depth), however the nearby surface
water body might be somewhat susceptible to run off. Potential impacts on the hydrology
and water quality would be the following:
• Soil runoff from the site leading to off-site contamination (particularly during rainy
season).
• Improper disposal of construction debris leading to off-site contamination of water
resources.
• Unaccounted disposal of domestic wastewater from temporary labour camps/canteens.
• Spillage of oil and grease from the vehicles and wastewater stream generated from
onsite activities such as vehicles washing etc.
Labour Activities
During construction phase, wastewater shall be generated from labour activities on site.
Wastewater generated would be characterized by high levels of BOD, Suspended Solids,
Nitrogen and E. Coli. Significant water quality impact will occur, if the sewage is disposed
without any prior treatment. Since most of the people would be deployed locally, impact
from temporary labour colony is not anticipated to be very high. The project implementation
would involve various construction activities. Wastewater from construction activities would
mostly contain suspended impurities. Other pollutants which may find their way to it will be
in insignificant concentrations and may be safely disregarded. Drains from different
construction sites will be led to sedimentation pits where excess suspended solids will be
settled out and relatively clear supernatant will be discharged into the outside surface drains.
During the operation phase of the project, the plant water requirements include process,
potable and service water requirements. The total quantity of plant water requirement is
about 80 KLD. This water would be drawn from groundwater sources. The potable water
requirement for the plant would be 5 KLD and this would be drawn from groundwater
through submersible pumps. The effluent from the plant, mainly the sewage from the canteen
and labour establishments would be treated as per standard procedures in a soak pit to be
constructed on the site.
Effluent generation
The quality of the treated wastewater from the proposed plant will be within the desired
limit. SSPL will achieve "the zero wastewater discharge concept for process water" with the
operation of its plant. After the proposed project, it will follow the same practice and the
entire treated wastewater will be recycled to the plant for various uses. As no wastewater will
be discharged into any outside water body, there will be no impact on the surface hydrology
of the area.
4.2.4 Impact on Land Environment
4.2.4.1 Impacts on Land Use & Aesthetics
The proposed project will be developed on the acquired land area for the ferro alloy
manufacturing facility; hence, no change in the landuse of the site due to the proposed project
is anticipated. With the site development for the proposed plant, green belt would be
developed and other aesthetic changes would be made at the plant site, thereby creating
overall positive impact on the aesthetics of the site.
4.2.4.2 Impacts on Topography & Geology

The proposed site being located on a plain land, hence the topography as well as geology is
anticipated to remain unchanged due to proposed project through necessary excavation
activities. No additional environmental stresses will be imposed by the project on these
parameters.
4.2.5 Impact on Soil Quality
All major construction activities tend to create certain changes in the soils of the area.
However, this will take place inside the existing plant premises and as such, there will be no
impact on the local soil condition in terms of fertility. During storms, some of the excavated
soil and construction materials such as sand etc. would be blown up in the air and dispersed
around the project site; some would also tend to be driven into the soil and clog inter
granular spaces.
However, in order to minimise such impacts, sprinkling of water shall be done. The physical
effects of developments can lead to negligible changes in local topography and soil damage.
This can arise from changes in ground conditions, compaction by heavy machinery during
construction and soil movement, deep digging for foundation and piling etc. Such physical
disturbances may lead to changes in the density of soil, its moisture retaining ability, natural
drainage, and in organic matter content and also soil biota. The proposed ferro alloy
manufacturing unit will be developed on the identified ferro alloy manufacturing site; hence
no negative impact due to the development is anticipated.
B. Operation phase
No significant impact is expected on the soils on and around the site, due to the following
management measures:
• All solid wastes and hazardous wastes from the plant complex are collected properly
collected, stored and disposed.
• The entire plant site area is well drained and thus there is no leaching of any
substances in case of minor spills, which are well confined and decontaminated.
Hence, no negative impact on soil quality on the project site is expected due to the proposed
project activities.
4.2.6 Impacts due to Waste Disposal
During the construction phase, the typical solid waste will be generated from the project
includes waste from canteen, labour establishment and administrative buildings land clearing
activities and construction waste. Impact from construction waste may arise owing to storage
on site, transportation, workshops, etc. Proposed mitigation plan suggest maximum
reuse/recycle of construction waste on site or removal of waste at the site and proper
disposal, which would reduce the impact significantly.
B. Operation Phase
During operation solid waste will be generated. Safe and scientific arrangement for handling,
storage and disposal of all solid wastes such as fly ash from air pollution control devices has
been planned. Majority of this waste is reused in the ferro alloy manufacturing process. There
will be solid waste generation, but will be managed in the proper manner, which has been
discussed in Chapter 2.0 of the report. This will ensure that there will not be any impact on
soil quality due to the disposal or deposition of solid waste.
4.2.7 Impact on Flora and Fauna
Potential primary and secondary impacts from the proposed project on the biological
environment have been identified and the significant ecological impact is evaluated based on:
¾ Habitat Quality
¾ Species affected
¾ Size/abundance of habits/organisms affected
¾ Duration of Impacts
¾ Magnitude of environmental changes
There are no reserved forests, wildlife sanctuary located in the close proximity to the plant.
The project will not have adverse impacts on the existing flora and fauna. As the forest is far
from the proposed project, the impact will be minimal. Hence there will not be any severe
impact on biodiversity.
B. Operation Phase
Operation of the ferro alloy manufacturing unit will not result in any adverse impact on local
biodiversity and ecology. No endangered or rare species are reported or observed in the
study area. Also there is no significant aquatic body within the study area. There will be no
long term or short term impact on biodiversity and ecology due to the proposed project
activity.
4.2.8 Socio Economic Impacts
The project would influence the socio-economic conditions and socio cultural conditions in
the local areas.
The direct impacts involved are due to the continuous construction activities, nuisance of
noise, dust and traffic may cause stress level to increase in the nearby residents. However, the
site clearing and grading may create employment in the area. The indirect impact beneficial
to the community is the provision of skilled/unskilled workforce. The workers may be
exposed to the high levels of noise and dust during landscaping, access road and site
preparations.
It is estimated that a large number of workers, comprising of skilled, semi-skilled and

unskilled labourers, shall be employed by various contractors at site during the construction
phase. Significant number of semiskilled and unskilled labourers would be recruited from the
nearby areas. This would create some employment opportunities in the area. Since most of
sizeable labour force will be drawn from neighbourhood, no change in demographic profile is
anticipated. However, there will be increased economic opportunities for the local people.
Most of the construction work is labor intensive. As most of the job will be done by the
contractors, it will be ensured that the contractor's workers are provided with proper facilities
including sanitation and drinking water supply.
B. Operation phase
The facility does not require the displacement of residents or any such commercial activity as
the proposed ferro alloy manufacturing unit will be within the identified plant premises. The
major beneficial impacts of these kind projects are changes in employment and income
opportunity, infrastructure, community development, communication transport, and
educational, commercial etc. facilities. The locals will be concerned about job opportunities.
People will be benefited both directly and indirectly.
People will be engaged in the form of retailers throughout the state. Due to the coming of
proposed plant, the nearby villages would be developed with facilities like good road
network and improve the economic structure of the area.
As the area is close to Durgapur Town, the skilled people from the town will be available for
work here. So, there will be no major change of local occupational scenario though the
establishment of the new projects will increase the direct and indirect jobs and other
economic opportunities. There will be some development of secondary service market, which
will be beneficial to local economy.
Impact on accessing utilities: Utilities include the supply of water, electricity and sewage
facilities. Residents in the neighborhood would not face bottlenecks in accessing utility
services such water supply, electricity or sewage facilities due to upcoming of the project in
the area. Hence, impact on existing utilities due to construction and operation of the proposed
waste management facility can be considered as “no impact”.
Impact on Historical, Archeological and Architectural Sites: There are no historical or

archeological monuments of significance within the study area and hence no negative impact
in this regard is anticipated.
TABLE 4.2: IMPACTS ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC VARIABLES

Parameters Construction phase Operational phase
Population
Change in Population No change No change
Inflow/outflow of Majority of unskilled workers will Outflow of temporary
temporary workers be from the surrounding localities workers
Community and institutional structures
Voluntary association -- --
Interest group activity NGOs in the region may raise --
concerns about the facility in the
region
Size and structure of No change No change
local government
Employment/ income Employment to construction labour Employment to specialists,
characteristics and support staff support staff within the
facility
Industrial/commercial Sourcing of material and services Sourcing of material and
diversity for design and construction services for operation of the
Facility
Individual and family changes
Displacement alloy/ No relocation /displacement No relocation/ displacement
relocation concerns
Residential stability No change No change
Attitudes towards Would generate goodwill if creates Would generate goodwill if
policy/project employment opportunities and if creates employment
community can be assured that the opportunities and if
facility shall not create health community can be assured
problems for the community. that the facility shall not
create health problems for
the community.
Social well being Project shall provide employment Project shall provide
opportunities to people at various employment opportunities
levels hence shall empower them to to people at various levels
access facilities for their well-being hence shall empower them
to access facilities for their
well be
Community resources
Change in community No change No change
infrastructure
Land use patterns No noticeable change in the vicinity No change
4.3 Impact prediction
With the proposed Ferro alloy manufacturing unit (6 MVA & 9 MVA), the impacts both
beneficial and adverse are anticipated on Ambient Air Quality, Noise level, Water, Land Use,
Soil, Ecology and beneficial impacts in Socio-economic Environment, which is dealt in details
in the following paragraphs.
4.3.1 Impact on Ambient Air environment
The impacts on ambient air environment from the proposed ferro alloy manufacturing unit
depends on various factors like production capacity, plant configuration, process technology
involved, type of raw material used, in plant control measures adopted, operation and
maintenance of the various units of the plant. Apart from this there will be other activities
associated e.g., transportation of raw material and finished products, storage facilities, and
material handling within plant premises which may contribute to air pollution.
The process units like raw material storage and transportation, ferro alloy manufacturing
through electric arc furnaces and other supporting services like storage and transportation
will emit lot a of dust in the form of PM10 & PM2.5. Apart from the above there will be fugitive
dust emissions due to transportation, storage and processing of ores and minerals as raw
materials, intermediate and finished products. Needless to say the adequate air pollution
control measures will be taken up both at design and operational stage to conform the
emission parameters within the standard limit.
The impact on air quality due to emission from a single source or group of sources is
evaluated by use of mathematical models. During the entry of the air pollutants into the
atmosphere it results in dilution of the pollutant. Air meteorology is the important factor in
pollution status evaluation. The air quality models are designed to simulate these processes
mathematically, and relate emission of primary pollutants to the resulting downwind air. The
model inputs are emission load and nature, meteorology and topographic features.
A. Plant Emissions
The stacks are major sources of air pollution from the proposed plant. The proposed plant is
to be provided with necessary air pollution control devices like bag filters, dust catchers etc to
control dusts and gases and also limit emission within the prescribed standard. The emission
factors, air handling capacity of the proposed installation and emission norm has been used
to estimate amount of emission from the proposed plant with the height of emission. The
emission inventory is prepared on the basic of following assumptions and calculations.
The main Raw-Materials required for the production of H.C. Ferro Manganese in a Sub-
Merged Arc Furnace are Manganese Ore, Coke and Coal. The dust emitted from the furnace
producing H.C. Ferro Manganese is mainly of Manganese dust, Coke and Coal dust of
varying size from 10 micron to 4 micron. A Bag Filter can easily collect this dust.
The Furnace comes with Smoke Collection Hood of Low Hood Design, which prevent any
fugitive gas emissions. The gas emissions emanating from the Furnaces are collected by the
smoke collection hood and passed on to a Smoke Chimney / stack by Natural draft. The
Smoke Chimney has a butterfly valve just a little above the top of the smoke hood with the
help of which, the gas emissions are directed to the Air Pollution Control equipment. These
gases from the point of Butterfly valve are sucked by means of a powerful I.D. (Induced
Draft) fan into the Pollution Control Equipment. In case of any sparks in gas stream, it will be
extinguished in ductwork, bends & in Heat Exchanger (Forced Draft Cooler) due to changes
of direction. First gases are passed through a tubular forced draft cooler where they get
cooled by atmospheric air. The much heavier particles in the gases get settled at the bottom of
the cooler. The gas with the remaining heavier particles goes to a multi-chamber Bag Filter
System after which the I.D. fan is installed. When the gas pass through the filter bags, the
dust present in the gases is trapped by these bags and only clean gas comes out of the Bag
Filter. This clean gas is then released through the stack to atmosphere.
During this process, the bags in the multi-chamber bag filter house collect fume dust and
needs to be cleaned. The Bag house cleaning is “OFF LINE“(with one compartment isolated)
and “ON - DEMAND” on the basis of pressure drop across the bag house. When the pressure
drop exceeds the set point, Master controller shall close the Poppet damper at the outlet of the
compartment and start cleaning the bags till the pressure drop reaches lower set point.
Cleaning is done by compressed air pulses so that the dust accumulated on the bags surface
gets shrugged off and gets collected into a collection hopper provided at the bottom of the
bag filter housing. After reaching lower set point, cleaning shall stop and Poppet damper
shall open. This cleaning operation shall be done in a sequential fashion as and when
pressure drop exceeds preset limits. This loop shall ensure optimum cleaning of the filter
bags to improve bag life and reduce emission levels. Accordingly, one chamber after another
gets cleaned in a pre-determined cycle.
B. Air Quality Modeling and Prediction
Air quality models are the primary tools for relating emissions to air quality impacts. Models,
in turn, require acceptable input data for emissions, surface topography, meteorological
parameters, receptor configurations, baseline air quality, and initial and boundary conditions
for each modeling scenario. Since the quality and reliability of model outputs can never be
any better than the inputs, quality control of the input data is an important concern.
The ferro alloy unit handles large quantities of raw materials as solids viz., Raw materials
required for Ferro alloy plant will be Manganese Ore, Dolomite, Quartzite. Apart from this
the other raw materials required will be steam coal, coke breeze, Electrode paste, Casing
sheet, MS Rod, Oxygen lancing pipe, Oxygen. These raw materials such as coke, dolomite,
limestone and quartzite etc. are sourced from kept in godown under the shed from where
they will be conveyed to the stock house kept in day bins by feeding into ground hopper and
conveyors.
These operations do not generate large quantities of fugitive dust due to semi-closed system,
which would otherwise disperse into the work zone atmosphere and plant surroundings. To
control the dispersion of fugitive dust, transfer points will be provided with dust extraction
system consists of hoods, ducting, bag house ID fans and exhaust ducts. The dust extraction
system brings down the particulate matter concentration in the exhaust air to approximately
50 mg/Nm3.
The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological

parameters viz. temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing heights, inversion level, etc. A
number of models have been developed for the prediction of pollutant concentration at any
point from an emitting source. The Industrial Source Complex – Short Term (ISCST3)
dispersion model is a steady-state Gaussian plume model. It is most widely accepted for its
interpretability. It gives reasonably correct values because this obeys the equation of
continuity and it also takes care of diffusion, which is a random process. For the present
study, this model is used for the prediction of maximum ground level concentration (GLC).
The air pollution caused by the gaseous emissions from a single or small group of stacks is a
local phenomenon. Its impact will occur at a distance ranging from within the immediate
vicinity of the stack to several kilometers away from the stack. Maximum ground level
concentration will occur within this range.
All plumes at more downwind distances from the source by stack emission become diluted
by diffusion in the ambient atmosphere, that concentrations of pollutants become negligible.
C. Meteorological inputs:
The site specific and monitored details considered for input data for the software “ISCST3
View” by Lakes Environmental, Canada for prediction of impact on air environment which
given in table 5.3 to 57.
The hourly meteorological data like ambient temperature, wind speed and wind direction
used for air quality modeling have been taken from such data generated through continuous
on-site monitoring during three months' period (October 16’ 2010 – January 15’ 2011). The
site-specific hourly meteorological data measured in order to conduct a refined air dispersion
modeling using ISCST3 short-term air quality dispersion models. The site specific hourly
meteorological data measured at site is pre-processed using the U.S.EPA WRPLOT software
program version 6.5.2.
D. Mixing Height:
As site specific mixing heights were not available, mixing heights based on CPCB publication,
“Spatial Distribution of Hourly Mixing Depth over Indian Region”, PROBES/88/2002-03 has
been considered for Industrial Source Complex model to establish the worst case scenario.
TABLE 4.3: MIXING HEIGHTS

Hour of Mixing Hour of Mixing
the day Height the day Height
7. 50 14. 1000.0
8. 75 15. 1000.0
9. 175 16. 1000.0
10. 400 17. 900
11. 900 18. 400
12. 1100 19. 500.0
13. 1000.0
E. Model input Emission data:
For the modeling purpose air emission at M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. can be considered to
be mainly suspended Particulate Matter (PM) with a considerable proportion being
Respirable Particulate Matter which is given in following Table 4.4 and Table 4.5.
F. Sources of Emissions:
The major sources of emission from the proposed project have been presented in Tables. Stack
emissions would be constituted of mainly Particulate matters, SO2 and NOx. There will be
installation of 2 (two) stacks in the proposed projects. Considering stack characteristics
pertaining to the proposed stacks, it is evident that there will only be 2 stacks of a height of 35
m with stack exit diameter 1.5 m. for all the stacks. While stack gas temperature is about 50
°C, the stack gas exits velocity is 17.0 m/s.
G. Air Quality Dispersion Modeling
Selection of Model
The plant operation will emit gaseous pollutants through stacks, which have the potential to
deteriorate the air quality of the area. In order to evaluate the impact on ambient air quality
due to such releases, the ground level concentrations (GLCs) as a result of the plant emissions
have been evaluated through mathematical modeling using computer aided techniques.
Upon discharge to atmosphere, the emissions from sources are subjected to transport and
diffusion processes which together are termed as dispersion. The processes which govern the
atmospheric dispersion of pollutants are plume rise, transport by wind, diffusion by
turbulence and a number of physico-chemical processes such as gravitational settling,
deposition, chemical reactions, transformation, decomposition and wash out.
The computation has been made applying 'ISCST3 of USEPA, which is most widely used and
also recommended by CPCB (PROBES/70/1997-98). The model is based on some assumption
such as steady state conditions, continuous homogeneous flow, inert passive pollutants, no
ground absorption and a Gaussian distribution of the plume in both horizontal and vertical
planes.
For the modeling purpose air emission at M/s Samarpan Steel (P) Ltd. can be considered to
be mainly suspended particulate matter (SPM) with a considerable proportion being
Respirable Particulate Matter which is given in following table 4.4 and 4.5.
Modeling Procedure
9 Modeling exercise has been performed for all new stacks (2 nos.).
9 The actual locations of the emission sources have been defined in a Cartesian co-
ordinate (x,y) system, with Absolute Reference Point being the stack, attached to the
ferro alloy plant.
9 As recommended by CPCB, radial pattern of receptor locations has been implemented

using the polar (r, 8) co-ordinate system with origin at the ARP of the Cartesian co-
ordinate system. The locations of the receptors have then been defined with respect to
16 radial directions (N to NNW angle 6 of such directions measured clockwise from
North) and radial distance 'r from the ARP.
9 The receptors are selected in such a way that more receptors are located close to the
maximum concentration point. The maximum distance covered is 10 km., which has
been seen adequate to cover the maximum concentrations for this particular situation.
9 For multiple stacks computation, inter-stack distances have been considered. Since the
contributions from different pollution sources are additive, the contributions of all
sources at a given receptor have been computed separately and then added to give the
total concentration.
9 In order to compute the 24 hourly concentrations due to the operation of the proposed
projects, the hourly meteorological data recorded at the site meteorological
Observatory set up near the project site was used. The model was used to compute the
24-hour concentrations for each day for the post-monsoon and winter season.
Model Options Used For Computations:

9 The plume rise is estimated by Briggs formulae, but the final rise is always limited to
that of the mixing layer;
9 Stack tip down-wash is not considered;
9 Buoyancy Induced Dispersion is used to describe the increase in plume dispersion
during the ascension phase;
9 Calms processing routine is used by default;

9 Complex terrain is used for computations;
9 It is assumed that the pollutants do not undergo any physico-chemical transformation
and that there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition;
9 Washout by rain is not considered;
9 Cartesian co-ordinate system has been used for computations.
The maximum ground level concentrations for PM due to proposed unit along with existing
unit and due to cumulative impact are given in following table 4.5. Equal concentration
contour plot for PM (Isopleth) due to proposed unit along with existing unit due to
Cumulative impact is given in figure 4.1. Predicted ambient air quality for PM are given in
table 4.9.
Discussion on Modeling Results
The predicted cumulative incremental concentrations of PM, SO2 and NO2 for all industries
are presented in Table 4.8. The maximum 24 hourly incremental concentration of PM, SO2
and NO2 have been predicted to be 93.71 μg/m3, 7.74867 μg/m3 and 51.49205 μg/m3
respectively.
Resultant Concentrations:
The maximum 24 hourly incremental GLCs of PM, SO2 and NOx are superimposed on the
maximum baseline PM, SO2 and NOx concentrations to arrive at the likely resultant
concentrations. The cumulative concentrations are presented in Table 4.9. Isopleths were
plotted for the PM, SO2 and NOx distribution in the area and are presented in Figures 4.1 to
5.3.
From the Table 4.9 it may be concluded from the resultant concentrations due to incremental
GLCs that the 24 hourly resultant concentrations of PM of 93.71 μg/m3 which is below the
limit of 100 μg/m3 for industrial area, residential/rural areas. As such, it is imperative that
the maximum permissible limit for particulates at the emission points is strictly adhering to
50 mg/Nm3.
The 24 hourly resultant concentrations SO2 and NOx being 7.74867 μg/m3 and 51.49205
μg/m3 respectively (Table 4.8), first is within the limits of 80 μg/m3 for industrial,
residential/rural area and second within the limits of 80 μg/m3 for industrial,
residential/rural area. The predicted maximum GLCs of PM, SO2 & NOx are presented in
Table 4.8. Isopleths of PM, SO2 & NOx are shown in figure 4.1 to 4.3.
TABLE 4.4: TOTAL INPUT DATA FOR PM FOR ALL STACKS REQUIRED TO RUN ISCST3 MODEL
(WITHOUT APC)
Stack
SPM Stack Exit Exit Gas
Units Stack X Y top
Emission Ht. gas Velocity
No. Co Co diameter
rate (Hs in temp (Vs in
Ord. Ord. (Ds in
(Qs in m) (Ts in m/s)
m)
gm/s) K)
SAF 1
1 0 0 23.0 32 453 1.50 9.0
(6.0MVA)
SAF 2
2 11.0 7.0 45.0 32 473 1.50 13.0
(9.0 MVA)
*** ISCST3 - VERSION 02035 *** *** PM for Samarpan Steel(Without APC), Bankura, WB
*** 06/13/11*** *** 12:54:48
**MODELOPTs: PAGE 25
CONC RURAL FLAT DFAULT
*** THE SUMMARY OF HIGHEST 24-HR RESULTS ***
** CONC OF PM IN MICROGRAMS/M**3 **
DATE NETWORK
GROUP ID AVERAGE CONC (YYMMDDHH) RECEPTOR (XR, YR,

ZELEV, ZFLAG) OF TYPE GRID-ID
-----------------------------------------------------------------
ALL HIGH 1ST HIGH VALUE IS 101.85778c ON 11010424: AT ( -565.69, 565.69,

0.00, 0.00) GP POL1
TABLE 4.5: TOTAL INPUT DATA FOR PM FOR ALL STACKS REQUIRED TO RUN ISCST3 MODEL
(WITH APC)
Stack
SPM Stack Exit Exit Gas
Units Stack X Y top
Emission Ht. gas Velocity
No. Co Co diameter
rate (Hs in temp (Vs in
Ord. Ord. (Ds in
(Qs in m) (Ts in m/s)
m)
gm/s) K)
SAF 1
1 0 0 0.38 32 453.0 1.50 9.0
(6.0MVA)
SAF 2
(9.0 2 11.0 7.0 0.55 32 473.0 1.50 13.0
MVA)
*** ISCST3 - VERSION 02035 *** *** PM for Samarpan Steel(With APC), Bankura, WB
*** 06/13/11 *** *** 13:19:51
** CONC OF PM IN MICROGRAMS/M**3 **
DATE NETWORK

-----------------------------------------------------------------
ALL HIGH 1ST HIGH VALUE IS 1.41048c ON 11010424: AT ( 565.69, -565.69,

0.00, 0.00) GP POL1
TABLE 4.6: TOTAL INPUT DATA FOR SO2 FOR ALL STACKS REQUIRED TO RUN ISCST3 MODEL
SO2 Stack Exit

Stack Exit Gas
X Y Emission top gas
Stack Ht. Velocity
Units Co Co rate diameter temp
No. (Hs in (Vs in
Ord. Ord. (Qs in (Ds in (Ts in
m) m/s)
gm/s) m) K)
SAF 1
1 0 0 0.005 32 1.50 453.0 9.0
(6.0MVA)
SAF 2
(9.0 2 11.0 7.0 0.02 32 1.50 473.0 13.0
MVA)
*** ISCST3 - VERSION 02035 *** *** SO2 for Samarpan Steel, Bankura, WB
*** 06/13/11*** *** 14:59:41
** CONC OF SO2 IN MICROGRAMS/M**3 **
DATE NETWORK
GROUP ID AVERAGE CONC (YYMMDDHH) RECEPTOR (XR, YR, ZELEV,

ZFLAG) OF TYPE GRID-ID
-----------------------------------------------------------------
ALLHIGH 1ST HIGH VALUE IS 0.03613c ON 11010424: AT ( 565.69,-565.69,0.00,0.00) GP

POL1
TABLE 4.7: TOTAL INPUT DATA FOR NOX FOR ALL STACKS REQUIRED TO RUN ISCST3 MODEL
NOx Stack Exit

Stack Exit Gas
X Y Emission top gas
Stack Ht. Velocity
Units Co Co rate diameter temp
No. (Hs in (Vs in
Ord. Ord. (Qs in (Ds in (Ts in
m) m/s)
gm/s) m) K)
SAF 1
1 0 0 0.12 35 1.50 328.0 7.8
(6.0MVA)
SAF 2
2 11.0 7.0 0.12 35 1.50 328.0 7.8
(9.0 MVA)
*** ISCST3 - VERSION 02035 *** *** NOx for Samarpan Steel, Bankura, WB
*** 06/13/11*** *** 15:19:26
** CONC OF NOX IN MICROGRAMS/M**3 **
DATE NETWORK

-----------------------------------------------------------------
ALL HIGH 1ST HIGH VALUE IS 0.23398c ON 11010424: AT ( 565.69, -565.69,

0.00, 0.00) GP POL1
TABLE 4.8: PREDICTED 24 – HOURLY MAXIMUM SHORT TERM INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS

(CUMULATIVE)
Pollutant Co-ordinates (m) Maximum Incremental
Levels
(μg/m3)
PM 565.69, -565.69 1.41048

SO2 565.69, -565.69 0.03613
NOX 565.69, -565.69 0.23398
TABLE 4.9: RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO INCREMENTAL GLCS
Pollutant Incremental Maximum AAQ Resultant

Maximum Concentrations Recorded Concentrations
Concentrations During Monitoring Period (in μg/m3)
(in μg/m3) (in μg/m3)
PM 8.71687 85.0 93.71687
SO2 0.34867 7.4 7.74867
NOX 2.09205 49.4 51.49205
Hence, the maximum incremental values of PM, SO2 & NOx would be about 8.71687,
0.34867& 2.09205 μg/m3 respectively, which will occur at a distance of 0.7 km. in SW
direction with respect to the ARP. It may also be noted that the modeling results depict the
worst case scenario as washout due to rain has not been considered and deposition on other
forms of structures as buildings, trees etc. have not been taken into account. Thus, in
actuality, these pollutant concentrations are expected to be relatively lower than the predicted
values.
Ground level concentrations calculated due to proposed project activities and cumulative
impact are superimposed on existing ambient air quality monitoring results and combined
values are found within permissible National Ambient Air Quality Standards (2009).
Figure 4.1: Isopleth of PM
Figure 4.2: Isopleth of SO2
Figure 4.3: Isopleth of NOX
4.3.2 Impact on Noise environment
During the normal operation of plant, ball mill, blowers, DG sets, the ambient noise levels are
expected to increase significantly with the attributes of the respective equipment, but these
noise will be restricted close to the concerned equipment. Normally the equipments are
designed basing on the OSHA standards and noise close to this equipment seldom exceeds
the OSHA standards.
Therefore all the equipment in the Ferro alloy manufacturing unit will be designed/ operated
in such a way that the noise level shall not exceed 85 dBA as per the requirement of OSHA
(Occupational Safety and Health Administration).
However noise levels will increase during the furnace operation and impact of noise due to
such operation is restricted to the work area only. The noise level within the plant boundary
is occupational noise levels and is confined within shops. The noise level will be further
reduced when it reaches the plant boundary at an intervening distance and as elaborate
greenbelt development is envisaged for attenuation of noise and fugitive emissions from the
plant. It may so happen that noise level during operation of certain equipment may increase
beyond the OSHA norms, and then actions as elaborated in the Environment management
plan will be taken to minimise and eliminate such occasions.
In addition to the greenbelt development around the plant boundary, greenbelt around each
installation will be taken up to attenuate propagation of noise levels considerably. Hence with
proper attenuation and rapid fall of noise level as Inverse Square of the distance, the
incremental noise impact on the ambient noise level will be minimal.
The ambient equivalent noise levels measured at different locations around the site vary from
38.7 – 68.3 dB (A) (as has been recorded in Table 3.16) and the operational activities at the
project site will add to the in-plant occupational exposure. The sound power radiated by a
source spread in the space as the pressure wave travels outwards. Hence it decreases with
distance and also gets affected by environmental conditions.
The sound pressure level at a distance from the source can be calculated by using the
following mathematical model:
Lpo = Lw + DIo - 20 log r - Ae - 10 log 2 (1)
Where
Lpo Sound pressure level at a receiver located in the

direction o and distance r from the source
Lw sound power level of the source
DIo Directivity index of source in the direction o
R Distance of receiver from source
Ae Excess attenuation caused by environmental conditions
The total impact [Lptotal] of all the sources at a particular place is then estimated using the
following model:
Lptotal = 10 log [10 Lp01/10 + 10 Lp02/10 + ----------] (2)
In the Ferro alloy manufacturing unit facility the noise sources impact will be within an area
of 17 acres. The noise pressure at the centre of the plant as calculated from the above model
and considering the noise pressure levels of the Ferro alloy manufacturing unit set up comes
to 73.8 dBA. This level is below the OSHA specifications for damage risk criteria for noise
exposure. These values will however vary depending on the proximity of personnel to the
noise generating sources. The major sources of occupational noise are TLD electro pneumatic
valve, Arc furnace, air compressor tapping section and DG set.
The sound pressure level generated by a noise source decreases with the increasing distance
from the source due to wave divergence according to the following relationship:
Lp = Lw - 20 log r - Ae - 8 (dB)
Where, Ae includes the attenuation by air absorption and by vegetation.
Atmospheric attenuation at a temperature of 20°C has been calculated from the equation:
Ae = (7.4 X F2 X r 10-8)/ O (dB)
Where,
F Frequency (Hz)
R Distance between source and receiver (m)
O Relative humidity
Calculations show that even when there is sound pressure level of around 75 dB (A) at the
inner edges of the green belt, it will be attenuated almost completely reaching to the regional
background by adopting a well designed green belt around the noise sources. The sound
pressure level of 75 dB (A) is perhaps the maximum level expected and is closer to the
Tolerance Value (TLV) of 90 dB (A). Assumption of maximum 75 dB (A) is fully justified as

the worst case scenario.
4.3.3 Impact on Water environment
With respect to water environment three aspects are generally considered in EIA, the raw
water availability, consumption and wastewater generation that will be disposed. The first
priority in water quality assessment is to maintain and restore the desirable level of water
quality in general.
Construction Phase Impacts
As company will be constructing various facilities so construction phase impacts will be

anticipated. During Construction, drainage pattern and water supply system of overland
water flow will be somewhat changed for the site preparation activities. Potential impacts
may be on surface water quality during this phase could arise from dust emissions (from
vehicles and disturbance of soil) such Suspended solids can be controlled by sprinkling water
and by employing enclosures to construction area to allow the particles to settle down, prior
to discharge. There would be no significant effect on water quality and quantity during
construction phase.
Operational Phase Impacts
Water requirement shall be met from ground water using bore well located within the
existing facility. The details of water consumption are given in Chapter-2. The total domestic
wastewater generation from the proposed activities shall be 3 KLD which will be treated
through Soak pit/septic tank and disposed off through local drain. As no water is required in
the manufacturing process and therefore no industrial wastewater will be generated. Thus, it
can be concluded that there will not be any significant adverse impact on the water
environment.
4.3.4 Impact on soil environment
Construction activities like excavation, construction material handling & storage, construction
waste and debris disposal etc. are main sources of soil pollution.
The impact of air, water and solid waste pollution on soil causes direct/indirect effect on soil.
As all necessary air pollution control steps will be provided and based on the results of the
dispersion model for the ground level concentrations of various pollutants after the
commissioning of the proposed project, there will not be any adverse impact of air pollution
on soil. It may be noted that there will not be any industrial effluent generation as no water is
required in the manufacturing process. Thus, there will not be any impact on soil due to
water. All necessary control steps will be provided for handling, storage and disposal of solid
waste generated from the plant. Thus, there will not be any significant impact of solid waste
on the soil environment.
4.3.5 Impact on ecology
The impact due to operation of the project and its activities on the ecological parameters like
natural vegetation, cropping pattern, fisheries and aquatic life, forests and species diversity
could be summarized as below.
Impacts on Natural Vegetation
The proposed project of the ferro alloy manufacturing unit shall be adjacent to industrial
premises. There will not be any cutting of the plantation at the site. The industry will develop
a green belt on the surrounding periphery. Since the effluents and emissions generated from
the project activities shall be treated and disposed as per the EMP provisions, adverse impact
over any of the ecological components of the environment is reduced to minimum. The
proposed activities and plantation will enhance the aesthetic environment.
Impacts on cropping area
Since, the proposed activities shall be on a non-agricultural land, it shall not alter the crop
production of the area. Further, the necessary environmental protection measures have been
planned under EMP e.g. air pollution control systems shall be designed to take care of even
emergency releases of the gaseous pollutants and regular environmental surveillance shall be
done, so as not to have any short-term or cumulative effect on the crops and the natural
vegetation of the area.
Impacts on aquatic ecology
Only waste water i.e. sewage waste water 3 KLD will be generated which will be discharged
to local drain. Thus, it can be concluded that there will not be any significant adverse impact
on the water environment. Hence no adverse impact of proposed project is envisaged.
Impacts on ecological sensitive areas and archaeological sensitive areas
There is no reserved forest, national park or sanctuary within 10 km radius of the plant. There
shall be no impact on the same. There is no place of archaeological, historical, religious or
tourist interest within the study area i.e.10 km radius of plant site. Hence, there shall be no
impact on places of interest.
4.3.6 Impact on socio economic environment
M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. will give direct employment. In addition to direct employment;
indirect employment shall generate ancillary business to some extent for the local population.
There is a positive effect due to improved communication and health services, which have
lead to economic prosperity, better educational opportunities and access to better health and
family welfare facilities. There has been a beneficial effect on human settlement due to
employment opportunities. There shall be no displacement of any population in plant area.
Hence, there is no permanent impact on this account. The increasing industrial activity will
boost the commercial and economical status of the locality up to some extent.
During the construction and operation period the project is going to create substantial
temporary employment and income. A large portion of this income is likely to trickle down to
locals. Therefore substantial amount of employment and income is likely to be generated for
the local people. Hence it can be concluded that the project is likely to contribute in a positive
manner towards direct employment in the study area.
An effort is also made to predict the impact of the projects on average family income. Income
is expected to rise as the project gathers momentum. The family income is assumed to grow
because rapid industrialization is expected in the vicinity of the plant, which is likely to push
up the average income in this area. Overall assessment of the employment and income effects
indicates that the project has strong positive impact on employment and income.
Health awareness among the villages may grow with the industrial development, especially
regarding cleanliness. Community development organizers may play a lead role in this
regard.
Conclusion
Analysis of various environmental impacts both adverse and beneficial in the present study
reveals that the implementation of the project will considerably improve the socio-economic
condition of the people. This will nullify much of the adverse impacts arising out of the
environmental degradation perceived. On the basis of present study the following
conclusions may be drawn.
• The green field project is not going to cause any damage to existing traditional
agricultural situation. Moreover, it can be argued that the project may help to improve
agriculture by way of providing additional income to the farmers from supplementary
sources.
• The project has strong positive employment and income effects, both direct as well as
indirect.
• The project is going to have positive impact on consumption behavior by way of
raising average consumption and income through multiplier effect.
• The project is likely to speed up the growing view on importance of education among
the people of the study area.
• The project has a strong positive industrialization in its vicinity.
• People perceive that the project will bring significant job opportunities for the people
along with the development of social infrastructure. They are also fearful about
deterioration of law and order situation and pollution.
• The project is likely to bring about positive changes in life style and quality of life for
people located in that area.
• There will be overall socio-economic development of the region.
4.4 Impact Evaluation
The description of the proposed project and the existing baseline status in the core as well as
in the buffer zone has been dealt in details in the earlier chapters. This information form the
basis of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the proposed project and the same is
discussed in this chapter with the prediction and evaluation of these impacts. This will enable
to draw up an appropriate Environment Management Plan (EMP) to consider other
alternatives so as to ensure that the proposed project activity does not impair the present
environmental setting.
4.4.1 Pollution Potential
The plant processes like manufacturing of raw materials arc furnaces and loading &
transportation of raw materials are prone to pollution problems especially air pollution. It
may be observed that heat, dust, SO2, CO, and NOX to the air environment is the prime
pollutants from the proposed project of Ferro alloy manufacturing unit. However with the
suitable Environment Management Plan (EMP), it is possible to run the kiln and other process
equipments without much adverse impacts on the environment. The details of the different
types of pollutants and their sources are as mentioned in
Prediction of environmental impacts is the most important component in the impact
assessment study as it provides quantitative information related to projection of impacts from
the proposed project based on the estimated pollution loads during the operation phase of the
plant. Several mathematical/statistical techniques and methodologies are available for
predicting impacts due to proposed project on physico-chemical, ecological and socio-
economic components of environment.
The results obtained from the predictions will be superimposed over the baseline status (pre-
project) of environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of
environmental quality status in the impact zone around the plant site. The quantitative
impacts derived from predictions are also essential to delineate pragmatic environmental
management plan, especially pollution mitigation measures for implementation in detailed
engineering stage and thus during operation phases of the proposed project for minimizing
the adverse impacts on the surrounding environment. The following major valued
environmental components are considered related to the proposed project for assessing the
potential environmental impacts during various project phases:
1. Air quality
2. Environmental noise
3. Traffic and transport
4. Surface water quality
5. Ground water quality
6. Soil and geology quality
7. Flora and fauna
8. Socio cultural, and
9. Socio-economic
4.4.2 Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES)
The Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) has been used to evaluate the
environmental impacts for this project. Evaluating all the important parameters representing
the various environmental components viz; biological environment, environmental pollution
incorporating water, air, land and noise pollution, aesthetics and human interest have
undertaken environmental quality assessment for the proposed project of ferro alloy
manufacturing unit of M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. Functional relationships have been
developed for each parameter relating it with environmental quality.
A weighted scaling checklist has been used for assigning importance weight for each
parameter by an interdisciplinary team of experts drawn from different fields. Ranked pair
wise comparison technique has been used to arrive at the Parameter Importance Unit (PIU),
presented adjacent to each parameter.
Impact evaluation has been accomplished through the use of functional relationship
according to Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES). Functional relationships also
called value function curves refer to graphical means of transforming environmental data
(baseline and predicted) into subjective evaluation. Objective measurements are presented
into a subjective interpretation of Environmental Quality (EQ) on a scale of 0 to 1 where 1.0
stands for excellent environmental quality and 0.0 for poor quality. An index is calculated in
terms of Environmental Impact Unit (EIU) for each parameter and for different
environmental condition.
Where,
j
EUI = ∑ (EQ)ij(PIU)i
i=1
EIU= environmental impact units for jth alternative
EQ= environmental quality scale for ith factor and jth alternative
PIU= parameter importance units for ith factor
The identified parameters have been distributed in four major categories, viz. Ecology,
Environmental pollution Aesthetics and Human Interest. The resultant numerical evaluation
has been described as under:
Assigning weights for Environmental Parameters
Biological Environment Environmental Pollution Aesthetics (100) Human Interest (150)

(300) (450)
Topographic character Community Health (20)
Terrestrial (160) Water (120) (20) Sanitation (10)
Natural Vegetation (50) BOD (20) Landscape (20) Employment (30)
Crops (40) Dissolved Oxygen (20) Odour (15) Economy (30)
Species Diversity (20) Total solids (15) Visual air quality (15) Transportation (10)
Rare and endangered plant Turbidity (15) Visual water quality (15) Housing (10)
species (15) Toxic substances (15) Sound (15) Education (10)
Rare and endangered Fecal coliform Water supply (10)
animal species (15) Nutrients (15) Occupational health (20)
Pest species (10) pH (10)
Soil Microbiology (10)
Land (60)
Aquatic (140)
Landuse Pattern (20)
Terrestrial (160) Soil chemistry (10)
Natural Vegetation (50) Soil erosion (10)
Crops (40) Soil fertility (20)
Species Diversity (20)
Rare and endangered plant Air (220)
species (15)
Rare and endangered SPM (45)
animal species (15) VOC (50)
Pest species (10) HC (50)
Soil Microbiology (10) SOx (30)
NOx (30)
CO (15)
Noise (50)
Community noise (25)

Occupational noise (25)
EIA FOR PROPOSED PROJECT OF FERRO ALLOY MANUFACTURING UNIT OF SAMARPAN STEEL PVT. LTD.
The environmental parameters have been identified for the project area and distributed in
four categories. The changes in EIU have been calculated for pristine environment and
existing environmental status after implementation of EMP.
TABLE 4.10: EVALUATION OF IMPACT OF BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Parameters Weight Baseline EIU EIU with Change in Change in EIU
(PIU) EIU (A) without EMP (C) EIU (C-B) from baseline
EMP (B) (C-A)
Terrestrial
Natural Vegetation 50 20 18 35 17 15
Crops 40 35 35 35 0 0
Species diversity 20 14 12 16 4 2
Rare and endangered 15 8 8 12 4 4
plant species
Rare and endangered 15 7 7 8 1 1

animal species
Pest species 10 10 10 10 0 0
Soil microbiology 10 8 5 7 2 -1
Total 160 102 95 123 28 21
Aquatic
Natural vegetation 40 30 25 30 5 0
Commercial fisheries 30 15 12 15 3 0
Species diversity 15 12 12 12 0 0
Food web index 15 12 12 12 0 0
Rare endangered 15 10 8 10 2 0
animal species
River water 15 14 12 14 2 0
characteristics
Pest species 10 10 10 10 0 0
Total 140 103 91 103 12 0
Grand total 300 205 186 226 40 21
EIA FOR PROPOSED FERRO ALLOY MANUFACTURING UNIT OF M/S SAMARPAN STEEL PVT. LTD.,
WEST BENGAL
TABLE 4.11: EVALUATION OF IMPACT ON AMBIENT ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY

(PIU) EIU (A) without EMP (C) EIU (C-B) from baseline (C-
EMP (B) A)
Water
BOD 20 18 15 17 2 -1
DO 20 16 12 16 4 0
Total solids 15 14 10 12 2 -2
Turbidity 15 12 8 10 2 -2
Toxic substances 15 15 12 15 3 0
Faecal coliform 10 9 6 7 1 -2
Nutrients 15 14 10 14 4 0
pH 10 10 10 10 0 0
Total 120 108 83 101 18 -7
Land
Landuse pattern 20 15 16 18 2 3
Soil chemistry 10 7 5 8 3 1
Soil erosion 10 6 6 8 2 2
Soil fertility 10 7 7 7 0 0
Total 50 35 34 41 7 6
Air
PM 45 40 25 35 10 -5
VOC 50 35 30 36 6 1
HC 50 40 35 46 11 6
SOx 30 28 24 27 3 -1
NOx 30 25 20 24 4 -1
CO 15 12 10 12 2 0
Total 220 180 144 180 36 0
Noise
Community Noise 25 22 20 22 2 0
Occupational 25 22 15 20 5 -2
Noise
Total 50 44 35 42 7 -2
Grand total 440 367 296 364 68 -3
WEST BENGAL
TABLE 4.12: EVALUATION OF IMPACT ON AESTHETIC ENVIRONMENT

(PIU) EIU (A) without EMP (C) EIU (C-B) from baseline
EMP (B) (C-A)
Topographical 20 18 16 19 3 1
character
Landscape 20 15 13 18 5 3
Odour 15 15 12 16 4 1
Visual air quality 15 12 10 13 3 1
Visual water quality 15 15 12 15 3 0
Sound 15 12 10 13 3 1
Total 100 87 73 94 21 7
TABLE 4.13: EVALUATION OF IMPACT ON HUMAN INTERESTS

Parameters Weight (PIU) Baseline EIU EIU with Change in Change in EIU
EIU (A) without EMP (C) EIU (C-B) from baseline
EMP (B) (C-A)
Community health 20 15 12 18 6 3
Sanitation 10 5 6 10 4 5
Employment 30 15 20 28 8 13
Economy 30 15 22 28 6 13
Transportation 10 6 8 10 2 4
Housing 10 5 7 8 1 3
Education 10 6 7 9 2 3
Water supply 10 8 9 9 0 1
Occupational health 30 26 25 28 3 2
Total 160 101 116 148 32 47
TABLE 4.14: SUMMARY OF IMPACT EVALUATION

Parameters Weight Baseline EIU without EIU with Change in Change in
(PIU) EIU (A) EMP (B) EMP (C) EIU (C-B) EIU from
baseline (C-
A)
Biological 300 205 186 226 40 21
Environment
Ambient 440 367 296 364 68 -3
Environment
Aesthetic 100 87 73 94 21 7
environment
Human interests 160 101 116 148 32 47
Total 1000 760 671 832 161 72
WEST BENGAL
Legends:
A – Baseline EIU
B – EIU without Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
C – EIU with Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
C-B - Change in EIU
C-A - Change in EIU from baseline
PIU - Parameter Importance Units
EIU - Environmental Impact Units
The description of the proposed project and the existing baseline status in the core as well as
in the buffer zone has been dealt in details in the earlier chapters. These information form the
basis of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the proposed project and the same is
discussed in this chapter with the prediction and evaluation of these impacts.
WEST BENGAL
Chapter 5 Mitigation Measures
WEST BENGAL
5.1 Mitigation Measures
It is apparent from the discussion of chapter 5; few sector of environment would be affected
to some extent by the project. In view of this, in order to reduce the potential negative impacts
identified, some mitigation steps are suggested for all the major valued environmental
components. Most of these measures essentially need to be adopted in order to bring down
the adverse negative impacts to the minimum level to create such facilities that are in
harmony with the environment. These measures are described in the following section.
5.2 Physico-Chemical Component
5.2.1 Air quality and fugitive dust
Overall, the studies have found no significant effect associated with air quality issues.
A. Construction phase:
1. During construction phase, effective mitigating measures will be adopted to reduce the
primary impact on air environment to the minimum. These include effective water
sprinkling over the transport roads (especially unpaved) and over the areas where
loose materials (including earth works) are handled (excavated, loaded and unloaded)
which will reduce the pollution due to dust. The machinery used in construction will
be well maintained, regularly overhauled and tuned which will prevent air pollution
due to exhaust emissions. In this way, it is anticipated that the air pollution during
construction will be negligible and will remain well below the prescribed limits of
CPCB/SPCB.
2. Fugitive dust is the most prominent type of nuisance during construction phase and
hence controlling is the challenge. It is, therefore, daily sprinkling of water on the
unpaved roads as well as while site preparation would reduce the dust pollution
drastically. Sprinkling water twice a day could reduce the dust by 40 to 50% and thrice
a day could reduce it up to 68 to 70%. Dust can also be better managed in the landfill's
interior by dust control chemicals.
3. The most cost-effective dust suppressant is water, because a source of water tends to
be readily available on a construction site. Water can be applied using water trucks,
handheld sprays and automatic sprinkler systems. Furthermore, incoming loads could
be covered to avoid loss of material in transport, especially if material is transported
off-site.
WEST BENGAL
4. To mitigate effects of dust as PM10 the following measures are recommended for
implementation.
A dust control plan
Procedural changes to construction activities.
B. Operation phase:
The air pollution caused by the gaseous emissions from a single or small group of stacks is a
local phenomenon. Its impact will occur at a distance ranging from within the immediate
vicinity of the stack to several kilometers away from the stack. Maximum ground level
concentration will occur within this range. All plumes at more downwind distances from the
source by stack emission become diluted by diffusion in the ambient atmosphere, that
concentrations of pollutants become negligible.
For the purpose of effective prevention and control of fugitive emissions, the proposed
project shall be implementing the following:
• Suction hood with adequate separate suction ID will be installed to control the fugitive
dust emission as per the latest permissible limits issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R.
414(E) dated 30th May, 2008.
• Water shall be sprayed on the material prior and during loading & unloading.
• All transfer points shall be fully enclosed.
• Airborne dust shall be controlled.
• All roads shall be paved on which movement of raw materials or products will take
place.
• Preventive measures shall be employed to minimize dust build up on road.
• Conveyors shall be provided with conveyor cover.
• Maintenance of air pollution control equipment shall be done regularly.
• All the workers shall be provided with disposable dust mask.
• Green belt will be developed around the plant to arrest the fugitive emissions.
These activities will be carried out under covered areas with proper ventilation, which are
under negative pressure as well.
WEST BENGAL
5.2.2 Environmental noise
The noise generation will be reduced at source by erecting noise dampening enclosures, by
maintaining the machines and greasing them regularly. The vehicles are and will be equipped
with silencers. The equipments shall be provided with acoustic shields or enclosures to limit
the sound level inside the plant, the existing equipment already have these provisions. The
secondary protective measures will be adopted at receptor points to reduce negative impact
due to high noise levels. Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the
air inlet/outlet, anti vibration pad for equipment with high vibration, earmuff and earplugs
to the operators etc. are provided. However, the existing and proposed green belt and
plantation area will help to reduce noise. The adverse impact on occupationally exposed
workers will not be envisaged, as noise protection devices will be provided as suggested in
EMP.
All the workers engaged at and around high noise generating sources are and shall be
provided with ear protection devices like ear mufflers/plugs. Their place of attending the
work will be changed regularly so as to reduce their exposure duration to high levels. They
will be regularly subjected to medical check-up for detecting any adverse impact on the ears.
The existing and proposed green belt will also help to prevent noise generated within the
plant from spreading beyond the plant boundary in its own limited way. The following
measures will be taken up to keep the noise levels within permissible limits.
• Provision and maintenance of thick green belt to screen noise

• Proper maintenance of noise generating machinery including transportation vehicles
• Provision of air silencers to modulate the noise generated by the
machines/equipments
• Reducing the exposure time of workers to the higher noise levels by rotation
• Proper encasement of noise generating sources will be done to control noise level.
Besides, ear muffs/plugs will be provided to the workers in the close vicinity of noise
source.
• Provision will be made for special vibration dampners and monitoring to prevent
propagation of vibration to surrounding areas.
5.2.3 Land transformation

When considering the protection of the air, water and land in waste management project site
vicinity, it is to be remembered that it is a public facility that benefits the entire community.
WEST BENGAL
However, if it significantly impacts then it can be detrimental to the community. Due care
shall be taken to keep the natural settings/greenery in and around the plant. The plant layout
shall be developed keeping in view the above and also for rain water harvesting. No adverse
impact on drainage will take place as there are only 1st order drainage channels within Plant
area and due care is being taken to not to disturb them to the minimum. The topography has
also not been affected as the area is almost plain.
1. Care should be taken during construction phase that some necessary screening bunds
should be provided to avoid the direct contact with nearby agricultural land uses, if
any.
2. The use of good soil handling techniques to minimize the deterioration of soil quality,
i.e. minimizing soil storage, careful placement.
3. Installation of adequate drainage would also minimize the damage to the surrounding
land uses.
4. Retention of landscape features as far as possible on site.
B. Operation phase:
1. The design of operation plant to minimize the impact on adjacent land

2. Proper bunding is required in order to screen visual impact on the nearby residents
3. Planting of trees and shrubs to reduce the visibility of working areas.
4. Litter control and cleaning of litter fencing, regular checking of fencing, buildings,
screens, bunds any landscape features which are part of the site, i.e. ponds, etc.
5.2.4 Water resources - surface and ground
With respect to water environment three aspects are generally considered in EIA, the raw
water availability, consumption and wastewater generation that will be disposed. The first
priority in water quality assessment is to maintain and restore the desirable level of water
quality in general.
A. Construction Phase Impacts
As company will be constructing various facilities so construction phase impacts will be

anticipated. During Construction, drainage pattern and water supply system of overland
water flow will be somewhat changed for the site preparation activities. Potential impacts
WEST BENGAL
may be on surface water quality during this phase could arise from dust emissions (from
vehicles and disturbance of soil) such suspended solids can be controlled by sprinkling water
and by employing enclosures to construction area to allow the particles to settle down, prior
to discharge. There would be no significant effect on water quality and quantity during
construction phase.
B. Operation Phase impacts and Mitigation measures
The concept of extensive recycling of water has been adopted in the design of plant water
systems. Quality of circulating water will be maintained through dosing of conditioning
chemical. Regeneration waste from water chemical treatment and soft water plant will be
neutralized before discharged from the plant. Blow down from plant water recirculation will
be considered for cascaded reuse in the plant water system for dust suppression and green
belt development as far as practicable and maintain minimum plant effluent discharge.
Through cascaded re-use of blow- down, the water scheme ensures practically zero discharge
from the industrial water circuit.
Faecal sewage from toilets and other service units would be collected through a sewer
network, treated and disposed off through septic tanks and soak pits. Area wise common
septic tanks and soak pits would be provided for this purpose.
As the proposed project will maintain zero liquid discharge status therefore, there will be no
impact on quality of surface & ground water in the area.
No effluent will be disposed, so no adverse impact on soil is anticipated.
Rain water harvesting
As discussed above, the plant layout would be evolved in such a manner so that rain water
collected in the plant area is collected and stored which can be used for plant operation and
also have a positive effect on the overall hydrography of the area.
5.2.5 Solid Waste Management and disposal

Solid waste generation and its disposal method are given in the following table 5.1.
WEST BENGAL
TABLE 5.1: HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL METHOD

Sl.No. Waste Source Management and disposal
1 Used/spent Oil Prime Movers Collected in HDPE Drums and reuse in
plant for lubrication Purpose or Sold out
to authorize recyclers
2 Ferro-manganese slag Furnace The tapping bay shall be suitably
designed to accommodate the casting of
molten slag in sand beds. After
solidification, the slag cakes will be
transported by EOT crane and dumper
for crushing & screening to enable its use
in Silico- Manganese operations. It will
be sent to raw material yard. (TCLP) test
will be carried out Ferro-Manganese Slag
and will be disposed accordingly.
3 Silico-manganese slag Furnace Used for leveling; construction purpose
or dumped at a slag yard. Toxic
Chemical Leaching Potential (TCLP) test
will be carried out Ferro-Manganese Slag
and will be disposed accordingly.
4 Dust from Bag filters Pollution Used in fly ash brick manufacturing
control
equipment
5 Fines Pollution Reused in the raw material processing
control area(i.e. briquetting plant)and are mixed
equipment along with Ore
Material shall be transported by road and shall be stored in the plant premises. This report is
prepared with the consideration of hazards and care shall be taken for all aspects of
environmental hazards. The project proponent shall consider all the safety aspects in
planning, designing and operation of the plant as per standard practices. Hence, no adverse
impact on this account is anticipated.
WEST BENGAL
5.3 Biological and Ecological Component
5.3.1 Flora and fauna& damage to habitats

The adverse ecological impacts are not necessarily irrecoverable.
1. Restrict the activities as much as possible to the project site and allocate the track roads
for construction
2. Routing of surface drainage from the water courses and ponds
3. Briefing of site workers about any ecologically sensitive areas
B. Operation phase:
1. Maintenance of buffer zone particularly around the site to minimize the disturbance to
grazing animals
2. Minimization of litter blow by good cover, fencing and hand-picking
3. Use of localized variations in soil type, differing, drainage properties and vegetation
cover across landfill restoration areas to encourage ecological diversity
5.3.2 Forest, National Parks/Sanctuaries

There is no reserved forest, national park or sanctuary within 10 km radius of the plant.
Company will carry extensive plantation which improves biological environment of the area.
6.3.3 Places of Archaeological/Historical/Religious/tourist interest

There is no place of archaeological, historical, religious or tourist interest within the study
area i.e.10 km radius of plant site.
5.4 Sociological and Cultural Component
5.4.1 Public Health

1. Safety procedures to be adopted
2. Personal protective equipment will be given to the workers
3. Use of water sprays to control fugitive dust emission
4. Personal protective equipment- ear protectors.
5. The proposed activities and plantation will enhance the aesthetic environment of the
study area.
WEST BENGAL
B. Operation phase:
1. Fire prevention equipment to be provided at specific operational area

2. Equipment inspection & service program will be conducted on regular basis
3. Training of staff on fire management and mock drills will be conducted at periodic
intervals
4. Provide & Label fire escape routes at specific area
5. Use of personal protective gear
6. Use of water sprays at temporary storage piles
7. Use of covers on trucks to prevent air entrainment & spillage during hauling
8. Cleaning of trucks and covers after unloading each load
9. Use of covered or enclosed conveyors, crushers and material transfer points.
10. Site landscaping and planting of tree belts to prevent soil erosion and to reduce wind
velocity
11. Use of personal protective equipment – ear protectors
12. Inspection and maintenance programme on equipment
13. Annual noise level measurement
14. Use of suitable enclosures
15. Identification of noise hazardous areas and labeling as appropriate
5.5 Economical and Operational (EO) Component
5.5.1 Socio-economic conditions
Unlike many of the other environmental impacts, social and economic impacts are less
amenable to control by planning condition because they are less amenable to physical
condition. However, the project would have positive impacts on the local environment.
1. The project would increase the economic activities of the locals in different sectors such
as transportation, commerce, repair maintenance, etc.
2. To ensure the acceptability of the project the mitigation of these impacts should rely on
the developer's awareness of his responsibilities and willingness to work with a local
community.
3. Management commitment to recruit locally as far as possible should help to ensure
beneficial economic impact
4. Good management practice in terms of sensitive design and control and monitoring of
the plant site will be primary means of ensuring that stress and concern about
problems are mitigated
WEST BENGAL
5. The instigation of a formal complaints system which responds quickly and directly to
the complainants about dust emission, air pollution, noise, or other nuisance will assist
in building confidence in the management
6. As evidence to effective management, site monitoring and publication of data and
reports on environmental performance can also be important
WEST BENGAL
Chapter 6 Environmental Management Plan
WEST BENGAL
6.1 Introduction
Environment Management Plan (EMP) is a site specific plan developed to ensure that the
project is implemented in an environmental sustainable manner. EMP also ensures that
project implementation is carried out in accordance with design by taking appropriate
mitigation measures to minimize impacts on the environment during construction and
operational phase. EMP will outline Environmental aspects of concern as well as their level of
risk and environmental protection measures to diminish this risk. It emphasizes how the
development may impact on relevant environmental factors and how these impacts may be
mitigated and managed so as to be environmentally acceptable.
Environment Management Plan (EMP) plays a vital role in safeguarding the environment and
ensures, where all contractors and subcontractors including consultants, understand the
potential environmental risks arising from the proposed project. An environmental
management plan (EMP) has been prepared for the proposed Ferro alloy manufacturing unit
of M/s. Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. to minimize negative impacts and is formed on the basis of
prevailing environmental conditions and likely impacts of this project on various
environmental parameters. This plan will also facilitate monitoring of environmental
parameters.
EMP includes scheme for proper and scientific treatment and disposal mechanism for air,
liquid and solid hazardous pollutants. Apart from this, green belt development, safety aspect
of the workers, noise control, fire protection etc. are also included in it. However, any activity
aimed at development will have repercussions on the environment, both positive and
negative.
This section attempts to briefly analyse the environmental impacts of the proposed project
and suggest the possible mitigative measures and management plans for perceived negative
impacts. The present environmental management plan for the organization will be based on
the concept that waste on nothing but wealth at wrong place, so that the waste management
technique will focus on reuse, recycling of waste, recovery of value from waste. Secondly
advancement of technology & innovative management plans will make the waste
management as technically feasible and environmentally compatible. Thus with the
implementation of comprehensive EMP, there will be considerable reduction of pollution
problems leading to increase in productivity & sustainable development.
This section also highlights the positive project impacts and serves as a management tool for
project implementation with environmental safeguard. The major activities during this phase
include site preparation, construction of approach road, manufacturing unit and raw material
WEST BENGAL
storage area. The details of EMP dealing with air, water, land, noise & others is discussed
below.
6.2 Purpose of Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The proposed ferro alloy manufacturing project may have some pollution potential to cause
both short term and long-term environmental degradation. While the industrial development
is indispensable for the socio-economic development of the region as well as of the country,
the environmental aspects can never be ignored because of widespread and far-reaching
environmental degradation. Along with control and regulatory measures, management
solutions are yielding fruitful results towards environment.
With the availability of cost effective advanced technology and innovative management
ideas, the EMP can act as an effective management tool to provide management solutions to
all environmental pollution problems including that of associated regulatory compliance.
Various purposes of the environmental management plan are:
• To treat and dispose of all the pollutants viz. liquid, gaseous and solid waste so as to
meet statutory requirements (Relevant Pollution Control Acts) with appropriate
technology.
• To support and implement development work to achieve environmental standards
and to improve the methods of environmental management.
• To promote green-belt development.
• To encourage good working conditions for employees.
• To reduce fire and accident hazards.
• Budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management system.
• To adopt cleaner production technology and waste minimization program.
6.3 Details of Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
6.3.1 EMP for Air Environment
Construction phase will be for a short period and hence the impacts will also be for a short
and temporary period. During construction activities, mainly emission of dust and gases from
WEST BENGAL
movement of vehicles and construction activity is expected. However, following measures

will be taken to reduce / contain such emissions:
• Preparation of paved internal movement roads will be taken up at the initial stage of
civil construction work.
• Water will be sprinkled on loose top soil to prevent re-suspension of dust into ambient
air due to movement of vehicles etc.
• Separate civil construction material storage yard will be created within the site and it
will be enclosed.
• Ferro alloy bags will be separately stored under cover in bales. Sand will be stacked
under tarpaulin cover.
• Possibility of raising green belt along with construction activity will also be explored.
• Transport vehicles and construction equipments / machineries will be properly
maintained to reduce air emissions.
• Vehicles and equipments will be periodically checked for pollutant emissions against
stipulated norms.
• Idle running of vehicles will be minimized during material loading / unloading
operations.
• Exhaust vent of DG set will be kept at proper height to ensure quick dispersal of
gaseous emissions.
• All construction workers will be provided appropriate Pollution Protection
Equipments like dust mask, ear plug, helmet, safety belt etc. and made to wear them
during working hours.
B. Operation phase:
The incremental GLCs of pollutants i.e. PM due to the proposed project have been predicted
to be within the CPCB norms. Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact
of operation phase of the project on the surrounding air environment:
• All transfer points will have bag filter attached to them to control and capture dust
emission.
• Height of all the stacks will be as per statutory requirement. All the stacks will have
stack monitoring facility (SMF) consisting of sampling port-hole, platform and access
ladder.
• Adequate spares of critical components of dust collection systems will be kept to
ensure trouble – free operations and continuous compliance to emission norms.
WEST BENGAL
• A comprehensive plan for fugitive emission control based on CPCB guidelines is

prepared and its details are given following section.
• Possibility of use of vehicles using cleaner fuel will be explored and if found feasible
will be implemented on a large scale.
• Transport vehicles will be properly maintained to reduce air emissions.
• Vehicles will be periodically checked for pollutant emissions against stipulated norms.
• Idle running of vehicles will be minimized during material loading / unloading
operations.
Operational Action plan to control secondary fugitive emissions as per CPCB guidelines:
1. Unloading section:
• Enclosure will be provided towards unloading side upto suitable height.
• Bag filter will be installed to capture fugitive dust emission.
2. Material Handling section

• All transfer point locations will be fully enclosed but will have access doors. Doors
will be kept closed during operation.
• All transfer points will have bag filters.
3. Storage of raw materials

• Raw Material storage will be done under covered shed and side walls will be
provided on minimum two sides’ up to roof level.
4. Ferro alloy Packaging section

• Packing machines will be provided dust extraction system in the form of bag filters.
• Adequate ventilation will be provided in packing hall to provide dust free work
environment.
• Spilled alloy from the packing machine will be collected properly and sent for
recycling.
• Arrangement for vacuum sweeping will also be provided.
5. Roads
• All internal roads will be of concrete and will be well maintained. Repairing work
required, if any, will be carried – out immediately.
• Speed limit inside the plant premises will be fixed to prevent dust emissions.
WEST BENGAL
6. Other Measures
• Company will also designate Environment Manager, who will look after fugitive
dust emission control including emergency situations. He will be adequately
trained to handle the responsibility of control of fugitive emissions.
• All personnel working on fugitive emission control systems will be given regular
training on operation and maintenance of the system.
• A proper record and documentation of fugitive dust control system will be kept.
• All other guidelines of CPCB too will be complied.
6.3.2 EMP for Noise Environment
To mitigate the impact of noise from construction equipment during the construction phase
the following measures are recommended for implementation:
• Construction machinery and vehicles will undergo periodic maintenance to keep them
in good working condition.
• All machineries to be used for construction purpose will be of highest standard of
reputed make and compliance of noise pollution control norms by these equipments
will be emphasized by company.
• Feasibility of putting up acoustic enclosure / temporary barrier around areas with
high noise levels will also be explored.
• All construction workers working in high noise areas will be provided appropriate
PPE,s like ear muffs and made to wear them during working hours.
• Possibility of raising green belt along with construction activity will also be explored
so as to serve as a noise barrier. Possibility of raising green belt along with construction
activity will also be explored so as to serve as a noise barrier. Further, green belt
development around the project will further reduce noise pollution, and the following
species can be used in a greenbelt to serve as noise breakers:
1. Butea monosperma (Palash);

2. Leucana leucocephala (Subabual); and
3. Dalbergia Sissoo (Shisham).
WEST BENGAL
B. Operation phase:
Following precautionary measures will be adopted to control the noise level:
• Roof of buildings will be constructed of reinforced concrete or of lightweight concrete

• Walls and ceilings of building will be lined with sound absorbing materials, wherever
required
• Sheet metal casting and housing will be insulated with sound absorbing materials
• Noise generating sources and their platforms will be maintained properly to minimize
noise vibrations generated by them
• Personnel working near the noisy machines in different plant locations, will be
provided with well designed ear muffs / plugs (effective noise reduction 10-15 dBA)
• Green belt will be developed to act as a noise barrier.
• Noise barriers/ shields in the form of walls, beams will be provided around the units
wherever found feasible
• Training to personnel will be imparted to generate awareness about effects of noise
and importance of using PPEs.
6.3.3 EMP for Water Environment
Maximum water requirement for construction purpose is estimated to be approximately 15

KLD and water requirement for domestic purpose of construction work force is estimated to
be approximately 5 KLD. Thus, total water requirement during construction period will be
approximately 20 KLD.
Water quantity being small, no major impact on existing water resources of the study area is
envisaged. Further, there will be no housing facilities at site for construction workers and
hence a major source of impact on water environment will be avoided. Proper and sufficient
sanitary facilities will be provided to construction workers to maintain all hygienic conditions
at site. Storm water drain compatible with the local hydrological pattern of the area, will be
provided to carry off, any run-off or storm water from the premises and this water will be
harvested through ground water recharge or storage. Care should be taken during
construction work & will nor create any obstruction/dips in the topography which can lead
to accumulation of water within premises leading to undesirable consequences like health
and hygiene problems etc.
WEST BENGAL
To prevent degradation and maintain the quality of the water source, adequate control
measures have been proposed to check the surface run-off, as well as uncontrolled flow of
water in the surrounding areas and nearby water bodies. Following management, measures
are suggested to protect the water quality during the construction phase.
• Avoid excavation during monsoon season

• No discharge of wastewater to soil and ground water body
• Check dams will be provided to prevent construction runoff from the site to the
surrounding water bodies.
• To prevent surface and ground water contamination by oil/grease, leak proof
containers will be used for storage and transportation of oil/grease. The floors of
oil/grease handling area will be kept effectively impervious.
• All stacking and loading areas should be made impervious and provided with proper
garland drains equipped with baffles to prevent run off from the site to contaminate
surface or ground water resources.
B. Operation phase:
Total water requirement for operation phase of the existing proposed project is estimated at
80 KLD and is proposed to be met through own bore-well located within premises. To
compensate and mitigate impact on ground water availability in the area due to continuous
withdrawal of ground water by the project to the tune, a comprehensive rain water recharge
scheme has been developed and its details are given in following section.
Proper and sufficient sanitary facility will be provided to construction workers to maintain
hygienic conditions at site. The sewage is treated in a soak pit/septic tank.
Operational action plan for Storm Water Management:
A detailed “Storm Water Management Plan” will be developed after considering the above
sources. The plan incorporates best management practices which include the following:
• Regular inspection and cleaning of storm drains.

• Cover waste storage areas.
• Avoid application of pesticides and herbicides before wet season.
• Secondary containment and dykes in fuel/oil storage facilities.
• Conducting routine inspections to ensure cleanliness.
• Preparation of spill response plans, particularly for fuel and oil storage areas.
WEST BENGAL
• Good housekeeping in the above areas.
Action plan for Rain water harvesting:
Rain Water Harvesting, is an age-old system of collection of rainwater for future use. But
systematic collection and recharging of ground water, is a recent development and is gaining
importance as one of the most feasible and easy to implement remedy to restore the
hydrological imbalance and prevent a crisis. Rain Water Harvesting is a way to capture the
rain water when it rains, store that water above ground or charge the underground and use it
later. Rooftop rainwater harvesting: Rooftop rainwater from the administrative area, storage
facility area and plant area is flown down to the ground and then taken to storm water
drains. The storm water drains are intercepted at strategic locations and rainwater is diverted
into recharge wells. The recharge wells will be provided with recharge bores to facilitate the
recharge. Layers of filtering material like boulders, pebbles and coarse sand inside the
recharge well ensure efficient filtration. In addition to this Rain water harvesting and
groundwater recharge structures will also be constructed outside the plant premises in
consultation with local Gram Panchayat and Village Heads to augment the ground water
level.
In scientific terms, water harvesting refers to collection and storage of rainwater and also
other activities aimed at harvesting surface and groundwater, prevention of losses through
evaporation and seepage and all other hydrological studies and engineering inventions,
aimed at conservation and efficient utilization of the limited water endowment of
physiographic unit such as a watershed. Rain is a primary source of water for all of us. There
are two main techniques of rainwater harvesting:
• Storage of rainwater on surface for future use.

• Recharge to groundwater.
Directly collected rainwater can be stored for direct use or can be recharged into the
groundwater. All the secondary sources of water like rivers, lakes and groundwater are
entirely dependent on rain as a primary source.
Rainwater harvesting structures shall be provided to recharge the groundwater resources in

the region. The run-off water from the roof of the structures and paved areas shall be
collected through storm water drainage system and led to rain water harvesting structure.
Rainwater Harvesting Facilities
• Groundwater Recharge with Rain Water Harvesting
There is generation of surface run-off from the plant facility during monsoon season. The run-
off will be of two types, i.e., run-off from the pervious area of the facility site and run-off from
the built-up area of the facility.
WEST BENGAL
• Run-off from the Built-up Areas
The run-off from the paved surfaces of the proposed facility will be routed through a
carefully designed storm water drainage network and collected in storm water collection
sump and excess rainwater will be discharged to bore wells constructed on these internal
drains.
• Run-off from the Pervious Area
The run-off from the previous area will be routed directly to the rainwater harvesting
structures constructed at suitable locations as per the contours.
For augmenting the ground water resources in the plant premises, number of rainwater
harvesting pits will be constructed and the internal drains where excess rain water flowing in
drain will be diverted to these pits. These structures will facilitate percolation of water into
the ground and thus augmenting the groundwater sources. The roof top water will be routed
to the storm drains. This will result in increase in groundwater tables and to some extent the
improvement of ground water quality.
The size and the locations of rainwater harvesting pits will be decided during detailed
engineering of the project.
Run off from the proposed project site is calculated using rational formula:
Q=CxIXA
Q = Run-off in m3/hr
A = Catchment Area (Sq.m)
C = Coefficient of Run-off
I = intensity of Rainfall in mm/yr
Catchment area (A) 1540 m2
Rainfall (I) 1000 Mm/yr
Runoff coefficient (C) 0.7
Runoff (Q) 1078 m3/yr
Considering 5 Months Monsoon (Rainy Season) the storage water tank capacity will be on the
basis of 3 months storage.
The storage capacity = 740 m3

Rainwater Storage Tank Dimension = 22 m (L) X 16 m (W) X 2 m (H)
WEST BENGAL
6.3.4 EMP for Solid Waste Management

• Main solid waste generation during construction phase will be construction debris like
rubble, brick bats, debris, steel scrap, wooden scrap, sand, gravel etc. However, these
materials are inert in nature and will not result into leaching of any substance or
constituent.
• These materials will be properly sorted and will be used within premises for filling of
low lying areas.
• Wooden scrap, steel scrap will be given to scrap dealers. On completion of civil work,
all debris etc. will be completely removed from site to avoid any incompatibility with
future use.
B. Operation phase:
• Hazardous waste i.e. used lubricating oil will be stored in 200 liter MS barrels & will be
given to CPCB registered recycler / re-processor of oil.
• Silico-manganese slag will be used for leveling; construction purpose or dumped at a
slag yard. Toxic Chemical Leaching Potential (TCLP) test will be carried out Ferro-
Silicon Slag and will be disposed accordingly.
• Ferro-Silicon slag will be the tapping bay shall be suitably designed to accommodate
the casting of molten slag in sand beds. After solidification, the slag cakes will be
transported by EOT crane and dumper for crushing & screening to enable its use in
Silico-Manganese operations. It will be sent to raw material yard.
• Above stated solid wastes will be stored separately in a “Solid Waste Storage Area”
within the factory premises. It will have non -percolating R.C.C. floor and covered
roof. The storage area will have proper illumination and ventilation and equipped
with fire extinguisher device wherever required. A sign - board will be put out-side the
storage area marked “Solid Waste Storage Area” and “Danger”.
• Non - hazardous dried bio-sludge from septic tank will be rich in nutrients and hence
will be used as fertilizer and nutrient within premises for gardening.
6.3.5 EMP for Ecological Environment
6.3.5.1 Peripheral Greenbelt and Landscaping
As the proposed project will be within premises no major tree cutting exercise will be there
and no major impact on ecology is anticipated. However, possibility of raising of green - belt
WEST BENGAL
along with construction activity will be explored so that greening of area can be started at the
beginning of proposed project.
Selection of the plant species will be based on their adaptability to the existing geographical
conditions and the vegetation composition of the forest type of the region. During the
development of the green belt within the project area, it has to be emphasized that those
native plant species should be planted which are having good ornamental values and are fast
growing with excellent canopy cover. Tree plantation is one of the effective remedial
measures to control the Air pollution and noise pollution. It also causes aesthetics and
climatologically improvement of area as well as sustains and supports the biosphere. It is an
established fact that trees and vegetation acts as a vast natural sink for the gaseous as well as
particulate air pollutants due to enormous surface area of leaves. It also helps to attenuate the
ambient noise level. Plantation around the pollution sources control the air pollution by
filtering the air particulate and interacting with gaseous pollutant before it reaches to the
ground. Tree plantation also acts as buffer and absorber against accidental release of
pollutants.
6.3.5.2 Greenbelt Development
A green belt is provided to mitigate various emissions. Green belts are wide strip of trees and
shrubs planted in rows to reduce air velocity there by facilitating settling of the particles on
the leaf surfaces and allowing absorption of the pollutant gases. It also serves to cool the
atmosphere by transpiration from the leaf surface and also provide habitat for birds, reptiles
and insects. The advantages of a green belt are given below: Greenbelts are important habitats
for birds and animals, which add to the aesthetic value of the environment. Generally, birds
prefer to make their habitat, nest, on trees. Further trees provide shade and hiding places to
wild life.
¾ Greenbelt helps to restore the ecological balance.

¾ Greenbelt helps in prevention of soil erosion.
¾ Greenbelt helps to improve the aesthetics in the area.
¾ The greenbelt also diminishes noise pollution by absorbing high degree of noise due to
their spongy foliar crown.
Trees are the most important sinks for air pollution. Trees also absorb noise, act as barrier. It
will improve the ecology and aesthetics of the area. They have major long-term impacts on
soil quality and the ground water table.
WEST BENGAL
The green belt will be developed around dust generating areas like raw material storage area,
conveyors of raw material handling. Dumped solid waste like sludge, sediment, ash area will
be developed with suitable plant species to check the future fugitive dust emission.
Approximately 500 plants will be planted during the construction phase and about 200 plants
will be planted every subsequent year. The nursery is planned to meet the requirement of
plant for green belt development.
It is to be noted that only indigenous spies will be planted. The species will be selected in
consultation with Soil Conservation Department. Mixed plantations will be done keeping
optimum spacing between the saplings. Kitchen waste from the plant canteen can be used as
manure either after composting or by directly burying the manure at the base of the plant.
The selection of plant species for the development depends on various factors such as climate,
elevation and soil. The plants should exhibit the following desirable characteristic in order to
be selected for plantation.
1. The species should be fast growing and providing optimum penetrability.

2. The species should be wind-firm and deep-rooted.
3. The species should form a dense canopy.
4. As far as possible, the species should be indigenous and locally available
5. Species tolerance to air pollutants like PM10 & PM2.5, SOx and NOx should be
preferred.
6. The species should be permeable to help create air turbulence and mixing within the
belt.
7. There should be no large gaps for the air to spill through.
8. Trees with high foliage density, leaves with larger leaf area and hairy on both the
surfaces.
9. Ability to withstand conditions like inundation and drought.
10. Soil improving plants (Nitrogen fixing, rapidly decomposable leaf litter).
11. Attractive appearance with good flowering and fruit bearing.
12. Bird and insect attracting tree species.
13. Sustainable green cover with minimal maintenance
WEST BENGAL
TABLE 6.1 SUGGESTED TREES FOR PERIPHERAL GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT
Sl.No. Scientific Name Standard Name Time when flowering

fruiting occurs
1 Ailanthus excels Maharuk January-March
2 Albizia lebbeck Sirish January-March
3 Albizia procera Safed Sirish January-March
4 Azadirachta indica Neem June-July
5 Bauhinia variegata Kanchan May-June
6 Butea monosperma Palash February-April
7 Cassia fistula Amaltas March-June
8 Emblica officinalis Amla January
9 Erythrina indica Dadap July-August
10 Grevillea robusta Silver oak February-April
11 Leucaena leucocephala Subabul February-May
12 Mangifera indica Aam April-July
13 Nyctanthes arbortristis Harsingar Throughout the year
14 Pongamia pinnata Karanj February-May
15 Syzygium cumini Jamun June-July
16 Terminalia arjuna Arjun April-July
6.3.6 Management Plan for Socio-Economic Environment
The social management plan has been designed to take proactive steps and adopt best
practices, which are sensitive to the socio-cultural setting of the region. The project envisages
addressing the wider goal of environmental protection through a social investment strategy
for the communities around the proposed project. By investing in social projects in the
neighboring community, seeks to increase the benefits to the local population and contribute
towards meeting community’s expectation of benefits from the project.
6.3.6.1 Health and Safety
Following measures will be adopted in the plant:
• Regular inspection and maintenance of pollution control systems.

• All measures related to safety such as safety appliances, training, safety awards,
posters, slogans will be undertaken.
• The workers exposed to noisy sources will be provided with ear muffs/plugs.
WEST BENGAL
• Adequate facilities for drinking water and toilets will be provided to the employees.
• The fire and safety equipment will be properly utilized and maintained regularly.
• The health of the workers will be regularly checked by a well qualified doctor and
proper records will be kept for each worker.
6.3.6.2 Employment Opportunities
Project will provide job opportunities to those people from adjoining areas during
construction and operation phase that fulfills the desired requirements on preferential basis.
6.3.6.3 Sanitation and Healthcare at Workers Camps
The following measures will be taken to ensure health aspects of workers.
• The contractor shall install adequate lavatories and baths at the construction camp.
• The contractor shall treat the waste in package type treatment system at the worker
colony and construction yard.
• All organic waste generated at construction yard and worker camp should be compost
composted in trench
• Community canteen to be made and contractor to provide gas cylinders and diesel for
chullas
• Quarterly health check-ups of construction workers should be organized at workers
colony.
• Adequate provision of water supply should be made at workers colony.
• The living space at workers camp should meet the norms of Indian Labour Law.
During Operational Phase following measures will be taken
• Protective personal gear such as hand gloves, gumboots and aprons to be provided to
the personnel handling waste
• Periodic health check up to be conducted to ensure health and safety of the workers
• M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. as a responsible corporate organization wills takeup
some good work in peripheral development including green belt development. The
company has earmarked about 5% of its capital cost towards Pollution Control
Measures, peripheral development and green belt development etc, and will make
such efforts in coming years, so as to make this project environmentally compatible
and socially acceptable.
WEST BENGAL
6.4 Environmental Management System and Monitoring Plan
For the effective and consistent functioning of the project, an Environmental Management
System (EMS) should be established at the site. The EMS should include the following:
• An Environmental Management Cell

• Environmental Monitoring
• Personnel Training
• Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action
• Documentation – Standard operating procedures Environmental Management Plans
and other records
6.4.1 Waste Minimization, Recycling-reuse-recover techniques, energy conservation and

Natural resource conservation
A. Waste Minimization: Process optimization by using latest and advance technology

equipments.
B. Recycle-Reuse-Recover: The dust collected from air pollution control systems will be
recycled completely in the ferro alloy manufacturing process. Other solid waste like spent
oil shall be reused in plant for lubrication purposes. No such waste will be generated from
the plant operation.
C. Energy conservation measures: Latest technology will be selected for manufacturing of

ferro alloys. For manufacturing which have minimum specific power consumption, in
order to conserve energy the following measures will be taken:
• Control of fans with frequency converters instead of Dampers

• Highly energy efficient Bag filters will be used for the ferro alloy plant
• Minimize compressed air, by use of proper compressed air pipeline design
• Lighting of the plant will be controlled with light intensity controllers
• Air leakages will be minimized to minimum with proper design of air ductings and
castings
• False air leakages will be arrested by carrying out regular checks
• Periodical energy audit will be conducted for future energy conservation measures
WEST BENGAL
Natural Resource conservation:
Rain harvesting will be carried out to store rain water for future use and thus minimizing the
ground water consumption.
6.4.2 Environmental Management Cell
Apart from having an Environmental Management Plan, it is also necessary to have a

permanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its effective
implementation of mitigation measures and to conduct environmental monitoring. The major
duties and responsibilities of Environmental Management Cell shall be as given below:
¾ To implement the environmental management plan,

¾ To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations,
¾ To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices,
¾ To minimize environmental impacts of operations as by strict adherence to the EMP,
¾ To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule.
¾ Review and interpretation of monitored results and corrective measures in case
monitored results are above the specified limit.
¾ Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable
environmental laws as ready reference.
¾ Maintain environmental related records.
¾ Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants, monitoring laboratories.
¾ Maintain of log of public complaints and the action taken
WEST BENGAL
Fig 6.1: Organisational structure of Environmental Management Cell
ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE OF SAMARPAN STEEL (P) LTD
Board of Directors
I
I
Executive Director
l
G. M.
l
Production Manager Maitenance Manager Personal Manager Commercial Manager
l l l l
l l l l
Asst. Asst. Asst. Asst. Asst.
Manager(4) Manager(4) Asst. Manager (4) Manager(4) Manager(2) Asst. Manager (1) Manager(4)
For Slag & Waste
handling,&Rain water For C.S.R. &
For Q. C. & For Floor harvesting,Water For Green Belt For Time office Asst. Manager Asst. Manager Asst. Manager Asst. Manager Asst. Manager
Enviroment Supervisor Recharging For Electrical Mechanical Maintenance & Security Store (1) Commercial(1) Reports (1) Purchase (1) Marketing (2)
I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I
Weight
Bridge &
Crane Production Maintenece Maintenece
Operator (5) Labours (185) labour (9) labour (4) Labours (3) Gate Keepers (7) Labours (3) Executives (5)
Excise (1)
Sales tax (1)
Cashier (1)
Accountant (2)
WEST BENGAL
6.4.3 Environmental Monitoring
The purpose of environmental monitoring is to evaluate the effectiveness of implementation

of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) by periodically monitoring the important
environmental parameters within the impact area, so that any adverse affects are detected
and timely action can be taken. In consultation with the West Bengal Pollution Control Board
(WBPCB), the project proponent will monitor ambient air quality, noise levels, groundwater
quality, soil quality in accordance with an approved monitoring schedule. The monitoring
protocol and location selection will have to done carefully. The monitoring sampling program
should be discussed and approved by the WBPCB. A suggested monitoring protocol, based
on the predicted impacts, is given in the following table.
TABLE 6.2: SUGGESTED MONITORING PROGRAM

Sl. Type Locations Parameters Period and
No. Frequency
1 Ambient Air Project Site Criteria Pollutants: 24-hr average samples

Quality SO2, NOx, PM10, PM2.5, CO every quarter during
operation
2 Ambient Noise Project site dB(A) levels Hourly Day and Night
near the site main time Leq levels every
gate quarter during
operation phase.
3 Surface Water 3 stations in -Physical and chemical Once a month.

Quality project Site Parameters.
-Bacteriological parameters.
-Heavy metals and toxic Once in a year
constituents.
Once in 3 months
4 Ground Water 3 stations The -Physical and Once a month.

Quality and depth ground water chemical parameters, Total
of Water monitoring Organic matter
Table wells needs to concentration
be drilled -Bacteriological parameters.
-Heavy metals and toxic Once in a year
constituents.
Once in 3 months
WEST BENGAL
5 Terrestrial The health and the Once a year

Ecology density of the vegetation,
forest cover through
satellite imagery
6 Aquatic Ecology Nearby Densities and diversities of Once a year

river/Ponds/ fish, plankton, zooplankton,
Cannals and macro- invertebrates
7 Waste Rejects Physical and Annual

Characterization Chemical composition
6.4.4 Record Keeping and Reporting
Record keeping and reporting of performance is an important management tool for ensuring
sustainable operation of the proposed facility. Records should be maintained for regulatory,
monitoring and operational issues. Typical record keeping requirements for the proposed
facility is summarized in the following table.
TABLE 6.3: RECORD KEEPING REQUIREMENTS

Parameter Particulars
Raw Material Transportation • Daily quantity of raw materials transported
• No. of trips made to site per vehicle
Raw material Handling • Daily quantity of raw materials e received
• Daily quantity stored and utilised
• Daily quantity ferro alloy production
Waste Water • Daily quantity of sewage generated
• Daily quantities of effluent disposed
• Treated wastewater quality
Regulatory Licenses • Environmental Permits / Consents from West Bengal
(Environmental) PCB
Monitoring and Survey • Records of all monitoring carried out as per the finalized
monitoring protocol.
Accident reporting • Date and time of the accident
• Sequence of events leading to accident
• Chemical datasheet assessing effect of accident on health
and environment
• Emergency measure taken
WEST BENGAL
• Step to prevent recurrence of such events

Other • Log book of compliance
• Employee environmental, health and safety records
• Equipment inspection and calibration records, where
applicable
• Vehicle maintenance and inspection records
6.4.5 Environmental Audits and Corrective Action Plans
To assess whether the implemented EMP is adequate, periodic environmental audits will be
conducted by the project proponent. These audits will be followed by Corrective Action Plans
(CAP) to correct various issues identified during the audits.
6.4.6 Budgetary Provisions for EMP
Adequate budgetary provisions have been made by M/s. Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd.
management for execution of environmental management plans. The details of total capital
and recurring (per annum) for environmental pollution control measures are given in
following Table 6.4. (The Basis of Capital Investment has been taken for 5% CSR is Total
Project cost –Working capital Margin –contingency – Security Deposit)
TABLE 6.4: BUDGETARY PROVISIONS FOR EMP

Sl.No. Equipments Capital Recurring Total Cost
Investments cost (INR (INR in Lacs)
(INR in Lacs) in Lacs)
1 Bag Filter System for 118.00 1.50 119.50
Ferro Alloy plant
2 Water Sprinkling System 8.50 2.00 10.50
3 Green Belt Development 15.00 1.00 16.00
4 Rain Water Harvesting 6.00 0.50 6.50
5 CSR activities (@5%) 161.25
Total 147.5 5.0 313.75
6.4.7 Conclusions
The pollution control measures will be an important integral component of the project. The
Ferro alloy manufacturing plant is prone to air pollution due to fugitive emission of dust
within the plant premises. The project proponent will spend 5% of its capital cost towards
WEST BENGAL
environmental management & peripheral development plan. Diligent water management

practices, water conservation measures like recycling, reuse of wastewater will help to
achieve the discharge norms and water harvesting practices will considerably reduce the
ground water use.
After the completion of the project with EMP, it is expected that there will be considerable
reduction of the pollution level. It will also take up large-scale plantation in subsequent years
in available vacant land which will not only protect the ecosystem of the region but also
further improve the ecology of the area. The massive greenbelt cover will completely nullify
the adverse impacts.
Project proponent as a responsible corporate organization will take up some good work in
peripheral development including green belt development. The project proponent will
earmark about 5% of its capital cost towards Pollution Control Measures, peripheral
development and green belt development etc, and will make such efforts in coming years, so
as to make this project environmentally compatible and socially acceptable. Company also
earmarked about 5 % of the total cost of the project towards the corporate social responsibility
and Socio-economic development activities.
WEST BENGAL
Chapter 7 Risk Assessment and Disaster

Management Plan
WEST BENGAL
7.1 Introduction
The Proposed plant at Ghutgoria, P.S: Barjora, District Bankura in West Bengal would be
designed and engineered with all possible safety measures. In spite of this, there may be some
occasions and due to some occurrences which may lead to accidental events causing damage
to the life and property. This chapter presents an overview of environmental risks associated
with the production facilities, suggested remedial measures and a model outline of the
emergency preparedness plan.
A major emergency in industry is one, which has the potential to cause serious injury or loss
of life. It may cause extensive damage to property and serious disruption in work inside and
outside the premises. It would normally require the assistance of emergency services to
handle it effectively.
It must be realized that any incident may develop into a major emergency even with the best
safety measures and programmes in any industry. Hence an emergency preparedness should
be planned properly and documented for ease of implementation at the time of need without
losing time.
7.2 Scope of the Study
The objectives of environmental risk assessment are governed by the following, which
excludes natural calamities:
• To identify the potential hazardous areas so that necessary design safety measures can
be adopted to minimize the probability of accidental events.
• To identify the potential areas of environmental disaster, which is can be prevented by

proper design of the installations and its controlled operation.
• To manage the emergency situation or a disastrous event, if any, from the plant
operation.
Managing a disastrous event will obviously require prompt action by the operators and the
crisis management personnel using all their available resources like alerting the people and
WEST BENGAL
other plant personnel remaining inside, deployment of firefighting equipment, operation of

emergency shut off valves, opening of the escape doors, rescue etc.
Minimizing the immediate consequences of a hazardous event include cordoning off,

evacuation, medical assistance and giving correct information to the families of the affected
persons and local public for avoiding rumors and panic.
Lastly, an expert committee is required to probe the cause of such events and the losses
encountered and suggest remedial measures for implementation so that in future such events
or similar events do not reoccur.
7.3 Hazard Identification

7.3.1 Classification of Hazards
• PHYSICAL
¾ Impact, gravitational, mechanical, electrical, noise, vibration, fatigue, heat, pressure, fire,
ergonomics etc.
• CHEMICAL
¾ Toxicity, Burn, Explosion, Reaction, Corrosion etc.
• BIOLOGICAL
¾ Infection, illness
• RADIATION
¾ Ionising (Alpha, Beta, Gamma rays)

¾ Non-Ionizing (Welding, Microwave, Electric field)
7.3.2 Hazard Monitoring
It will also include the occupational hazard monitoring unit like heat, dust & noise etc or
other specified environmental conditions of the factory. Work Place monitoring shall be taken
up as per factory rule by safety department officials.
WEST BENGAL
The hazards are attributable due to raw materials and chemicals used in the plant operation.
A list of major raw materials used in the plant and the process units with their hazard
potential is presented in Table-7.1.
TABLE NO.7.1 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION OF THE PLANT
Sl. Group Item Hazard Remarks

No. Potential
I Raw materials Manganese Ore None -
and products Dolomite None -
Limestone None -
Quartzite None -
Coal Moderate Fire
Coke Moderate Fire
Ferro manganese/ Ferro silicon None -
Fuel oil Major Flammable
II Process
Submerge arc Dust from APC devices Moderate Heat/burn injury
Furnace Slag Major Personnel injury & fire
Molten metal Major Heat/burn injury
III Utilities
Fuel gas Gas leaks Major Fire and gas Poisoning
Distribution
Electric power Short circuit Major Fire
Supply
From the Table, it may be observed that the major on-site emergency situation may occur.
The off-site environmental disaster may occur if large-scale fire and explosion occurs, the
effect of which extends beyond the plant boundary. The off-site environmental disaster may
occur due to significant environmental degradation for a sustained period.
WEST BENGAL
7.4 Visualization of Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) Scenarios
TABLE NO. 7.2 VISUALIZATION OF MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT (MCA) SCENARIOS
Sl.No. Event Possibility Possibility Severity of Risk

of of detection consequences Potential
occurrence
1 Uncontrolled dust 4 4 8 64
emissions/failure of
Emission control System
2 Occurrence of static 1 5 10 50
Electricity /electric spark
3 Machinery movement 2 4 8 48
4 Transportation 2 2 8 32
Fire & Dust
The manganese ore and coal are stored in raw material yard. The main hazard in the storage
yard is uncontrolled dust and fire at the coal piles in the stock yard. Fire produced in
conveyors during continuous operation.
Preventive Measures
• The storage yards are constructed and maintained as per the guidelines.
• Regular weekly inspections of storage yards will be carried out with regard to proper
earthling, adequate fire fighting facilities, any combustible materials, prevention of
growth of wild vegetation etc.
• No naked fires will be allowed in and around coal storage areas.
• Any accumulations of water will be prevented in such vulnerable areas.
Short Term Effects:
Eye Contact:
Rinse eyes thoroughly with water for at least 15 minutes, including under lids, to remove all
particles. Seek medical attention for abrasions and burns.
Skin Contact:
Wash with cool water and a pH neutral soap or a milk skin detergent. Seek medical attention
for rash, burns, irritation and dermatitis.
WEST BENGAL
Inhalation:
Move person to fresh air. Seek medical attention for discomfort or if coughing or other
symptoms.
Ingestion:
Do not induce vomiting. If conscious, have person drink plenty of water. Seek medical
attention.
Chronic Effects:
High repeated exposures in excess of the WEL (Workplace Exposure Limit) have been linked
with injury to lung tissue, the development of pneumoconiosis, pulmonary dysfunction and
the development of lung cancer. Inhalation causes lung cancer and Ingestion causes lung,
skin, bladder and liver cancer. Kidney is affected following chronic inhalation and oral
exposure. Skin exposure has been linked to allergic (chromium) dermatitis.
Medical conditions aggravated by exposure: Inhaling respirable dust may aggravate existing
respiratory system disease(s) and/or dysfunctions such as emphysema or asthma and may
aggravate existing skin and/or eye conditions.
7.5 Hazard Analysis & Risk Assessment
From environmental hazards point of view for the raw materials and consumable chemicals
and processing of the same in various production units, relative risk potential analysis is
made on the following three factors:
• Likelihood of occurrence
• Likelihood of detection
• Severity of consequences
Each of these factors is graded and compiled to determine the risk potential. The factors
governing the determination of relative risk potentials are presented in the Table 7.3.
WEST BENGAL
TABLE-7.3 DETERMINATION OF RISK POTENTIAL
Likely hood of occurrence Likelihood of detection Severity of consequences

Criteria (A) Rank Criteria (B) Rank Criteria (C) Rank
Very High 5 Very High 1 None 2
High 4 High 2 Minor 4
Moderate 3 Moderate 3 Low 6
Low 2 Low 4 Moderate 8
Very low 1 Very low 5 High 10
7.5.1 Risk Potential (RP)
Risk Potential (RP) = (A+B) X C
Based on the above stated criteria for assessing the risk, each probable event has been
evaluated by addressing several questions on the probability of event occurrence in the view
of the in-built design features detection response, operational practice and its likely
consequence.
This evaluation has been done with the presumption of common events as observed from the
past experience in the operation of a steel plant and best practicable designs for the proposed
project. The present risk potential evaluation is primarily based on human errors or faulty
operation or failure of the control systems.
7.5.2 Risk Management Measures
The Risk management measures for the proposed project activities require adoption of best
safety practice at the respective construction zones within the Works boundary. In addition,
the design and engineering of the proposed facilities would take into consideration of the
proposed protection measures for air and water environment.
WEST BENGAL
7.6 Disaster Management Plan
It is imperative that accidents occurring in the plants due to unforeseen acts and events but
this should not affect the surrounding areas and life and wealth present around. Therefore, an
onsite emergency plan for prevention and mitigations of accidents will be enough to cater for
unforeseen acts and events that may occur.
7.6.1 Objective of On-Site Emergency Plans
An On-site Emergency is caused by an accident that takes place in a hazardous installation and the
effects are confined to the factory premises involving the people working in the factory. On-
site Emergency Plan is dealing with eventualities, and it is the responsibility of the Occupier,
to prepare/implement necessary measures to contain the severity of cause of disaster to the
bare minimum.
Apart from the provisions in the Hazardous Chemicals Rules, Section 41 B(4) of the Factories
Act, 1948 (as amended in 1987) it is also required that the Occupier is to draw up an On-site
Emergency Plan with detailed disaster control measures for the factory and to educate the
workers employed in the factory premises. The obligation of an Occupier of hazardous
chemicals is to prepare an emergency plan as stipulated in Rule 13 of the Manufacture,
Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989. The general public living in the
vicinity is also to be informed and educated about safety measures and actions required to be
taken in the event of an accident.
The preparation of an On-site Emergency Plan, furnishing relevant information to the District
Administration Authority for the preparation of the Off-site Emergency plan are statutory
responsibilities of the Occupier of every industry and other units, handling hazardous
substances. An On-site Emergency Plan contains the following key elements:
¾ Safeguard the personnel located in the premises.

¾ Minimize damage to property and environment.
¾ Organize rescue and treatment of affected persons.
¾ Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control.
¾ Identify the Causalities.
¾ Provide required help to the relatives.
¾ Provide authoritative information to the news media/concerned officials.
¾ Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected persons.
¾ Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent enquiry into the cause
WEST BENGAL
and circumstances of Emergency.
7.6.2 Basic Contents of Disaster Management Plan (DMP)
¾ Basically, the Disaster Management Plan (DMP) contains the following aspects:
¾ Location of the site
¾ Brief Description of plant
¾ Details of major potential hazards
¾ Identification of specific type of Disasters
¾ Action Plan – Specific responsibilities
¾ Declaration of Emergency/Emergency Action Plan
¾ Evacuation and Assembly points
¾ Evaluation of Implementation system
7.6.3 Purpose & Scope of Disaster Management Plan (DMP)
The principal aim of DMP of products is prevention of identified major hazards. These
hazards occur only due to exposure of individuals employed in the raw material feed areas of
the plant, or their exposure to dusts. It is totally committed to “TOTAL CONSISTENT
QUALITY ASSURANCE” from conception stage to enable its objective of prevention can
nurse ample opportunities to nurture and realize in practice. Second control strategy adopted
could be reducing potential by way of minimizing the handling of such materials manually
by individuals both in process and storage within the purview of continuous operation.
Thirdly adopted control measure could be well structured and well rehearsed, resources. On
site plan which could intercept any such occurrence with speed and rectify by ensuring Safety
of worker, equipment, public and ultimately the environment as a matter of priority. The
detail ON-SITE emergency plan will be prepared and followed as per the guidelines provided
in SCHEDULE 11 [Rule 13(1)] of Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals
Rules, 1989.
7.6.4 Vulnerable Areas
Maximum Credible Areas (MCA) of consequence that could be needing consideration in

disaster management plan are storage and feed areas of raw materials, areas for storage of
LDO/HSD/ LPG for the heating chamber and DG Sets/ loading/unloading areas of sheets,
atmospheric corrugators, run out conveyors and de-stacker’s.
WEST BENGAL
7.6.4.1 Analysis of Vulnerable Areas
From the analysis of the above zones the action suggested are discussed as below:
• All storage of raw materials & feed areas will be demarcated & placed in conformity to
the safety act & its prescription to prevent any fire and/or explosion hazards.
• Presence of human beings in the hazardous storage areas will be controlled & noun-
authorized persons shall be allowed in these areas.
• The people involved in such work places will be protected with all BIS certified
Personal Protective Equipments and given adequate training on safe operation and
disaster control, if arises.
• Only trained personnel will be allowed to work at risky areas under strict Supervision.
• Provision of protective gear, masks, hand gloves etc shall be provided to all employees
in the raw materials feed areas.
• Vacuum cleaning is done the above areas in multitude times of working hours.
• Occupational Health hazard survey will be undertaken for all employees from the
beginning of their employment.
7.6.5 Preventive Measures and Plans
In DMP it must clearly specify the actions to be taken in case of such incident, including its
prevention, corrective action so as to mitigate such occurrence by the proponent. Practice &
Procedures with respect to the operational hazards, equipment failure, Human safety,
Malfunctioning of Safety interlocks. Natural disasters relevant to plant and its different
section of operation will be formulated and a detailed elaborate disaster management action
plan will be prepared and made available to all concerned persons to take care of the
following aspects.
• Industry will prepare a detailed technical report on on-site and off-site disaster
management plan and circulate to all departments and concerned person for proper
understanding and implementation of the plan during emergency.
• Industry will install an emergency alarm for immediate information.
• A suitable location inside the plant will be demarcated for Emergency Control Center
& Assembly Point.
• Escape Routes will be highlighted to escape out in case of emergency particularly for
Fuel storage Yard & DG house.
• Intercom will be provided to all departments for easy and immediate means of
communication.
• At sensitive fire prone areas Fire alarm and Fire hydrant lines will be provided along
WEST BENGAL
with specified Categories of Fire Extinguishers.

• Workers will be trained regularly to use Personal Protective Equipment and proper
tools at work place.
• Mock drill will be conducted at regular interval to evaluate the effectiveness of the
emergency preparedness plan.
• First Aid Centre and First Aid Boxes will be made available at various sensitive points
to meet the requirement.
• Color-coding will be followed as per the statutory requirements.
• All heavy moving machineries, Cranes and belt conveyors will be properly maintained
and protected and valid license will be obtained before their usage.
• Petroleum rules, Gas cylinder rules, Indian electricity rules, will be strictly followed
wherever necessary.
• All applicable Indian Laws, Rules and regulations for which company subscribes shall
be strictly followed under a senior qualified environment & Safety personal.
7.7 Description about Emergency Response Operation
A central disaster control cell has been set up under the direct charge of the General Manager
(EHS). He is the person nominated to declare any major emergency and would be in charge
of all operations in such situations. In his absence, General Manager (Operation) would be in
the charge. He will be supported by the other nominated members of cell, e.g., General
Managers/ Asst. General Manager for plant operations and service agencies Personnel,
Security fire fighting and administration medical officer, manager (safety) and manager
(Pollution control).
7.8 Onsite Emergency Plan
The main objective of the plan is to take immediate actions to meet any emergency situation
for speedy and efficient rescue and relief operations. The main steps in an onsite emergency
plan are described below:
• Cordon and isolate the affected area for smooth rescue operation.
• Rescue and treat casualties and safeguards the rest.
• Minimize damage to persons, property and surroundings.
• Contain and ultimately bring the situation under control.
• Secure and safe rehabilitation of the affected area.
• Identify any dead and provide for the needs of the relatives.
WEST BENGAL
• Provide necessary information to statutory agencies.

• Provide authoritative information to the news media.
• Ward off unsocial elements and prying onlookers.
• Counter rumor mongering and panic by relevant accurate information.
WEST BENGAL
Chapter 8 Occupational Health & Prevention of

Injury
WEST BENGAL
8.1 Organisation
Details of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures, emergency

control centers, Name and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their
deputies and other key personnel.
8.1.1 Communications
Identification of personnel involved, communication center, call signs, network, list of

telephone numbers.
8.1.2 Special Emergency Equipment
Details of availability and location of heavy lifting gear, bulldozers, specified fire-fighting
equipment, fireboats.
8.1.3 Voluntary Organizations
It consists of details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources, etc.
8.1.4 Chemical Information
Details of the hazardous substances, if any, stored or processed on each site and a summary
of the risks associated with them.
8.1.5 Meteorological Information
It is the arrangements for obtaining details of weather conditions prevailing at the time and
weather forecasts.
8.1.6 Humanitarian Arrangements
Transport, evacuation centers, emergency feeding, treatment of injured, first aid, ambulances,
temporary mortuaries.
WEST BENGAL
8.1.7 Public Information
Arrangements for
(a) Dealing with the media-press office
(b) Informing relatives, etc.
8.1.8 Assessment
Arrangements for
(a) Collecting information on the causes of the emergency
(b) Reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.
8.2 Specific Treatment
The major injuries due to hazards present are:

• Burn with hot substances
• Impact injuries with machines and equipments
• Injuries due to fall from height
Specific treatment / preventive measures for these types of injuries and hazards will be
provided in the Medical Centre situated inside Occupational Health Centre. Eye and body
showers will be provided in different required places of plant which shall be identified by the
Safety Officer (Table 8.1).
TABLE 8.1 MAJOR HAZARDS/ INJURIES AND TREATMENT FACILITIES IN THE PLANT
Treatment facilities at
Unit Hazards/Injuries
OHC
Uncontrolled dust emissions / failure of All primary pathological
RMHS
Emission control System. diagnosis, X-Ray, Ultra
sound, ECG, Trauma cases,
Audiometry Test,
Spirometry test, Vision
Collapsing of gas Holders, Failure of gas
Submerged arc testing, Eye treatment, Burn
Cleaning Plant / Fume extraction System,
Furnace treatment
Burn injuries, gas poisoning.
Poisoning treatment
Electrical Shock treatment
Ambulance Facility
WEST BENGAL
The emergency, critical cases & diseases which cannot be treated shall be referred & treated at
specialized hospitals i.e. Medical Colleges & super specialty hospitals.
8.3 Industrial Safety
For protection of working personnel, equipment and machineries from any damage or loss
and to ensure uninterrupted production, adequate safety and fire fighting measures have
been planned for the proposed plant. Important provisions are as follows:
• Laying down specific Safety, Health & Environment policy to guide

• Provision of adequate personal safety appliances to workers engaged in hazardous
installations.
• Practices of safety inspections / monitoring at regular intervals by a team of experienced
professionals to guide & educate the workforce.
• Provision of detection and alarm system to allow a developing fire to be detected at an
early stage.
Plant uses a wide variety of specialized equipments and methods for handling construction
materials. This equipment ranges from the most basic forklift to Cranes, Derricks, Hoists,
Elevators and Conveyors. The hazards of using powerful equipment and of moving heavy
materials require a wide variety of protective measures for employees on the site. The work
talks about regulatory requirements and safe use for this equipment. The work covers safe
rigging and slings for proper lifting, and safety requirements for specific types of Cranes,
Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, Conveyors, and forklifts. Bearing this in mind the cranes, hoists,
lifts are periodically tested and certificate issued for continuous use.
8.4 Safety Management
No. of elements of safety management are quite large. They also vary from case to case. They
can be grouped under five broad categories or sub-systems.
1. Managerial Systems
2. Accident Prevention Systems
3. Support Systems
4. Event Management Systems
5. Evaluation Systems
WEST BENGAL
8.4.1 Managerial Systems
• Safety Policy
• Safety Organization
• Safety Objectives
• Safety Responsibilities
• Safety Accountability
• Safety Coordination
• Safety Budget
• Safety Committees
• Safety Meetings
• Safety Laws / Rules
8.4.2 Accident Prevention Systems
• Equipment and workplace standards

• Maintenance & Testing Procedures
• Contractor & Visitor Control
• Safety Work Permit (SWP)
• Hazard Identification, Reporting, Investigation & corrective Action
• Inspection Systems
• Monitoring Systems
• Risk Assessment
• Personal Protective Equipments
8.4.3 Support Systems
• Induction
• Management skills training
• Job specific training
• Safety Awareness Promotion
• Safety Information Services
8.4.4 Event Management Systems
• Emergency Management
• Occurrence Reporting, Investigation & Analysis
• Compensation & Rehabilitation
WEST BENGAL
8.4.5 Evaluation Systems
• Safety Performance Reviews

• Safety systems audits (Internal)
• Safety systems reviews
• SWPs compliance
• Safety action plan review
• Safety system audits (External)
8.5 Appropriate Personal Protective Equipments (PPE)
TABLE 8.2 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS
Sl Unit Hazard Injury Use of PPE

No.
1 Material Dust pollution Eye Injury,Dust a) Safety Goggles Eye
handling and Hands going between inhalation wash taps
storage running parts of Physical injury b) Safety boot, Hand
conveyors Hearing system leather gloves
Machineries sound damage c) Ear muffles
Coal heap auto
ignition
2 Submerged arc High Burn injury Use of leather gloves
Furnace temp./Radiation heat Safety boot
electrification Leather Aprons
8.6 Fire Fighting
For protection of working personnel, equipment and machineries from any damage or loss
and to ensure uninterrupted production, fire fighting measures have been planned for the
proposed plant. Water sprayers, fire extinguishing system along with foam tenders and
portable extinguishers using carbon dioxide or chemical powder facilities shall be provided.
8.7 Portable Fire Extinguishers
All plant units, office, buildings, stores, laboratories, etc. will be provided with adequate
number of portable fire extinguishers to be used as first aid fire appliances. The distribution
WEST BENGAL
and selection of extinguishers will be done in accordance with the requirement of fire
protection manual.
8.8 Fire Hydrant System
Internal hydrants will be provided in all major plant units at suitable locations and in
different levels inside the plant buildings. Yard hydrants will be provided in the vicinity of
each plant unit, normally along the road to meet the additional requirement of water to
extinguish fire. The pressure of water in the hydrant network of the road level will be
maintained at 7Kg/sq.cm.
8.9 Automatic Fire Detection System
Unattended vulnerable premises like electrical control rooms, cable tunnels, MCC rooms, oil
cellars etc. shall be provided with automatic fire detection and alarm system.
8.10 Manual Call Point Systems
All major units and welfare / administrative buildings will be provided with manual call
points for summoning the nearest fire station for necessary assistance.
8.11 Fire Station
There will be one central fire station extend the necessary assistance required for fighting fire
in any of the plant units and associate premises with requisite augmentation. The equipment
like, Water tender, Foam tender, portable pump, Wireless set, Hoses, Hot line telephone, etc.
will be provided in fire station/fire posts. The safety appliances like, Industrial safety boots,
Industrial helmets, Hand gloves, Ear muffs, Welder’s screens and aprons etc. will be
provided for the personnel exposed to the different types of hazards in various plant units.
8.12 Fire Fighting Operation and Procedures
• Overall control of the Fire fighting operations will rest with the senior most officers
present at the scene of fire, who will be assisted by the operational and fire staff. Close
coordination and planning for fire staff. Close coordination and planning for fire
protection will be done between plant operations and fire service.
WEST BENGAL
• While turning out for fire calls, the fire staff will be guided to the correct location
immediately on their arrival.
• In charge of the section at shop floor shall explain special risks involved and guide the in
charge of the Fire fighting crew. He will, however, not interfere in the method of fire
fighting operations.
• Fire drills would be held in each zone periodically under the directions of the fire officer.
• Fire sirens will be tested by sounding straight for one minute on every once in a week.
8.13 Responsibilities of Fire Control Room Operator
• To take correct message regarding location, type of fire etc. from the caller.
• To repeat the message.
• To inform fire fighting personnel on duty immediately for turn out by sounding the bell.
• To ask the pump house operator to maintain adequate head in the fire water line.
• To inform telephone exchange.
8.14 Responsibilities of Fire Fighting Personnel
• To report immediately at the scene of fire.

• To take instructions from fire officer.
8.15 Responsibilities of Fire Officer
• To direct the deployment of fire fighting personnel and fire fighting appliances.
• To organize additional fire fighting crew, if required, depending upon gravity of the
situation.
• To guide plant employees in Fire fighting.
• To coordinate between different groups of fire fighting personnel and team of trained
workers from the Department.
• To control the spread of fire and rescue operation, if necessary.
• To extinguished the fire.
• To replenish the required fire fighting materials / equipment.
• To arrange relievers wherever necessary.
• To assess the situation and arrange additional help if necessary in co-ordination on with
disaster control room.
• To advise for all clear siren to be blown after the major fire emergency is over.
WEST BENGAL
8.16 Responsibilities Of Security Personal At The Manned Gate
• To prevent entry of unauthorized persons.

• To keep the gate open for the emergency vehicles and officers and staff concerned with
fire fighting and allied operations.
8.17 Responsibilities Of Medical Officer During Major Fire
• To be available at the first- aid center for necessary medical advice.

• To depute one of the medical staff to the scene of fire to render any medical assistance
required at site.
8.18 Responsibilities of Head of the Personal And Welfare Department

During Major Fire.
• To arrange the transport of the fire fighting personal with minimum loss of time from
township in consultation with the fire control room/fire officer.
• To make arrangement for the refreshment meals for persons engaged in fire fighting.
• To inform the fire officer regarding the actions taken.
8.19 Responsibilities of Head of the Maintenance Department during Major

Fire
• To report to Fire Chief and render all help that may be required from maintenance dept.
• Responsibilities of Head of the Electrical Maintenance Dept. during major fire
• To report to fire officer and render assistance to be required from Electrical department
such as installation of equipment provision of temporary lighting.
8.20 Responsibilities of Head of the Materials during Major Fire
• To arrange to manage the stores for emergency issue of materials. If the materials are not
available in the stores or are likely to be exhausted during fire fighting operations he
would arrange for the same from neighboring industries or other sources.
WEST BENGAL
8.21 Mutual Aid System
At times the possibility of a major emergency a situation out of control of plant authority
cannot be ruled out. In such a case, the plant authority would declare it to be a major
emergency and total control would be transferred to the district level office of contingency
plan committee. Necessary help would also be sought from neighboring industries having
necessary infrastructure for dealing with disaster.
8.22 Occupational Health
8.22.1 Introduction
Occupational health service is a cross disciplinary area concerned with protecting safety,
health & welfare of the people engaged in work or employment.
International Labour Organization (ILO) & World Health Organization (WHO) ensure a
common definition of Occupational Health. The definition as follows:
“Occupational Health should aim at the promotion & maintenance of the highest degree of physical,
mental & social well being of workers in all occupation, the prevention amongst workers of departures
from health caused by their working conditions, the protection of workers in their employment from
risk resulting from factors adverse to health, the placing & maintenance of workers in an occupational
environment adapted to physiological & psychological capabilities and to summarize, the adaptation of
work to man and each man to his job.”
The modern definition of Occupational health is “The promotion and maintenance of the highest
degree of physical, mental and social well-being of workers in all occupations – total health of all at
work”.
8.22.2 Occupational Hazard
Source or situation with a potential for harm in terms of injury or ill health, damage to
property, damage to the workplace environment, or a combination of these.
8.22.3 Occupational Health Hazards
The hazards/ conditions responsible for deterioration of health condition of workers in an

industry are termed as Occupational Health Hazards.
WEST BENGAL
8.22.4 Types of Occupational Health Hazards
The Occupational Health Hazards are mainly as follows:
A. Physical Hazards
B. Chemical Hazards
C. Biological Hazards
D. Mechanical Hazards
E. Psychosocial Hazards
8.22.4.1 Physical Hazards
The main factors contribute to the physical hazard are as follows
1. Temperature - Heat / Cold

2. Illumination
3. Noise
4. Vibration
5. Radiation
6. Atmospheric pressure
Diseases due to physical agents
The following diseases can be caused due to over exposure of the person to the respective
physical conditions of environment.
• Heat - Heat hyperpyrexia, Heat Exhaustion, Heat Syncope, Heat Cramps, burns,
Prickly heat
• Cold - Frost bite
• Light – Occupational Cataract
• Atmospheric pressure - Caisson disease, air embolism, explosion
• Noise - Occupational deafness
• Radiation - Cancer, Leukemia, aplastic anemia, Pancytopenia
• Electricity - Burns, Shocks
WEST BENGAL
Heat illness
• Predisposing Factors for heat illness are

– Physical activity
– Extremes of age, poor physical condition, fatigue
– Excessive clothing
– Dehydration
– Cardiovascular disease
– Skin disorders
– Obesity
– Drugs
• Phenothiazines, anticholinergics, B and Ca channel blockers, diuretics, amphetamines,
LSD, cocaine, MAOIs
Chemical Hazards
• Routes of entry - Inhalation, Ingestion, skin absorption. (inhalation is the main route of
entry)
Chemical agents can be classified into-
• Metals - Lead, TEL, As, Hg, Cd, Ni, Co etc.
• Aromatic Hydrocarbons - Benzene, Toluene, phenol etc.
• Aliphatic Hydrocarbons - Methyl alcohol
• Gases - *Simple asphyxiants : N2, CH4, CO2
• Chemical asphyxiants : CO, H2S, HCN
• Irritant gases : Ammonia, SO2, Cl2,
• Systemic poison : CS2
Biological Hazard
• Bacteria - Tetanus, Tuberculosis, Anthrax, Brucellosis, Milkmen), Gonorrhea (Sex-

workers - Genital organs get affected).
• Virus - Hepatitis, AIDS
• Protozoal & Parasitic - Malaria, Hydatid (Dog handlers), Hookworms,tapeworms
(Agri-workers), etc.
• Fungi-(Agri-workers) - Tinea-infections, Coccidiomycosis, Psittacoses, ornithosis, etc.
WEST BENGAL
Mechanical Hazards
• Injuries - Falls, cuts, abrasions, concussions, contusions, etc.

• Ergonomic Disorders - Musculo-skeletal disorders (MSDs), Cumulative-trauma-
Disorders (CTDs) etc.
• Ergonomics : Àdjustment of Man & Machine`
Application of human biological sciences with engineering science to achieve optimum
mutual adjustment of man & his work, the benefit being measured in terms of human
efficiency and well being
Tool / machine design to fit to work. Ergo tools/ ergofriendly tools: Tools which reduce
the stresses or problems resulting in CTD’s / MSD’s.)
Psychosocial Hazards
• Lack of job satisfaction, insecurity, poor interpersonal relations, work pressure,

ambiguity, etc.
• Psychological & behavioral changes – hostility, aggressiveness, anxiety, depression,
alcoholism, drug addiction, sickness absenteeism.
• Psychosomatic disorders- Hypertension, headache, body-ache, peptic ulcers, asthma,
diabetes, heart disorders, etc.
8.22.5 Types of Control
There are three types of control / remedial measures for mitigating the hazards. The controls
are as follows:
o Medical (required monitoring effectiveness of Engg. Controls)

o Engineering (Best Engg. Control is to reduce exposure)
o Administrative / Legal. (Emphasis given to reduce the exposure)
A. Medical Control
Under medical control the following measures shall be taken up

1. Pre –placement examination.
2. Periodical health checks up.
3. Medical and health care facilities.
4. Supervision of work environment.
• Water supply , food, general plant cleanliness
WEST BENGAL
• Toilet. Proper garbage & waste disposal.

• Sufficient space.
• Lighting.
• Ventilation.
• Protection against hazards.
5. Notification
6. Maintenance and analysis of records.
7. Health education and counseling.
B. Engineering Controls
• Designing-building, Work station

• Good Housekeeping.
• Ventilation
• Mechanization
• Substitution
• Enclosure
• Isolation
• Local Exhaust Ventilation.
• Personal Protective Devices.
• Work Environment Monitoring
• Statistical Monitoring
C. Administrative / Legal control
I. Formulation and implementation of Factory Act to regulate:

1. Health, safety and welfare of workers.
2. Employment of young persons.
3. Hours of work.
4. Leave with wages.
5. Occupational diseases.
6. Employment in hazardous processes
II. Insurance facilities for workers:

1. Medical benefit.
2. Sickness benefit.
3. Maternity benefit.
4. Disablement benefit.
WEST BENGAL
5. Dependent’s benefit.
6. Funeral expenses.
7. Rehabilitation allowance.
8.22.6 Occupational Health Centre (OHC)
A comprehensive OHC will have two wings namely curative & preventive section and
emergency section. Both the wings will be staffed with well qualified occupational physicians
along with trained allied staffs for carrying out different functions effectively & efficiently.
The emergency section normally referred as first aid centre will have round the clock
manning with doctors & paramedical staff and treatment facilities with ambulances as
required. Any work related injury is first treated in this section & if required it may be
referred to a referral hospital for further treatment. All emergency provisions like oxygen
cylinders, eye & body showers & other facilities should be available in this section.
The other section of curative wing should have several facilities for diagnosis, treatment,
study of epidemiological status of working population & other facilities for detecting
occupational health diseases.
A. Health Passport & Health check up
Health Card / Passport shall be issued to all employees for keeping track of their history of
health status. Annual health check-up of all employees will be done by a panel of doctors
(Specialists). Annual health checkups shall be planned in advance by the in-charges of Safety
& OHC with mutual consultation. A summarized health status of all employees with
comparative study to previous years shall be submitted to Head of Unit & Safety inspector.
The pre-placement health check up shall be carried out by the doctors & paramedical staffs of
OHC.
B. Sanitation
Sanitation programme & its implementation inside the plant premises shall be closely
monitored by the Head of Safety, Health & Environment. Head OPC shall be responsible for
implementation of the sanitation programme to avoid spreading of venerable diseases.
WEST BENGAL
C. Hazard Monitoring
It will also include the occupational hazard monitoring unit like heat, dust & noise etc or
other specified environmental conditions of the factory. Work Place monitoring shall be taken
up as per factory rule by safety department officials.
D. Industrial psychology
It will also have an industrial psychology section to gauze the mental health of employee. A
lungs function test centre to measure the residual capacity of lungs, a personal audiometric
section to measure hearing loss of employee will also be established.
E. Laboratory facilities, training & awareness
• The occupational health centre will be well supported part with pathological &
microbiological lab for all vital facts and analysis.
• In addition it will have a health education & counseling section where one trained
health educator will counsel people to adopt healthy practices. FIRST AID training
shall be imparted to employees selecting department wise for emergency rescue &
immediate action required if any.
• OHC will also conduct regular occupational health training programs for employees.
• Periodic health status of all the employees will be monitored & indexed by a statistics
group attached to OHC.
WEST BENGAL
Chapter 9 Additional Studies
WEST BENGAL
9.1 Public Consultation
Public Consultation is one of the important aspects of environmental impact assessment

which is covered under MoEF notification on environmental clearance issued on 14th
September 2006. The aspect of public consultation is followed as per said notification.
Public hearing in respect of proposed plant held at the Community Hall, Borjora, Bankura,
West Bengal in scheduled time (i.e. - 17th April 2012 at 12.00 Noon). All the issues of
environmental concerns has been spelt out and explained during the proceeding of Public
Consultation/Public Hearing. The copy of the minutes of the proceedings is attached as
appendix - 7.
9.2 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is becoming an increasingly important activity to

businesses nationally and internationally. As globalisation accelerates and large corporations
serve as global providers, these corporations have progressively recognised the benefits of
providing CSR programs in their various locations. CSR activities are now being undertaken
throughout the globe.
The term is often used interchangeably for other terms such as Corporate Citizenship and is
also linked to the concept of Triple Bottom Line Reporting (TBL), which is used as a
framework for measuring an organisation’s performance against economic, social and
environmental parameters.
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) can be viewed simply as a collection of good citizen
activities which shall not be taken as compulsion from Govt. rather it should be done
generously to improve the structure of society.
There are several issues due in the society for necessary work on it but there are limitations
too, for both industries and Govt. However, whatever is possible for anybody to contribute
toward social responsibility he must do.
In our Company which is coming up in Gram Ghutgoria, P. S. Barjora, Dist. Bankura has
drawn a program towards social responsibility of our company which we will undertake.
We know before us, maybe, lot of other industries may have given their commitments
towards their CSR. We do not know how much they have fulfilled their commitments but we
WEST BENGAL
assure you that all are not same; that you will see in future. We would like to add here that
one of our Directors is already a NGO – “MANAV JYOT” actively involved in many social
causes since last 10 years.
However our company is having some key finding on the CSR issues.
The rationale for CSR has been articulated in a number of ways. In essence it is about
building sustainable businesses, which need healthy economies, markets and communities.
The key drivers for CSR are as follows:
• Enlightened self-interest - creating a synergy of ethics, a cohesive society and a

sustainable global economy where markets, labour and communities are able to
function well together.
• Social investment - contributing to physical infrastructure and social capital is
increasingly seen as a necessary part of doing business.
• Transparency and trust - business has low ratings of trust in public perception.
• There is increasing expectation that companies will be more open, more accountable
and be prepared to report publicly on their performance in social and environmental
arenas
• Increased public expectations of business - globally companies are expected to do more
than merely provide jobs and contribute to the economy through taxes and
employment.”
¾ CSR invitation and Policy issue:
Year of Initiation of CSR activities: The CSR activity will start after 6 months from the date of
Commercial Production of the Factory, because there will be huge pressure to stabilize the
Company in the starting period.
Issues covered and priority areas to be covered under CSR Domain – Health Care, Education,
Environment and General Welfare Schemes.
¾ CSR implementation - Process and Outcome
Person responsible for CSR implementation in companies – The CSR officer followed by GM,
Chief Canvasser and the main person responsible for implementation of CSR initiative across
organization.
WEST BENGAL
¾ Area & Target Groups Covered
Our company shall initially target to cover Ghutgoria village under the various schemes. But
in future the company may spread their coverage area to include & cover the interest of the
entire Bankura district.
¾ Type of CSR Initiatives
A. HEALTH CARE
It is proposed to hold general Medical camps every week in Ghutgoria village with the help
of local NGO to cater to the general ailments. General Medical practitioner to check up the
patients for normal general ailments and medicines as prescribed to be provided free of cost.
Further, it is proposed to hold specialized camps like Eye Checkup, Cancer Detection, Renal
Checkup, Coronary & Heart Checkup, Osteoporosis & Spinal Checkup etc. to be held in the
surrounding villages every quarter. At these respective camps needy patients will be
provided Spectacles & Hearing Aids; Free Wheel Chairs / Crutches for the Physically
Challenged. Artificial Limbs may also be arranged for such persons who have lost their Legs
/ hands based upon the Medical Advice given by the Doctors at these camps.
B. EDUCATION
Meritorious students of the schools in Ghutgoria will be provided with free books and their
school fees will be borne by the company. This will cover 20 such needy students initially &
be reviewed thereafter.
Schools in Ghutgoria area will be provided Computers so that the local children may learn
and be well versant with modern technology. To start with sets of 5 – 6 computers will be
donated to 5 – 6 local schools.
Daily Snacks like Cake / Biscuits / bread or similar snack item to be provided at one High
school in the village for needy children. The company will start with school of 300 – 400
students and subsequently may add other schools according to provisions allocated.
WEST BENGAL
C. WELFARE SCHEMES
Free Stitching machines will be provided to women of the area so that they may utilize it for
increasing their family income; with 50 needy women being provided with the machines
initially.
We intend to provide for 2 Bus Shelters at suitable location on main Road near the village.
D. ENVIRONMENT
We intend to provide to Plant trees on both side of the roads in the village and ensure it is
properly maintained and nurtured.
E. OTHERS
Eradication of Child Labor – No child or person below the age of 18 years will be employed
by the factory management.
Education programme to be initiated to create awareness to conserve water, maintain

cleanliness, good health & sanitation in all the surrounding areas.
Training to villagers through self help group - Promote awareness amongst the villagers on
(a) Family Planning (b) Child marriage (c) Prevention of diseases like Cancer, AIDS, Diabetes
etc. (d) Education for children specially the Girl child.
Annual CSR Plan for 5 years in the beginning is given below:
WEST BENGAL
TABLE 9.1: PRESENT ASPECTS OF FUND ALLOCATIONS FOR CSR ACTIVITIES
BUDGETORY ALLOCATION OF CSR FUNDS FOR 5 YEARS

Sl Particulars Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 TOTAL
No
1 Health Care
a) Annually about 50 General 5 6 6 8 9 34
Medical camps with medicines
b) Annually about 4 Special Camps 2 2 2 2 4 12
c) Distribution of Wheel Chairs 2 2 2.5 2.5 4 13
(20)/ Crutches(20) / Walkers
(20) / Hearing Aids (20) /
Spectacles (100) at camps
d) Providing of Artificial Limbs (20) 1 1 1 1 2 6
2 Education
a) 5- 6 Computers for 5 - 6 Schools 7 7 7 7 8 36
b) School Fees / Books for 2 2 2 2 3 11
Meritorious Students (20
students)
c) Daily Tiffin scheme for Local 6 6 7 7 8 34
School children (300 -
400children)
3 Welfare Schemes
a) Sewing Machines for Women (50 3 3 3 3 4 16
Nos)
c) Bus Shelters (2 Nos) 2 2 4
4 Environment
a) Plantation of Trees in Local 2 2 3 3 4 14
Areas
Total 32 33 33.5 35.5 46 180
WEST BENGAL
9.3 R & R Action Plans
The project is going to come up on 9.17 acres area. Total land has already been acquired.
There is no existence of displaced habitants in the acquired area.
WEST BENGAL
Chapter 10 Consultancy profile of CTRAN Consulting

Ltd.
WEST BENGAL
10.1 Introduction
CTRAN stands for complete transformation of value to its stakeholders, through in-depth
study and careful analysis, into products and services designed to meet the growing
requirements of its discerning clients. CTRAN provides advisory services in various sectors
such as Natural Resource Management, Baseline Data Collection, Monitoring & Evaluation,
Impact Assessments in the Environment, Climate change, Coastal zone Management,
Biodiversity and Natural Resource Management domains. The nature of services delivered by
CTRAN in policy research in Environment, Forestry, Disaster Management and Climate
Change domains is been well appreciated by State , Central Governments and International
Donor Agencies.
CTRAN, an ISO 9001:2008 certified company offers consultancy services to its valued clients
in the domains of infrastructure energy and environment sector, with special emphasis on
clean development mechanism. Cross cutting areas of delivering live policy research,
governance, institutional development, training and capacity building, in the above
mentioned sectors are also undertaken. One of the key modes of delivery includes PPP
(Public Private Partnership) and PPCP (Public Private Community Partnership) models in
several sectors demystifying policy and institutional constraints through probing research
and survey. The company, during its brief period of operation, has completed several projects
for various reputed clients. The consulting group has pooled together the technical expertise
and implementation experience of its deeply committed and highly competent professionals
to undertake advisory service, sectoral and policy research, feasibility studies and other
WEST BENGAL
consultancy services, thereby contributing to the knowledge of energy, infrastructure and

climate change.
The technical team of CTRAN has wide experience in design, engineering of various
pollution control devices, carrying out statutory Audits, Monitoring of Air, Water, soil and
Air Quality modeling, disaster management and risk assessment, energy audit and other
technical assignment for various industries like ferro alloy, iron and steel, distillery and
sugar, pulp and paper, mining and infrastructure projects etc.
Mission
Mission of BASIX-CTRAN is to develop energy and infrastructure that enhance shareholder’s
value through a sustainable transaction based model using process and financial innovations
contributing to inclusive growth and accountable development by managing climate change
and reducing vulnerability through adaptation.
Delivery Framework
Working with the top but building from the

bottom
Constant innovation in delivery methods

and process
Network and long term partnership in

sustaining client capacity
10.2 Range of services offered by CTRAN
1. Environmental and Climate Change Services

a) Climate Change Adaptation and assessment study
b) Biodiversity assessment (Forestry, coastal zone)
c) Coastal zone management (assessment and evaluation)
d) Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)/ Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
and Environmental Clearances
e) Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)/Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) concept to
commissioning
WEST BENGAL
f) Pollution modeling (air, noise, water) and prediction

g) Carrying Capacity studies and prediction
h) Risk assessment and Disaster Management Plan
i) Environmental Management System (EMS) advisory services under ISO 14001
standards
j) Environmental Compliance auditing and reporting
k) Forestry Policy and Governance, Non Timber Forest Products (NTFP) Assessment
studies, Ecological valuation
l) GIS based landuse planning and survey
m) Vulnerability and Adaptation Studies
n) Ecotourism Feasibility studies
o) Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and Corporate Environmental Responsibility
(CER), Sustainability Reporting, Environmental Reporting
2. Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) Design and Support Services

CTRAN provides all relevant solutions in the domain of CDM. It helps its clients right
from the point of identifying a viable project preparing necessary documents getting
approvals of the relevant regulatory bodies to availing project finance, monitoring its
progress and smooth transactions of carbon points.
3. Energy and infrastructure management

a) Assessment of loss levels in feeders
b) Demand side Management
c) Benefit Monitoring and Impact Assessment
d) Preliminary and Detailed Energy Audit
e) Detailed Project Report (DPR) for renewable energy projects
f) Energy Audit and conservation
10.3 Selected projects in West Bengal Conducted by CTRAN
Sl No Functional Area Assignments

1 Clean Development Mechanism Fuel switch project in knitwear unit, West
(CDM) project Bengal
2 Energy audit Energy audit in foundry units in Howrah
supported DST
3 Environmental Impact Assessment EIA/EMP preparation for project of ferro
(EIA) alloy manufacturing unit in Bankura
WEST BENGAL
4 Environmental Impact Assessment EIA/EMP preparation for expansion of ferro

(EIA) alloy manufacturing unit in Bankura
5 Environmental Impact Assessment EIA/EMP preparation for Ferro alloy
(EIA) manufacturing unit in Bankura
6 Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) Drawing, Design and Supervision of
construction for Effluent Treatment Plant for
M/S Lactic Dairy at Siliguri, west Bengal
M/S Agarpara Kuthir Silpa Pratisthan at
Kolkata
M/S S. N. Kar at Durgapur, west Bengal.
M/S Cylpo Gravure at Kolkata.
10 Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) Modification of existing Effluent Treatment
Plant for M/S Calvin apparels, at Khardah,
West Bengal
11 Clean Development Mechanism Upgradation and capacity expansion of MSW
(CDM) project management project in Meghalaya
12 Clean Development Mechanism Feasibility study for ferro alloy blending
(CDM) project under clean development mechanism for
Ferro alloy unit, Meghalaya
13 Climate Change Climate change & livelihood study for
WORLP- Phase-1&2
14 Climate Change Design of Watershed Development Resource
Centre supported by DFID and Govt. of
Orissa
15 Climate Change Climate change Vulnerability assessment
study for IDS-Sussex
16 Climate Change Preparation of State Climate change Action
Plan for Meghalaya
17 Climate Change Preparation of State Climate change Action
Plan for Mizoram
18 Climate Change Capacity building in climate change and Basin
WEST BENGAL
Management for Meghalaya

19 Energy audit Third party verification, energy audit for
finalization of tariff, BERC, Bihar
20 Environmental Impact Assessment EIA/EMP preparation for Asbestos Ferro
(EIA) alloy manufacturing unit in Bihar
21 Environmental Impact Assessment EIA/EMP preparation for MSW management
(EIA) project in Nongpoh, Meghalaya
(EIA) project in Tura, Meghalaya
(EIA) project in Itanagar, Arunachal Pradesh
(EIA) project in Nharalagun, Arunachal Pradesh
(EIA) project in Jowai, Meghalaya
26 Environmental Management Plan Preparation of Environmental Management
(EMP) Plan (EMP) and Disaster Management Plan
(DMP) for Dhamra Port Company Ltd., Orissa
27 Biodiversity Impact of ANR practices on biodiversity in
OFSDP area (Phase I)
28 Biodiversity Impact of ANR practices on biodiversity in
Forestry sector (Phase II)
29 Environmental Economics Social cost benefit analysis of household
biogas in Orissa, SANDEE-Nepal
30 Water & Sanitation Study on Sanitation in Bhadrak district of
Orissa supported by the Duke University
31 Renewable energy DPR Preparation for 5 MW Solar Power
Project for MGM Minerals Ltd
Project for MGM Minerals Ltd
Project for Sunark Solar Pvt. Ltd
36 Renewable energy PFR Preparation for 9 MW Solar Power Project
WEST BENGAL
for Maa Bhagwanti Power Firm Ltd.

Project for Sun Infinity Pvt. Ltd
Project for M/s S.N Mohanty
Project for Molisati Vinimay Pvt. Ltd
Project for NIPL
Project for Vasundhara Power
42 Renewable energy PFR preparation for 5 MW biomass based
power project for Om Green Power Ltd.
43 Renewable energy Biomass potential assessment and DPR
preparation for Om Green Power and
Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd
44 Renewable energy Detailed Energy Audit for Iron and steel
industry in Orissa
45 Clean Development Mechanism WHR CDM project in Iron and steel Industries
(CDM) project
46 Energy audit Energy audit in steel industry
Selected clientele
1. Dhamra Port Company Limited (DPCL), Orissa
2. TATA-BP solar
3. Industrial Investment Promotion Corporation of Orissa Limited (IPICOL)
4. Orissa Renewable Energy Development Agency (OREDA)
5. Anderson Biotech Pvt. Ltd., Meghalaya
6. Meghalaya Ferro alloy Limited.
7. Exodus Knitwear Ltd., West Bengal
8. Meghalaya Urban Development Authority (MUDA)
9. Orissa Forestry Sector Development Project (OFSDP)
10. Chhattisgarh Tribal Development Programme (CTDP)
11. Millenium Cement Co. Pvt. Ltd., West Bengal
12. Darjeeling Cement Ltd., West Bengal
13. Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd., West Bengal
14. Balmukund Cement and Roofing Ltd., Bihar
15. Aarti Steels Ltd., Orissa
WEST BENGAL
16. Scan Steels Ltd., Orissa

17. Ravi Metaliks Pvt. Ltd., Orissa
18. Ganesh Metaliks Ltd., Orissa
10.4 Consultant and Personnel involved
Ashok Singha:
Ashok Singha is a graduate in Agriculture and a postgraduate in Management, has over 18
years experience in Livelihood Enhancement, Micro-Finance, Sector Transformation, Public
Enterprise Reform, Policy Research, Governance and Performance Improvement areas. He
has exposure to sector study, institutional analysis and capacity building at national and
international levels. He is one of the six governance consultants with DFID in India. An
alumnus of Xavier Institute of Management, Bhubaneswar , Ashok has worked in Power
Sector Reform (Orissa, AP, MP, UP), Public Enterprise Reform (in power sector, forestry
sector, irrigation and water sectors), Decentralization and Participatory Governance (with
Pani Panchayats, Water user Associations, Power User Associations, capacity building of
NGOs, CBOs and municipalities). Ashok has worked extensively on climate change issues.
His works include configuring large scale demand side management and energy efficiency
projects in Orissa, Andhra Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh. Ashok is also co-author of a book
titled The Forgotten Sector, with Thomas Fisher of New Economic Foundation and Mr. Vijay
Mahajan, BASIX. Ashok has also contributed to the book Rural Electricity Governance
(Academic Foundation).
Dr. B. N. Das, EIA Coordinator

Dr. B. N. Das is Ph.D in Environmental Science from International University, USA with First
Division and having 28 Years experience both in industries as well as consultancy. He has
organized ground water, surface water, and waste water from industries for preparing EIA &
EMP and designed system for water pollution control, in ETPs and STPs. He also has
developed both in laboratory scale and pilot plant sector in Rourkela Steel Plant of SAIL. A
NOBEL process for separation of Ammonia, Fenoe and cyanide from coke oven waste water
using fluidized bed ION exchange process as a SAIL-CSIR collaboration project along with
RRL, Bhubaneswar.
Abhik Saha, EIA Coordinator

Abhik Saha is a M.Tech in Environmental Engineering from Vellore Institute of Technology
(VIT) and has more than 8 years experience and comprehensive knowledge of EHS legal
compliance requirements/ review of projects, environment-occupational health & safety
auditing, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA/EMP) of different projects, corporate
WEST BENGAL
environmental management systems, environmental monitoring and compliance auditing,

wastewater treatment system design and execution. In his earlier stint with UEM India (P)
Ltd., Enhanced WAPP Systems Pvt. Ltd., Fontus Water Ltd. he has worked in wastewater
treatment system as design engineer. In Utkal Asbestos Limited he worked and
environmental and quality control manager. He had developed several EIA projects in sugar-
distillery, asbestos, Cement, ferro alloy, MSW management and cement manufacturing. He
has in depth knowledge in areas of specialization include advisory services on climate change
projects based on Clean Development Mechanism under Kyoto Protocol, environment and
social impact assessment, implementing and auditing of management system as per ISO
14001 Standards, Corporate Sustainability Reporting. He has developed CDM projects in a
various areas which include methane recovery from wastewater, Solid Waste Management
and composting, Waste to energy projects with Urban development Authorities. He was also
involved in developing of CDM projects in MSW Composting projects for a biotech company
in North East, wind power, sugar cogeneration and methane recovery and power generation
in Distilleries, biomass based power generation and fuel switch and power generation and
community based biogas programmes. He has experience in undertaking various feasibility
and assessment studies for Waste management, CDM scoping and CDM project development
in different types of industries and also done strategy development for adopt and implement
Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) based CDM projects in Orissa supported by DFID. He has
worked with different medium and heavy industries under sectors like Asbestos-Cement,
Sugar and distilleries, chemical and petrochemicals, Pharmaceuticals and bulk drugs, paper
& pulp, Tanneries and tobacco industries in the waste management sector.
Suvra Majumdar:
Suvra Majumdar is B.E in Electrical Engineering and postgraduate in Energy management.
He has specific exposure in working in the field of CDM project development and carbon
financing , renewable energy based Power generation feasibility study and evaluation, Green
House Gas Accounting (Member of India’s first GHG accounting cell), energy audit and
energy management in electrical and thermal utilities(Member of association of Energy
Engineers, USA). He is also a Certified Energy Auditor from BEE and has hands on
knowledge in the field of power system O&M, designing and possess relevant permit (SCC
24367). He has developed CDM projects in a various areas which include natural gas based
packaged cogeneration projects in leading textile and plastic industry in Gujarat. He was also
involved in developing of CDM projects in natural gas based fuel switch for a gas distribution
company in Gujarat, wind power, community and industrial hydro power projects in
Maharashtra, waste heat recovery based power generation from sponge iron units in Orissa,
sugar cogeneration, biomass based fuel switch and power generation, energy efficiency,
lightening energy efficiency and community based biogas programmes. His capacity building
WEST BENGAL
experience with the DFID supported project for IPICOL adds to his already enriched
experience which includes the strategic advice for promoting of cleaner initiatives in
industries as well as in other sectors. In the field of renewable energy he has worked with
IISWBM and TERI for WBREDA’s project of master plan preparation of Electrification for off
grid island of Indian Sunderbans, Evaluation for solar home lighting system for WBREDA.
He has also carried out energy audit in leading ceramic industries in Maharashtra, steel
rolling mills and iron and steel foundry in West Bengal.
Dr. Natabar Rout

Dr. Natabar Rout is doctorate degree holder in Hydrogeology from Utkal University and has
more than 19 years of experience in the areas of Integrated Water Resource Management,
River Basin Management, Watershed Management, Environmental Impact Assessment,
Environmental Management and Disaster Management. Has expertise in project co-
ordination, research, evaluation, training, management and operation of multi-disciplinary
teams including administration, Project monitoring, institutional development, policy
influencing, advocacy and liaison with bilateral agencies, government organization,
Industrial and Corporate houses, NGOs and communities.
Deepak K. Sahoo
Deppak is Master in Botany and Ph.D in Taxonomy from Utkal University with expertise in
Biodiversity documentation and conservation in major biogeographic landscapes of India.
Ecological assessment both quantitative and qualitative) and monitoring of non-timber Forest
produce, Intellectual property rights in Ethnobiology, documentation of community
conservation initiatives in Eastern Ghats, intellectual property rights and PTG. He worked at
RPRC, Bhubaneswar as Jr. Research Fellow and has published 12 research papers in the field
of Biodiversity and Taxonomy. He has also experience in identification and documentation of
Medicinal plants and Mangrove ecosystems. He has basic knowledge in Identification of
aquatic and terrestrial plants, Algal culture, separation and identification, Water analysis,
Handling instruments like pH meter, Spectrophotometer, Conductivity meter, Gel
electrophoresis, Chromatography, Tissue culture, Phase contrast Microcopy and handling of
GPS for remote sensing survey of natural Resources and Documentation, report writing etc.
Anindyo Neogi
Anindyo Neogi is expert in pollution control and presently partner of Bharat Foundation,
Kolkata. He has over 25 years of experience in monitoring of air, water, soil, environment
management and design of pollution control systems, effluent treatment plant.
WEST BENGAL
Ranjan Mallick
Ranjan Mallick holds a master degree in Geography and Philosophy from Utkal University,
Orissa. Mr. Mallick has 10 years of professional experience with 7 years of exclusive
experience in designing and implementing GIS and Remote Sensing for Developmental
projects like GIS based project planning, implementing and monitoring in Orissa, India and
abroad, GIS based monitoring system for community forest management, state forest
management and joint forest management, GIS based disaster monitoring system, Research
designing, analysis & reporting, Process documentation, GIS based food security mapping,
GIS based water quality mapping, GIS based School location Mapping, GIS based Land
Restoration through waste land management, GIS Training and GPS & DGPS Survey and
Mapping. During his tenure he has experience of working with distinguished Institutes like
IIT Kharagpur, West Bengal, Asian Institute of Technology, Thailand, Bangkok and Xavier
Institute of Management, Bhubaneswar, Orissa. Has designed and directed several training
programmes in the areas of development of Spatial and Attribute database, GIS based
Monitoring, Spatial Planning etc. in addition to a large number of general management
programmes. Has published and presented papers in national and international seminars.
Barendra Sahoo
Barendra Sahoo has over 15 years of experience in survey research in Operation Research
Group. He has been working in the areas of bio-diversity assessment, environment
assessment, and social assessment areas with several clients such as the World Bank, DFID,
UNDP, etc. Since last fifteen years he has been working on issues relating to livelihood, water
and sanitation, rural energy issues, Micro-finance, Health, Education, Mining and socio-
economic areas. He has managed various assignments in these areas and is a key member of
the Social Transformation Group. His recent assignment includes conducting Social
Assessment Study for the Orissa Community Tank Management Project, Role of SHG in
Fishery Sector, fuel usage study in rural household in Orissa, M.P, Afforestation and
Reforestation Project in Orissa etc.
Nidagha Pattanaik
Nidagha Pattanaik is B.Tech Engineer from Biju Patanaik University of Technology,
Bhubaneswar having 2 Years experience in preparing EIA/EMP report for both in industrial
and building. He has gathered more knowledge regarding EIA/EMP report preparation and
baseline data collection. He has been working in the area of Environmental Impact
Assessment for various sectors i.e. Cement Industries, Asbestos Industries, Steel Industries,
Housing etc.
WEST BENGAL
Appendix 1
Waste Water Discharge Standards
TABLE A1: QUALITY OF TREATED EFFLUENT
Sl. Parameters Units Quantity

No.
1 pH 6.8-8.5
2 Total Suspended mg/l <100
Solids
3 Oil & Grease mg/l <20
4 Free available mg/l <0.5
chlorine
5 Copper mg/l <1.0
6 Iron mg/l <1.0
7 Zinc mg/l <1.0
8 Chromium mg/l <0.2
9 Phosphate mg/l <5.0
WEST BENGAL
Appendix 2
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
TABLE A2: NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
Pollutants Time weighted Concentration in ambient air

average Industrial Areas Residential, Sensitive Areas
Rural & Other
Areas
Sulphur Dioxide Annual 80 μg/m3 60 μg/m3 15 μg/m3
(SO2) Average*
24 hours** 120 μg/m3 80 μg/m3 30 μg/m3
Oxides of Annual 80 μg/m3 60 μg/m3 15 μg/m3
Nitrogen as NO2 Average*
24 hours** 120 μg/m3 80 μg/m3 30 μg/m3
Suspended Annual 360 μg/m3 140 μg/m3 70 μg/m3
Particulate Average*
Matter (SPM) 24 hours** 500 μg/m3 200 μg/m3 100 μg/m3
Respirable Annual 120 μg/m3 60 μg/m3 50 μg/m3
Particulate Average*
Matter (RPM) 24 hours** 150 μg/m3 100 μg/m3 75 μg/m3
(size less than 10
microns)
Lead (Pb) Annual 1.0 μg/m3 0.75 μg/m3 0.50 μg/m3
Average*
24 hours** 1.5 μg/m3 1.00 μg/m3 0.75 μg/m3
Ammonia Annual 0.1 mg/m3 0.1 mg/m3 0.1 mg/m3
Average*
24 hours** 0.4 mg/m3 0.4 mg/m3 0.4 mg/m3
Carbon 8 hours 5.0 mg/m3 2.0 mg/m3 1.0 mg/m3
Monoxide 1 hour** 10.0 mg/m3 4.0 mg/m3 2.0 mg/m3
(CO)
*Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform
interval
**24 hourly/8 hourly values should be met 98% of the time in a year. However, 2% of the time, it may exceed but
not on two consecutive days.
WEST BENGAL
Appendix 3
Drinking Water Standards (IS 10500: 1991)
TABLE A3: DRINKING WATER STANDARDS (IS 10500: 1991)
Sl. Parameter Requirements Permissible Limits in

No. (Desirable Limits) absence of
alternative source
1 Color, Hazen units, max 5 25
2 Odour Unobjectionable --
3 Taste Agreeable --
4 Turbidity NTU, max 5 10
5 pH value 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0
6 Total hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l, max 300 600
7 Iron (as Fe) mg/l max 0.3 1.0
8 Chlorides (as Cl) mg/l max 250 1000
9 Free Chlorine mg/l, min 0.2 --
10 Dissolved solids mg/l, max 500 2000
11 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l, max 75 200
12 Copper (as Cu), mg/l max 0.5 1.5
13 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l max 0.1 0.3
14 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l max 200 400
15 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l max 45 100
16 Fluoride (as F), mg/l max 1.0 1.5
17 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH) 0.001 0.002
mg/lt, max
18 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l max 0.001 0.001
19 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l max 0.01 0.01
20 Selenium (as Se), mg/l max 0.01 0.01
21 Arsenic (as As) mg/l max 0.05 0.05
22 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l max 0.05 0.05
23 Lead (as Pb), mg/l max 0.05 0.05
24 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l max 5.0 15.0
25 Total chromium (as Cr), mg/lt, max 0.05 0.05
26 Aluminum (as Al), mg/lt, ma 0.03 0.2
27 Boron, max 1.0 5.0
WEST BENGAL
Appendix 4
Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise
TABLE A4: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS IN RESPECT OF NOISE
Area Code Category of Area/Zone Limits in dB(A) Leq

Day Time Night time
A Industrial Area 75 70
B Commercial Area 65 55
C Residential Area 55 45
D Silence Zone 50 40
Note:-
1. Day time shall mean from 6.00 am to 10.00 pm.
2. Night time shall mean from 10.00 pm to 6.00 am.
3. Silence zone is an area comprising not less than 100 metres around hospitals, educational
institutions, courts, religious places or any other area which is declared as such by the competent
authority.
4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above mentioned categories by the
competent authority.
*dB(A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is
relateable to human hearing.
A "decibel" is a unit in which noise is measured.
"A", in Db (A) Leq, denotes the frequency weighting in the measurement of noise and corresponds
to frequency response characteristics of the human ear.
Leq: It is energy mean of the noise level over a specified period.
WEST BENGAL
Appendix 5
Photographs of plant area
Appendix 6
Process Flow Diagramme
Appendix 7
Proceedings of the Public Hearing for Proposed Ferro Alloy Plant of 21,859
TPA by installing 6 MVA (Phase-I) and 9 MVA (Phase-II) submerged arc
furnace at Village Ghutgoria, P.S: Barjora, District Bankura in West Bengal by
M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. Held on 17th April 2012 at 12.00 Noon at the
Community Hall, Borjora, Bankura, West Bengal
West Bengal Pollution Control Board (WBPCB) invited a public Hearing for Proposed Ferro
Alloy Plant of 21,859 TPA by installing 6 MVA (Phase-I) and 9 MVA (Phase-II) submerged arc
furnace at Village Ghutgoria, P.S: Barjora, District Bankura in West Bengal by M/s Samarpan
Steel Pvt. Ltd. As per the EIA Notification S.O. dated 14th September 2006 of Ministry of
Environment & Forest (MoEF), Govt. of India Public Hearing is required to be conducted for
obtaining Environmental Clearance from the MoEF, Govt. of India.
West Bengal Pollution Control Board called for the Public Hearing on 17th April 2012 at 12.00
Noon at the Community Hall, Borjora, Bankura, West Bengal. Additional District Magistrate,
Bankura & Block Development Officer- Borjora, Sub Divisional Officer- Bankura, Gram
Panchayat Pradhan and officials of West Bengal Pollution Control Board (WBPCB) were
present.
Mr. Debashish Sarkar, Sr. Environmental Engineer, WBPCB started with opening remark
with appraising the present public regarding the proposed project and process of obtaining
Environmental Clearance from MoEF in local language and requested the public to place
their opinion and suggestions regarding the project.
ADM, Smt. Moumita Basu, welcomed all the participants for their interest in the proposed
Ferro Alloy project and requested to present their opinion after the presentation.
Mr. Anindya Neogi on behalf of M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. narrated about the project
details and proposed pollution control devices, water management, rain water harvesting
plan, green belt development & Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) programme in details
through power point presentation. He also highlighted the likely environmental impacts and
pollution control measures to be taken up by the unit. He also mentioned about the Corporate
Social Responsibility (CSR) programmes which will be initiated in consultation with local
people. Company will provide medical support in local villages, road construction, bus
shelters, plantation activities, educational support to students and the company will generate
employment for local people and economic development of the nearby villages. He also
highlighted the occupational health programme of the company and safety measures that will
be taken by the company.
WEST BENGAL
After the presentation the following queries/suggestions made by the public which has been
noted below:
Sl.No. Name & Comments/Suggestions/Remarks Response/clarification

Address by Project proponent
1 Vivekananda Appreciated the plan for Efficient bag filter
Deora, Borjora pollution control, Monitoring systems both for source
should be done regularly, Water as well as fugitive
scarcity issue should be emissions will be
addressed by water management, installed and will be
skilled labour is available in the maintained properly to
region and should be recruited by reduce the ambient air
the company pollution level within
statutory norms. Enough
green belt will be
developed surrounding
the unit and plantation in
the surrounding villages
will also be initiated.
2 Sudipto Water recycling should be done Water will be recycled.
Adhikary, for minimize the water use. Local Zero discharge norm will
Borjora skilled labour should be taken on be followed. Local people
priority basis and govt. should will be recruited.
monitor the promise made by the
company for CSR implementation
3 Arup De, Supported the project as it will be Local people will be
Ghutgoria helpful for the region and benefited economically
highlighted that previous and local skilled people
industries didn’t recruited will be recruited.
enough local people and recruited
from neighbouring states. So the
company should recruit from
local area through advertisement
as there is enough skilled
manpower available.
4 Fatik Das Requested management to reduce Efficient bag filter
(School the air pollution efficiently. Govt. systems both for source
Teacher), should improve the distribution as well as fugitive
WEST BENGAL
Ghutgoria of water in the region. Welcome emissions will be

the setting up the factory and installed and will be
management should take care maintained properly to
about the plantation. reduce the ambient air
pollution level within
statutory norms. Enough
green belt will be
developed surrounding
the unit and plantation in
the surrounding villages
will also be initiated.
5 Shantimoy Welcomed the establishment of Local skilled labour will
Chatterjee, the factory and management be recruited
Borjora should recruit skilled labour from
the local area as there is plenty of
skilled labour available.
6 Pradip Pandey, Welcomed the industry and they Company will fulfill the
Borjora should fulfill the commitments commitments with
support from local people
7 Manoj Welcomed the industry. Efficient pollution control
Mukherjee Economic development will equipment will be
(School happen due to the installed.
Teacher), industrialization. Pollution
Ghutgoria control should be effective and
WBPCB should monitor the
performance of the factory
8 Jwaharlal Company should donate an Company will finalise the
Banerjee, Borjora ambulance to the Gram package for medical
Panchayat. School students support in consultation
should be helped by the with gram panchayat.
company. Local people should be Local skilled people will
employed and package for be employed. School
development should be given. students will be
Supported the proposed unit in supported.
the area.
9 Alok Mukherjee, Encouraged the establishment of Effective pollution
Ghutgoria the industry. Pollution should be control will be done as
monitored. Water management to per CPCB norms. Rain
WEST BENGAL
be done as water availability water will be collected

reduces during summer. and stored for usage
Company should arrange doctor during summer. In-house
for local people. Local people doctors will be available
should be employed and and periodic health camp
payment should not be delayed. will be arranged. Local
Ambulance should be donated for skilled people will be
medical help of the locals. employed. Ambulance
will be donated to gram
panchayat.
10 Secretary, Welcomed the industry in the Wastewater will be
Ghutgoria Club area. Community development treated and recycled and
& Library, should be done. Improvement of used zero discharge norm
Ghutgoria drainage facility and wastewater will be followed.
from factory should not be Educational & sports
discharged in nearby village area. related support will be
Support should be provided to provided to the local club
the library and schools. and schools.
11 Mahadev Mentioned the factory as a gift to Pollution monitoring will
Singha, Local the local people. Pollution control be done on regular basis.
Political Leader monitoring should be done by the Minimum wages will be
WBPCB. They should set up a given as per government
wing in this industrial region. rules and regulations.
Minimum wage should be fixed Labour law will not be
as per government rules. Labour violated.
law should be followed strictly.
Coal distribution should be done
by local suppliers/traders
12 Rajendra Prasad Welcomed the factory in the area. The company will fulfill
Mondal, Borjora BDO should monitor the its commitments.
commitment of the company.
13 Ashok Kundu He mentioned his experience and Insurance facility will be
(Skilled worker asked the company to recruit provided. Local skilled
in Plastic Unit), skilled labor from local area as people will be employed.
Borjora there is plenty of skilled labour Students from local
available. Accident compensation school will be supported.
should be given to the family.
Local students should be
WEST BENGAL
supported.
14 Partha Strongly supported the industry Efficient pollution control
Mukherjee, for local development. Pollution equipments will be
Borjora control equipments should be installed and CPCB
installed and govt. norms should norms will be followed.
be followed.
15 Sukhen Bir, Welcomed the factory in the area.
Borjora Requested Govt. officials to
monitor the pollution level from
the unit. Appreciated role of
WBPCB in pollution control in the
locality. Since the project is
delayed due to dispute with
colliery and govt. should help the
industry as local people will be
benefited
16 Ashok Ghoshal, During summer drinking water Rain water harvesting is
Borjora problem occurs. Rain water planned with 3-4 months
harvesting should be done by the storage capacity.
factory. Welcomed the opening of
the unit in the locality.
17 Ashok Banerjee, Earlier factories didn’t fulfill their Company is committed
Borjora commitments. BDO should look for proper
into the matter. Supported the implementation of CSR
establishment of the industries programme with support
but they should support the from local people.
development of local people
ADM requested the management for proper implementation of the CSR plan with
consultation with local clubs, gram panchayat. As the people are supporting the industry so
management should maintain good relation with local community. WBPCB has done well in
recent times regarding the monitoring of pollution and in future also they will continue the
good job.
SDO, requested the company to implement the Rain water harvesting & ground water
recharge. The people from local area can be recruited for development of green belt and also
local nurseries should be utilized as it will enhance their livelihood.
Mr. Pawan Nwatia, Director of M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. thanked all the participants and
welcomed their comments and suggestions. He committed that skilled people will be
WEST BENGAL
employed from local area only and minimum wages will be maintained. Pollution control
equipment will be installed to reduce pollution level and CPCB norms will be strictly adhered
to.
Mr. Debashish Sarkar, Sr. Environmental Engineer, WBPC further requested the project
proponent to implement the proposal for extensive green belt and plantation activities, rain
water harvesting with storage facilities. He also mentioned that industry is required for the
socioeconomic development of the area and told that the project is welcomed only after
incorporation of all the pollution control measures and corporate social responsibility
programmes proposed by the project proponent. He assured the participants that the
proceedings of this public hearing shall be duly forwarded to the Ministry of Environment
and Forest, Government of India and further expressed his gratitude to the participants for
their active participation in this public hearing procedure.
************
WEST BENGAL
Attachments
1. Documents indicating acquisition of land

2. Project site layout plan-Scaled gridded (with water storage, green belt, rain water
harvesting etc)
3. Ground water report
4. Permission for the drawl of water
5. Topo Sheet of the study area
6. Self Declaration of M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. regarding the Litigation
7. M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. WBPCB Public Hearing Papers 2012
EIA FOR FERRO ALLOY MANUFACTURING UNIT IN BANKURA, WEST
BENGAL
CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................... 3
2.0 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE FERRO ALLOY MANUFACTURING UNIT ............................................................... 3
3.0 SITE LOCATION OF PROJECT ................................................................................................................. 4
4.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND UTILITIES ..................................................................................................... 4
5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING OF THE AREA ................................................................................................. 6
6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION ....................................................................... 8
6.1 Air Environment ....................................................................................................................... 9
6.2 Noise Environment .................................................................................................................. 9
6.3 Land Environment ................................................................................................................... 9
6.4 Water Environment ................................................................................................................. 9
6.5 Biological Environment ........................................................................................................... 9
6.6 Socio-economic Environment ............................................................................................. 10
7.0 MITIGATION MEASURES ...................................................................................................................... 10
8.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................................................... 11
9.0 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................................................................... 12
10.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES .......................................................................................................................... 13
10.1 Public Consultation ................................................................................................................... 13
10.2 R & R Action Plans ..................................................................................................................... 13
11.0 CONCLUSION ....................................................................................................................................... 13
2 Samaprpan Steel Pvt. Ltd.
BENGAL
1.0 Introduction
M/s Samarpan Steels Pvt. Ltd. was incorporated on 26th March 2008 with the registered
office at 22, Kenderdine lane, flat no-9. 1st floor, Kolkata-700 012. West Bengal, India,
with its main object being to carry the business as manufacturing and trading,
producing, processing, buying and supplying of ferro alloys steel, ferrous and non
ferrous metals, ferro silicon, rollers, strips, foundry converters, assemblers, mini steel
plants, alloy casting plant and to construct, install and erect necessary plants for the
above purposes.
The unit will be equipped with one no. 6.0 MVA submersible arc furnace in phase –I
and 9.0 MVA submersible arc furnaces in phase – II, as the main melting facility
supported by all required auxiliary facility. The location of unit is in a fast growing
industrial area of West Bengal and is in close proximity to the raw material,
consumables and finished product market.
The proposed project is designated to be developed under the Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) Notification and amendments under Environment (Protection) Act
(EPA), 1986. The proposed project (less than 1 Million TPA) falls under “Category A”
and should have been appraised at the Expert Appraisal Committee, Ministry of
Environment and Forest (MoEF).
Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF) issued Terms of Reference (TOR) for
carrying out the EIA/EMP study vide letter No. J-11011/422/2010-IA-II (I) dated 19th
November 2010 based on the duly filled Form I along with pre feasibility report
submitted and subsequent presentation made to Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC).
above address as it is an greenfield project and well connected with other parts of the
2.0 Salient Features of the Ferro Alloy manufacturing unit

The salient features of the Ferro alloy manufacturing Unit are as follows:
Design capacity of proposed plant : 6 MVA & 9 MVA
Total project cost : 3576.12 lakhs INR
Water requirement : 18 KLD (18 M3/Day)-Makeup
Source of water : Ground Water/Surface Water
BENGAL
Power requirement : 6453.8 KVA for 6 MVA unit and

10735 KVA for 9 MVA unit
3.0 Site Location of project

above address as it is a green field project and well connected with other parts of the
The nearest railway station is Durgapur Railway Station with distance of about 13 Km
and nearest Airport is Kolkata Airport with distance of about 180 Km. The nearest town
is Durgapur which is about 13 Km from the plant site. The project site is beside National
Highway 2.
4.0 Project Description and Utilities

¾ Project Details
The details of the proposed system are as follows:
Sl.No. Raw Material (in For Ferro & Silicon For Ferro Silicon Total
MT.) Manganese
In 6 In 9 In 6 In 9
MVA MVA MVA MVA
1 Manganese Ore (40- 5049 7574 12623
42 Grade)
2 Manganese Ore (32- 5047 7570 12617
34 Grade)
3 Ferro Manganese slag 1233 1849 3082
4 Manganese Ore (44-46 4109 6164
Grade) 10273
5 Manganese Ore (36-38 4109 6164 10273
Grade)
6 Coal 2724 5107 7831
7 Coke 3405 5107 8512
8 Quartzite 4884 7326 12210
9 Mill scale or MS 2508 3762 6270
Scraps
10 Dolomite 1827 2741 2376 3564 10508
11 E.C. Plastics 129 194 178 267 768
12 Charcoal 6864 10296 17160
BENGAL
¾ Electric Arc Furnace
Arc Furnace shall have three floors steel structure; ground floor shall have all
arrangement for casting to finished products. Submerged arc furnace working
arrangements are done at the 1st floor of the structure. The Transformer, Electrodes and
other arcing arrangement are done side by side to this floor is covered with Smoke
Hood. Beside this structure there is a way having EOT crane where hot casted product
are allowed to cool by natural wind. All the casting arrangements are done in this Floor.
Finished product and slag pot are handled with the help of EOT Crane.
¾ Charging system
Manganese Ore and Coke/Coal constitute the major charge for Ferro Alloys making in
the Sub merged Arc Furnace where charge mix comprising of Manganese Ore,
Coke/Coal, Dolomite, are fed to the furnace in specified proportion. The charge mix
depends upon the product to be manufactured. The promoters of the company have
decided to manufacture High Carbon Ferro Manganese (Fe.Mn) & Ferro Silicon OR
Ferro Silicon therefore above charge mix has been taken into consideration. During the
process of manufacturing, composition of manganese, carbon and other rare elements
cannot be modified therefore, charge mix are done with accurate weighing of different
raw materials and additives.
¾ Tapping and Solidifying
The metal and slag will be tapped simultaneously, on an average, in every alternate
hours, or in large intervals depending on availability of power, into refractory lined
ladles mounted on ladle cars,. Since it is desired to hold the slag & metal in a ladle, use
of top pouring type ladle cars. Since it is desired to hold the slag & metal in a ladle, use
of top pouring type ladles has been contemplated
¾ Product and Slag Handling
After cooling down of the ingots they are removed to the finished & packing bay where
they will be broken down to small pieces by pneumatic hammers/chisels to pieces of
size 100 to 150 mm. The cakes will be transported to the finished and storage area with
the help to transfer cars.
¾ Water
The water requirement of the unit is estimated to be about 18 KLD for Makeup water,
internal spray, and gardening and for sanitary and general purposes. The company will
set up of bore well and water pump in the factory site.
¾ Power
BENGAL
Power supply for the new unit will be provided by West Bengal State Electricity Board.
The estimated load is about 6453.8 KVA for 6 MVA unit and 10735 KVA for 9 MVA
unit.
¾ Instrumentation and Controls
A Centralized Distributed Control, Monitoring and Information System will be

provided for monitoring, control, alarm and interlocking of each Unit for ensuring
efficient, smooth and safe Operation of the Plant and Equipment.
¾ Fire protection system
The fire protection system will comprise of Fire detection and alarm system in all
critical areas. Besides this fire fighting system covering different types of portable fire
extinguishers, will be provided.
¾ Rain Water Harvesting
Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. has prepared a plan for the optimum utilization of the rain
water. Rain Water Harvesting Plant has been shown in the plant layout. Accordingly,
the entire land has to be leveled in such a way that Rain Water flows down to the RCC
constructed Rain Water storage pond. Water will enter into the storage pond through
filter bed. Filter bed will be made with different size of gravels and core sand. The
filtrate water will be stored in the pond. The same water will be used for the industrial
as well as the domestic purposes through water pump and motor. The residue of the
filter bed will be removed manually from time to time.
5.0 Environmental Setting of the area

The baseline environmental status was assessed based on primary and secondary data
collected through on-site field observations and obtained from agencies such as
Regional Meteorological Centre (Kolkata), Survey of India, Census of India and Local
Forest Department and other relevant sources. The following environmental
components were focused at during this study:
¾ Physiography and drainage pattern (flood hazard zonation, ground water

availability etc.)
¾ Air Environment (Meteorology, Ambient Air Quality and ISCST 3 Air quality
modeling for PM, Noise Levels, Traffic Pattern, etc.)
¾ Water Environment (Quality and Quantity of Surface and Groundwater sources)
¾ Land Environment (Geology, Hydrogeology, Landuse-Landcover, Solid Waste

generation and characteristics)
¾ Ecological Environment (Terrestrial and Aquatic Flora & Fauna)
¾ Socio-Economic
BENGAL
The baseline status collated from analysis of secondary and primary data is
summarized below.
¾ Meteorology
The meteorological data were obtained from the Bankura weather station of Regional
Meteorological Center located at Kolkata. The meteorological parameters include, wind
speed, wind directions and other information such as Humidity, rainfall, temperature.
The predominant wind direction is from North West. The wind speeds are usually less
than 20 KMPH. The monthly average maximum temperature recorded during the
month of April is about 37.5° C and monthly average minimum temperature recorded
during the month of January is about 12.7° C. The highest rainfall occurred in the month
of June followed by July. The total rainfall received in a year is about 1404.2 mm with
total number of rainy days of about 75. The annual average Relative humidity is about
74.3% (at 0830 Hours) and 61.3% (at 1730 Hours).
¾ Landuse
The area consists of two different tracts. The western portion marks the gradual descent
from the table land of Chota Nagpur to the delta of lower Bengal, consisting largely of
spurs projecting from the western tableland and of low swelling ridges.
Landuse and landcover of the area falling within the 10 sq. km of the proposed site is
undertaken with the help of Topographical data, Satellite data and field studies and
were transferred in ARCGis Map and Landuse and Land cover of the region was
prepared. Agriculture is widely practiced in the region and is indicated by the extent of
land use in the study area. Around 66% of the total area is covered under agriculture.
Built–up land occupies about 5%, Water bodies occupy around 761 ha, and vegetation
occupy around 10 %.
M/s Samarpan Steel Pvt. Ltd. is not falling in the flood zone. Hence the floods may not
have direct impact on the unit.
¾ Ambient Air Quality
Ambient air quality was monitored at 8 stations. Selection of air quality monitoring
station was done as per MoEF guidelines for conducting EIA study. The pollutant
concentration levels of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, PAHs measured. It was observed that
while the concentration levels of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, PAHs were well within the
prescribed limits at all locations. The highest PM10 & PM2.5 level in the area recorded is
found to be 85.0 μg/m3 and 49 μg/m3 respectively within the project site. The average
levels of SO2 concentrations at all locations varied from 7.4 μg/m3 to 6.3 μg/m3 within
the study area.
¾ Noise Levels
BENGAL
Noise monitoring was carried out at different locations at and around the site. The
average noise levels at day & evening time noise levels recorded at 10 different
locations were 58 dB(A) and 42 dB(A) respectively.
¾ Water Quality
The assessment of water quality in the study area was done and compared with the
drinking water standards prescribed by CPCB. Eight water samples from surface water
sources and eight samples for bore wells were collected from various locations within
the study area and were analyzed. Almost all physico-chemical parameters are well
within the prescribed limits as per IS: 10500:1991 standards.
¾ Soil Quality
To assess the baseline soil quality in the study region, four soil samples were collected
and analyzed at three locations. The surface soil at the proposed site is silty brown,
mixed with fine grained sand. The soil being mostly loose sandy for a significant depth
has more water contaminant filtering capacity. The share of oxygen and silica content in
the soil is more compared to others, however, other macronutrients, nitrogen,
phosphorus and potassium have been found in very insignificant amount. Major heavy
metals were observed below detection level.
¾ Ecology
The floral checklist of the surveyed area had revealed 56 species of trees and shrubs.
Besides as many as 32 plant species of known medicinal values have been recorded in
the study area.
The faunal checklist showed 15 species of mammals, 25 species of birds, 13 species of

reptiles and 7 species of Amphibians from the study area.
¾ Socio-economy
The total population within the study area is about 148,511 out of which 77410 are male
population and 71101 are female population. The Sex ratio is about 918. The total
literacy rate within the study area is about 61%. About 37% of the total population
belongs to the working class. No archaeologically important monument, arts and
cultural site exist on either side of the project within 10 Km study area. About 16
industries present within 10 Km radius.
6.0 Environmental Impact Assessment and Evaluation

Impact evaluation has been accomplished through the use of functional relationship
according to Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES). Overall a positive
impact after implementation of EMP was observed.
BENGAL
Adequate environmental management measures will be incorporated during the entire

planning, construction and operation stages of the project to minimize the adverse
environmental impacts and assure sustainable development of the area. The impacts
during the construction phase will be temporary in nature. The summary of pollution
sources and mitigation measures proposed for the project are as follows:
6.1 Air Environment
During the construction phase, operation of construction equipments and vehicles will
be the main sources of pollution. A dust control plan will be implemented and regular
maintenance of vehicles and equipment will be carried out. For the present study, this
model is used for the prediction of maximum ground level concentration (GLC)
through The Industrial Source Complex – Short Term (ISCST3) dispersion model.
Ground level concentrations calculated due to proposed project activities and
cumulative impact are superimposed on existing ambient air quality monitoring results
and combined values are found within permissible National Ambient Air Quality
Standards (2010).
6.2 Noise Environment
During the construction phase, adequate mitigative measures such as controlled time of
construction, job rotation etc. will be implemented.
During the operation phase, the sources of noise emissions shall be equipments such as
shredders, generator etc and vehicular movement. Noise enclosures shall be provided
wherever possible and workers shall be provided with earplugs.
6.3 Land Environment
The proposed project will be developed on the identified site; hence, minimum change
in the land-use of the site due to the proposed project is anticipated. With the site
development for the proposed plant, green belt of 2.5 m to 3.0m around the periphery
of project site would be developed and other aesthetic changes would be made at the
plant site, thereby creating overall positive impact on the aesthetics of the site.
6.4 Water Environment
Construction activities for the proposed development can have minor impact on
hydrology and water quality of the area as the construction waste will not be leached
into ground or any surface water body.
During the operation phase, about 5 KLD ground or surface water will be utilized for
the domestic purposes and 18 KLD will be required for makeup water.
6.5 Biological Environment
BENGAL
The proposed ferro alloy unit shall be within industrial premises. There will not be any
cutting of the plantation at the site. The industry will develop a green belt on the
surrounding periphery. There is Beliator forest, but no national park or sanctuary
within 10 km radius of the plant. There shall be no impact on the same. There is no
place of archaeological, historical, religious or tourist interest within the study area i.e.
10 km radius of plant site. Hence, there shall be no impact on places of interest.
6.6 Socio-economic Environment
During the construction and operation period the project is going to create substantial
temporary employment and income. A large portion of this income is likely to trickle
down to locals. Therefore substantial amount of employment and income is likely to be
generated for the local people. Hence it can be concluded that the project is likely to
contribute in a positive manner towards direct employment in the study area.
An effort is also made to predict the impact of the projects on average family income.
Income is expected to rise as the project gathers momentum. The family income is
assumed to grow because rapid industrialization is expected in the vicinity of the plant,
which is likely to push up the average income in this area. Overall assessment of the
employment and income effects indicates that the project has strong positive impact on
employment and income.
Health awareness among the villages may grow with the industrial development,
especially regarding cleanliness. Community development organizers may play a lead
role in this regard.
7.0 Mitigation Measures

¾ Air Environment
Construction phase: During construction phase, effective water is sprinkling over the
transport roads and over the areas where loose materials are handled. The machinery
used in construction will be well maintained, regularly overhauled and tuned which
will prevent air pollution due to exhaust emissions.
Operational Phase: It is proposed to cover the trucks loaded with raw material by
tarpaulin. It is also proposed to sprinkle water over the roads (especially unpaved). Bag
filters will be installed at all material transfer points and material conveying systems -
air slides, bucket elevators etc.
¾ Noise Environment
The noise generation will be reduced at source by erecting noise dampening enclosures,
by maintaining the machines and greasing them regularly. The vehicles are and will be
equipped with silencers. The equipments shall be provided with acoustic shields or
enclosures to limit the sound level inside the plant, the existing equipment already have
BENGAL
these provisions. All the workers engaged at and around high noise generating sources
are and shall be provided with ear protection devices like ear mufflers/plugs.
¾ Water Environment
No effluent will be disposed, so no adverse impact on soil is anticipated.
Rain water harvesting: As discussed above, the plant layout would be evolved in such
a manner so that rain water collected in the plant area is collected and stored which can
be used for plant operation and also have a positive effect on the overall hydrography
of the area.
¾ Soil and Geology
The municipal solid waste generated from the plant will be segregated and separated as
combustible and non-combustibles wastes. The Materials shall be transported by road
and shall be stored in the plant premises. This report is prepared with the consideration
of hazards and care shall be taken for all aspects of environmental hazards.
¾ Biological environment
Construction phase: The activities as much as possible to the project site and allocate
the track roads for construction will be restricted. Routing of surface drainage from the
water courses and ponds and briefing of site workers about any ecologically sensitive
areas will be done.
Operation phase: Maintenance of buffer zone particularly around the site to minimize
the disturbance to grazing animals, minimization of litter blow by good cover, fencing
and hand-picking, use of localized variations in soil type, differing, drainage properties
and vegetation cover across landfill restoration areas to encourage ecological diversity.
¾ Socio-economic environment
Job opportunities during construction and operation phase shall improve economic
condition of the local people. Regular medical examination of employees will be done
for the occupational diseases by a team of qualified Medical Officers. Periodical medical
camps will be arranged for detection of occupational diseases in the nearby rural
population, wherein the local people can take free medicines and health checkups.
Treatments for their acute and chronic illnesses will be provided totally free of cost with
referral services and required treatment at well equipped hospitals with all financial
assistance.
8.0 Environmental Management Plan

For the effective implementation of the EMP, an Environmental Management System
(EMS) will be established at the proposed project. The EMS will include the following:
BENGAL
¾ Air pollution control devices for effective control of dust emission
¾ Noise pollution control by manufacturing premises will have proper ventilation,

Green belt will be developed to act as a noise barrier, Noise barriers/ shields in
the form of walls, beams will be provided around the units wherever found
feasible
¾ Rooftop rainwater from the administrative area, storage facility area and plant
area is flown down to the ground and then taken to storm water drains. The
storm water drains are intercepted at strategic locations and rainwater is
diverted into recharge wells. The recharge wells will be provided with recharge
bores to facilitate the recharge.
¾ Establishment of an Environmental Management cell
¾ Implementation of regular Environmental Monitoring Program
¾ Personnel Training on safety and environment
¾ Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action
¾ Documentation – Standard operating procedures Environmental Management

Plans and other records.
9.0 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

For the effective & safe implementation ferro alloy project, it is important to identify
associated safety hazards and carry out a basic risk assessment; an effective risk
assessment & disaster management plan has been proposed as part of EIA report. Risk
assessment & disaster management plan includes:
¾ Critical aspects including safety culture, training and awareness, relationships

and training of contractor staff and many others.
¾ Safety measures, possibility of accidents either due to human errors and/ or due
to equipment/ system failure.
¾ Disaster management and response plan to minimize the adverse impacts due to
an unfortunate incident and disaster Management aspects.
The DMP has therefore to be related to the identification of sources from which hazards
can arise and the maximum credible loss scenario that can take place in the concerned
area. The plan takes into account the maximum credible loss scenario - actions that can
successfully mitigate the effects of losses/ Emergency need to be well planned so as
BENGAL
they would require less effort and resources to control and terminate emergencies,
should the same occur.
10.0 Additional Studies

10.1 Public Consultation
Public Consultation is one of the important aspects of environmental impact assessment

which is covered under MoEF notification on environmental clearance issued on 14th
September 2006. The aspect of public consultation is followed as per said notification.
Public hearing in respect of proposed plant held at the Community Hall, Borjora,
Bankura, West Bengal in scheduled time (i.e. - 17th April 2012 at 12.00 Noon). All the
issues of environmental concerns has been spelt out and explained during the
proceeding of Public Consultation/Public Hearing.
10.2 R & R Action Plans
The project is going to come up on 9.17 acres area. Total land has already been acquired.
There is no existence of displaced habitants in the acquired area.
11.0 Conclusion
Analysis of various environmental impacts both adverse and beneficial in the present
study reveals that the implementation of the project will considerably improve the
socio-economic condition of the people. This will nullify much of the adverse impacts
arising out of the environmental degradation perceived. On the basis of present study
the following conclusions may be drawn.
• The proposed project is not going to cause any damage to existing traditional
agricultural situation.
• The project has strong positive employment and income effects, both direct as
well as indirect.
• The project is going to have positive impact on consumption behavior by way of

raising average consumption and income through multiplier effect.
• The project is likely to speed up the growing view on importance of education

among the people of the study area.
BENGAL
• The project has a strong positive industrialization in its vicinity.
• People perceive that the project will bring significant job opportunities for the
people along with the development of social infrastructure. They are also fearful
about deterioration of law and order situation and pollution.
• The project is likely to bring about positive changes in life style and quality of life
for people located in that area.
• There will be overall socio-economic development of the region.
FORM.4
s(3)ardt\(s)l
ts.eRuL,'
(EI'BLEM ORTIOI,oCT,{MOFTII' CPNCETNED
0
AI'rI!IORTT1,)
PERMITFORSINKINGOFNEW WELL
lL/S ?tSttbt/ h4)tb) / V 5)td oJthcWc BensalGrcundWaterResour.cs
(Ma asenent, Cont.ol and Regulotion) Act 2005.1
pERMrr
No..P--a-1.9.?...9.
?1 W 6L( Ts E.
l. Nameofthe applicant(user) stuitsv{.
SAMn<.phryS-\EEL pVT, LTD.
(b) Son/ Daughtorof
(c) Addressof the applicant dhvt?e'qa, bovtilO.G\, DSt - 4 a.rtJrtura-
(d) Categoryof farmer(Pleasetick) 1Jmall Farmer/ Marpinal Farm€r/ O(hlfs
(in caseof inigationwell)
( e ) SerialNo. of appticationF'orm
anddateof submission
S ora (es)! n.tt.to
(f) Specimen signatureof theuser
2. Iocation particulars--
(a) District . lb aunkw-e-
(b) Block,Mouza, J.L. No.,PIoiNo. e,atSOtnt, G-l^vtB^'ti q ) 2 4 t I
21 I
(c) Municipality/CoAoration
WardNo./BoroughNo., HoldinSNo. I
3. Particularsoftheproposedwellandpumpingdcvice--
'f
(a) Typeofthewell 1'J:,Q.LCa-l I
(b) Approx.depthofthewell0n) Ioorvl ' ,
(c) Purpose of thewell tT\d .{,af') 4.L
(d) Assembly size(fortube well) 150 rr.rj'.x75 r:lr'..
(e) Approxjstfainer length(fortubewell)
(D Dianeter(fordugwell)
(g) Typeofpumptobeused St L>mt*s+i61-a-
(h) H.P.ofthepump
(i) Operational device fi"e Pne-
(j) Rateofwithdrawal (m3/hr.) 5
(k) Maximumallowablerunninghoursperday 6
This permitauthorizes theownerapplicant(user)to sinka well in thelocationspecifiedat S1.(2) for extraclionof gound
warctataratenotexceeding thatassho*n at Sl. (3) O andforrunninghoun/dayasshownatSl.(3)(K), andis v.lid subject
to the observanceof theconditionsstatedoverleaf.
i
lfu,mkt'ort'
SienatureoJthcLtsuingAuthority
I
5'ot'tt and DesiSiatid.
condilios: lt-'$'--
(l) in caseofanychangeofowneGhipof thc!trolsed *ell, &rshEgisFalionbu lo b€obrained
(2) No chanseofleation, design,hl. ofwithdrawa!ed Funpins<tevice ,nrcsp€.rof rhelroposedw.ll4 'nd'car.datSl. (2)od (3)of tHsceluncatcshall
beMdc withourpriorpemissionoflheConp€renlAu$onry. an) dev'ariggj$thniSAdC$4*ad rocmcdlariodoflhislqmit.
(3) Ir ce, anyof the p;icul.tr / infomato;fumished by ri.. a'pLi*r ffiififo6riElPfo'?-hsude of Lhsp€mit is fou ro be idcod@ldui.s
. ).il:Tt':.T,1::1'jfi ';i,lf"'iiil
::tl:ii:,-.;::::fi **wss'rB-'d*^,.
--iddY, Y-
unrd$i"o
B.C.L./4/50,000/06
FORM4
IEMBIIM OR
lS.. RtLr 9(i) dnd t0(5)l
UOLOOR,IM AUTIIORIrY)
OFT'TIf,CONCERI\'ED 005?9b
PERMIT FOR SINKING OF NEW WELL
IuA 7tJ)tb)/ 714)lb)/ 7l5Iat of the wastBenSdlGround WaterResoutccs
tMotuaem.rl. Coatroland R.Sulatioh) Act2OO5l
l (a) Nameofthe applicant(user) srlttsft.3nM /1RP4l/ s-rEEL( L+e

o) Son/ Daughterof ( Au)garra, ftao,jo-rt' , Dkr I3a,Trl<r4''-4.- '
Addr€ssof theapplicani
(d) Categoryoffaim€r (Please tick) SmallFarmcr/Margiml Famer / Oth€rs
(in caseof irrigationwell) Bt -". / ^ E \ 1 1 , , t . 1 1 .r o t D
(e) SerialNo. of applicarionForm
anddateof submission
(0 Specimensignaureof lheuser
Location pMicula$--
(a) Disricl &.a,,r1]<t ,,'ra-
(b) Block,Mouza"J.L No,PIorNo fia"rjora, eirdp'n0,,, L<,2tql
(c) Municipality /CorPoralion
WardNo./ BoroughNo..HoldingNo. N n.
3 . Paniculars of theproposed wollandpumpingdevrce-'
(a) Typeofthewell T!Lb4. rie..l 4
(b) Approx.depthof thewell(m) l6eM ,
(c) Purposeof ihewell 1T.A w) f. o'{-
(d) Assemblysize(fortubewcll) l 5 o m mX. ? f m m .
(e) Approx,strainerlength (fortrbewell)
(f) Diameter(for dugwell)
$ok'raL,vs4'61o-
r
(g) Typ€ofpumpto b€used
(h) H.P.ofthepurnp 5
(i) Operationaldevice E lo t H,e-
(j) Rateof withdrawal (n3 / hr.) .9
(k) Maxirnumallowable ninninghoursperday , 6
Thisp€rmitauthorizesthcownerapp|icant(user)iosinka*'elljnlhelocationspecifiedatSl'(2)folextractionofgrou
*ut"iuiu*"noro"""aing uat asiiown arsl.1iy () andforrunninghours/datas shownarsl (3)(K), andis validsubject
totheobservance of thecondidons starcdoverleaf
t"ffif;
Pt^cet
fttl44'\'v'1t4'
o,tc,t,fo/ltr [.Sffi$''"
SiS@tuiol the tssuineAuhonry II
(l) ln ceseoidy cbmgeofovneship ofthe 9rcE ed weu ircsir Esisddon has10bcobldned'
I
i
shall
-a p" n,p,ngai"ie in rcrperor *rc poposedve 6 indicaEdars l. (2)ed (3)ordrs ccnjficare
r";,*g".i
''iii r-",t'.", a"ien,,,ti,.r*iriai*nr
t ''"a"_*itl,*t p;or'p."'i,iion oi rt e co-p.r.nrei,u'oiiqlAnv dev'6iio; in thrsreBsd chirl t*a rc c-*u"uo'rflp'dt;o
orlhis J be incoftcl dun s
r,r 'n .ce, my a rre poirculan/ inromltio;fwshcd b' tho apph.rr il lxr app|cauonfor i:sud'e
\en '.rUonartrt.ub.€quenrrbAe,thi' penniristabl.forcmelldiob
La, AnyoLr.rcond onrmDo.en b\ theconcmedAudod')
* 1
:esl:S{ii;x j
Li#$i*r'""
B.C-L./4/50,000/06
l
,. l
L--
I
)J r y, iirLr ",,.g,J'
f-\ rl\/\\\\\.Y)1.)Y
stags.or ml
,"'
Y/.'/,/- /-
lta=:=Lil -\/,//
/i
n"
I 'X- /-\
/ i' )("'i
itI
IU
(
i { i1
,,) VA I
/ //\v
:-,,-.|rt<-';o GHUTGAFtIAI
v\.LAGt /2
_r\A
,/ Y-.._ \, \ "',/
-i".t-r"'X
^,a:'
.
.,-*'
.r<"t ,
// ,//,/'
,/''
t .ct' / ,//
q* ///
;
WESTBENGAL
POLLUTION
CONTROL
BOARD
(Deparhtent oJ Enuircnment, GaDt.of WesrBeagdt)
"EE!94L Pdibesh Bhawd, 10A, Block LA, Sector lll
ffi
\!72
Bidhdnagar, itotkata_7oo098, india
Tel:2335 9o'a / 7a2a/ a2rr / 6731 l 026r / a86r / s868/ r62s
F d : 2 3 3 5 5 8 6 8/ 2 8 1 3
Ciry Code : 33, Counrry Code : 9l
Website:q,{q.wbpcb.gov.r,
Memo No. -2N-23/2011(E) Dated: .05.2012
To,
Dr. P. L. Ahujarai,Scientist'F,,
Minislryof Environmenr & Forests,
Govemment of lndia,Paryavaran Bhawan,
(L A. Division),CGOComplex,LodhiRoad.
NewDelhi I l0 003.
Sub: PublicHearingfor rhepropos€d

FerroAltoy ptant(21859TpA) by installationof 6 MVA (phase, t) and9
MVA (Phase- lI) Submerged pS - Barjora,Dist _ Bankura,WestBengat,
Arc Furnacea! Vjll, Chutgoria,
by M/s. S.mrrpan Steetpvt. Ltd.
proposed
Sir,
I amenclosing herewiththe followingdocumentsfor theabovementioned

projecttolvardsenvironmenu,
creamnce
by theMinistryofEnvironment& Forests. Covt.oltndia.
j Chronologyofeventsleadingto publicHearing(Ann€xure - I).
t. Mrnutesof Publicllearingdatedl7.04.2012 zt rhe MeetingHall of the Comnruniry
ltalt of lla|iora
Samity,Vill, PO& PS- Barjora,Dist- Bankura(Annexure
Panchayat _ fl).
3 . Copyofattendanceofpanclmenbefsandothersinpublic caring(Anncx;re-lII).
OneCD containing
rhevideography ofthc publichearing (Annexurc_IV).
Yoursitilhfully.
sd/-
(D. SarkaD
SeniorEnvironm€ntal
BnSinccr(LIM Ctcll)
WesiBcngalPollution
ControlBoard
Merl..N..2 bfl( ) ^2N-23/2or

r(E) D^tcd4t):05.2012
Cgpyto:
r ,,Mr. Pa$an Newatia.Directoror V s. Samarpan
Ste€lPvt.J-td.,22, Kenderdine
Lane,FIarNo. 9, l" Floor,Opp.
" IndianAirlines,
Kolkata 700012.
.\\
\l)\il){,dr"tr-
(D. Sarkat '
SeniorEnvironmentalEngineer(EIM Celt)
WestB engalPollutionControlBoard
Annexure-I
Chronologyof€v€nti le3dingto Public H€aring
I. Bankuradated15.0120i2(copy enclosed)
Copyofthe letterliom the DistrictMagistrate,
2. Letterof circulationof copiesof Execulive Summaryand EIA,GMPof the projecton I 5 03' 20I 2
(copyenclosed).
l. Notificationof PublicHearingin two localdailiespublishedon I 7 0l 20 I 2 (copyenclosed)
4. Holding PublicHearingat the MeetingHall of the CommunityHall of BarjoraPanchayat

Samity,
- -
Vill, PO & PS Barjora,Dist Bankuraon l?.04.2012
CopiesofExecutiveSummsrywith EIA./EMPr€portwereavailablefor publicscrutinyin tho

officesof:
L Bank ra, Govt.ofWest Bengal.

Offrceofthe DistrictMagistrate,
2. DistrictMagistratc
Offlceofthe Additional Covt.olWestBengal
(Cen.),Bankura.
L Ofticeofthe General D.l.C..BBnkura

Manager,
Zilla Ptrishad
BankLrra
Officeofthe Sabhadlripati,
Disl _ Bankura
office ofthe GhutgoriaGran Panchayat,
Dist - tsankura
Oince ofthe BarjoraCram Panch[yBt.
'7. ParibcshBhawan.l0A, Block - L,A,Scctor
Offlce ofthe ln-charge(Operation& ExecutioD),
-
lll, saltLakecily, Kolkala 700098.
8. office ofthe Senior6nvironmentalEngireer,Kankinara,vill - Panpur'Po " Narayanpur,

Dist
- 24 Parganas(N).
9. RegionalOffice,City Centre.Durgapur,Dist
Office ofthc E;vironmentalEngineer,DurgapLrr
Burdwan.
1 0 . D€pafimentofEnvironment,Co!1. of west Bengal,G_Block,2"" Floor,Adjacentto GateNo 3,

writers' Building,Kolkata- 700 001.
IL Ministry ofEnvironment& Forests,EastcrnZonalOfhce,Bhubaneswar'
12. Ilead Office of West BengalPollutionControl Board, ParibeshBhawan,l0A, Block LA,

seclor- III, SaltLake City, Kolkata- 700098.
FA< Lt:_ r 0tta.1jt:s:ir.t.: l-r rlar. )or: 1:lrt9|!' Pr I /ll)
Co,.i Eflrr ! of W.sl B.Dg3I

Offlct It ibs Di!t{c1 \rrsiil.its th n i.rr r
ce!er!t D.p!frE.nl
r,lcroofio_J \ 15 /6 Di.rfldl.j|_rrl'$ii
n - s " . . ' r .E i r ' t u r n . $ r f n s n ( . . ! r \ i C e ,

w6$ BcrsaiPollurio^CMnol Boar'd
DepartnqrtrfEnvimhmcn! covemflr*nrof 9r.si Beapl
oEnlen theib. r0A,ljlocl. LA,
SHaor. l
Bid'[nnr&tr. l: ,ikel.a-700096
SLbi. Puhlicde€ringfor rhc pk\o"jr . 'cn! A o' antb\ ,,i

5anarpa!Sl'letp!1.Lrd sr Vitls :. {jh-qo..a, p S_B"Ilrra-
Dbrrior.B€n|lu
5ir
.i' Etq(hce l!rt1c o!ow. rh,sirto i8foin)ou lhot puot:cri.'rjngforLhr pr.:.jcd
"
r iorE8rrd phrt witt tia hotdon lr.04 20l2 er, t:00 roon nl,!c.nee
"g hrll of rhe
C,,nm,xi,! LlRllolthegarjorr Fdrclay$ Srnrir,.Vrr,,Ee Badc.r, ph. B ,ore p.!.
b!4or4 l]lstr'lli- Brn]:u:r.
Tfit lae r rotillEncelo yourlertervkle m0mono- 123":N-l3t0t i(F-)D"nedi0.l01.?012.
.
Yn$r3fai*fl1lly
',1
PurDiltri&.t,lt,jrr ..
(44 aANrcr'2
'
ko'
'l I c--]!j:;';
I'l.nr \1! o.* l,s.!.,j,r
')/
fof iur('msriorqrd n6o$sary
(ooy fofw:flda,i rcron10i'
i. IhFS'i[ oivis]ofl,lOmccl,Sdnkurn Sndar

1 'IhcSnjo' DepuqColl€Lr(]|, Bsif-lrr.
:i. l1I,"ttroe(-i -Ch,1:-.lnd' 'ifll, Banlrr
a.rrics.itnsri-iBsrjci.9r?.f:) :i"r'q
:. llN !li,,,k[!riiiil,i.nt {)i;!.t, Balilh icvelopni-nrllio.L
6.Ttta!rl]d&r.ch trsoriaOlanP!'uhal&t
? ThcPrsdh{lBdfjoinGrnr Pa_,:h,r}n
ji $f
aulhntilics
R-9c.A to D.1"1/ A-D Nl(c!nl. Bqnlurnf'rrF adL'r l'cft$' r|cir
"tp'ciivo
''
I O.Th) D,r)rr."r I'vr. _tf, j..i l:ur,{rli!i.:j-,fl . I:r,[].i0-9,r l lLror.
| 5rJr!|]tB. jl.6,1r Oppo$rw
lidie Airclires,Koll(Al.-?0i41?
/'i t
u ';' '
dvfAlli<Yl{A
-1t"\'ll.kfrr'p4_
aln,
-
tV 'fu pztr
i
l
i
i
I
II
6rn6! r{!n -qlfs
I
Annexure - iJ
PROCEEDIJ{CS
OFTHEPIJBIICIIEA]IING
0t 6 MvA(prrAsE-I)o*o n FERi0AI-L0YPLANr(218s9
TpA)By rNSrnr,LATroN
,#:^t'-1.tR0P0sllD
SUBMEiGEDîc ILRNACES
rA.Rrorra,
r,rsr, ril;;, ;#i'"nn ;;jl:t-rr) tlof9t'o ut |1/s ^T vrLL: cHUTGonr^,
p.s.
17.a4.2ar2Ar tr,* ;; ;;*"#:1::.^ sA'{lRPA}r
srEELpvr. r.rD. HELD0N
- *ril,
vlll+po+ps cotr{vtf\TTv
H{rLot uoo,o*,*.*ro. ,*,rr,
;;:r'-;ff;tt#tr,i:irli
'""., lf ,iffi:"";:i,iJ'r:::,,--'J:.'tsd.'n apri,,J,lon

,. ,1rsrBe,isa,
polrL,tion
c;txol
ff [j]i;lT fi : ;,;l;"l:::;i"f i::,'J11"j ;;î,,ii
a,t"a ratr s"pt",un.
;;;;:,";:
iy.,i::.,J'T;l,.i;:;.,i:;,
',",:j:] ec, rheslqnoriricd,ion
,i 0 ,s33
,,,1111'T;,*:', :: '/"..,-
n'o L s ' ( o L : ' - d' o b " o , , , o'h ,a
a " ; ;_ ,;;; ii":;;' " "
",
A.cording1l, l]/est Bensal p,
t7.a4.2ot2 a1t,; ;; ,,;;";";ffi"";;,,,,,'"" control Board conductedrhe public
IIall..ar cotrmunitr Healins on
Barjora, Disr - **,.", Hal1 or Barjora panchayat
;;,-;#l: samity,fs -
presenl in the n"".t"" obscrvinc arl rormalities. panei
; -aftcr. m-"nbers
{,exe
panelnenbers -a,n" ";r;;i:1'
oLr,".";;;;;;;'i;;iJ'"Ti:"fi,i::"I"::I"j:,"",,earins,.ist or rhe
t l e h e a r i n ss t a r . t e dw j t h
a si rroh sn I sarr'ar'sr rnrironn'n'|ar
u**
,J;t.i::,-"T,::i:;";,j i;:;::t,;:,_::;,
* *'"ti''*ol;;"',";l: it;"1':''"".'::e r'sinec?
pfo'oncnr
l;;:;li i:ir;-ii:i i:jtij,l;;
; ;;:;,:;",
to delive.hojr ,;;";;;;;;,,,iT,j:jji:i::,:::1," hcariD(andrcq!cs,ed
r,. ,,r1,j!.,
Ih. tochnioat roprescntatjve
, ol ! r o r o ' o ' 1 v u r c o n e . r, r L e{ u r s n . , ,
Lr,, J,,oio.r ,,.q,oJr""L on L.r,rri ,1
a,,d ,,;,;;,,;,;'
:;,,;;'il:,,,,::";i:,,:::,.:;i",rJ:,,
il::,"::i:,,1,",,il;',if:illli:
ll"::":1::L
'"'l '""'"
rrro'0os:r
ft.,v "; r,s nLr(e'ii'rsrcquirlo€
'""""' ;' ;"';;:" - 1"
o, va,er,sLa.k
o,issiu, """"
"ll::'- r',,,r', rir,",. ;;;;;',"ili;,J'"i',i"ijllj]]i
crarac,o,j:,,,'
1'i'r IilIP, occuratiofal
feiiloJrsil)iriry, crc. tLrartrL s c r . y i r * , s , f o r D o r . a r c: j o . i a l
\r r L SJ,t.r sr.
l l , r f . l m L n r j l' l : n s r r r e . . '
, ! , , . r i !.n 5 J r , l / o r [tslcB re!!esied rt.]
audjcrc€ to raise Lheir
oI,rrruns, rr anl,.
sri V i v e k a n a n . t aK e o r a ,
Sfi l.ar D r m s l i s a n t i n i o v( i t , a t r . . r i e . ,
!iltas. Rarjotu,**"u,n"',,-"i-,'.,r1( s r j p f a . t i l ,f . n t . . r f
wjrr hcrp in ,,"".",, rhcir !!cohins !,oje.r,
.,""";;;,:;;'";';:"|:*"' ": lr,ici, u,ey .rpecre.r,
M{re ': larse Thevrequcs'cd
rheir " ] : i the proiecr pro!o,rcrL
.;;;;;,;; potlutior control !o
l o c a t j r y . T t r €"y"* **t".*. "" "0, ," n * "]: a r d d . v ' t o r m c n r. . r i v i r i e !
r1", i n ihe
Barjora hlock *" "orr the air pollution and
," **",t"" warer c.isis in the
jnjtlatr dc'eronrenral ";";:::::1":"1."* lrrcv ro'iu6'ied rhe
lroject proponenr
ro
th.t rhc Bd,jor. r,""* "";;-:"r',;;#l"ll'fi"1"". sociar nesponsibiriiy (csl) proposars
., ;;;:'1,::',:"1"-11" so
emproyhert.rmpremenra.,". rtom thc sameand i.quesr
i""'*"tt."n rlr r.cal
saretvor vorkcrs "r''';;,;;; ,ii or occrpation!r
hcarrhand
"r",,, r,";,J;;.;;^;,.1-ll"iil
/ . c n r a r d cl"l**"
df o r s u":-tecrion
ffi.ient !arer supply
i r Li h e a r e a .
Sri SLdipto Aliikary
of villacc 6
!! a e v e l o p e df o r i n d ! s r r j a l m e n L i o n c dt l a L a d e q u a r e
infrasrr.Lr.hrre shoutd
,r.."rn ,,, l,'-"t"" arsorequested
arranccror,"r,,-, ,*,",*-i"" ihe J'ojecL!.ororerrro
erdp,oyhent ,i"'ii""1'"1-.ll
";"
rortheLp.o,ni,s
;;",;, ,,* ;lllli,,il ;"J".";:.",""fi]i,.":::iijiil:;:
d e v e l o p m e not f s r c e n b e l t a s c o m n i t r e d b t , o t h e r i n d u s t . i e s i n t h e
area has nor y€t fLrlfrl]ed. He
f u r L h e i p r o p o s e dt h a t { a s t € w a t c r a s
se.e.ated fron the unit shoutdbe..crcted.
s r i M a n o j M u k h e r j e e ,A s s t . t e a c h e r o f c h r r s o r i a H i c h S c h o o l , S r i
J { ! h a r M u k h c r r e e ,S r i
A l o k e u k h e r j e e o f v i l l a s e t a r j o r a s e t c o m c dt h e p r o p . s c d p r o j e . t a n d r e q u e s r e d
the proJecL
proron.nt to .onsidc. f.r lr{,aL emrtorhc.l g cralion. They enphasizcd 1.rre n€ed tor
infrastru.ture dcre1.lmcntrcsarding heatth sei!'.{,s, cd!.ation and
drinkins q.atersulpi} in the
S r i [ l a h a d c vS i n s h , S r j A s . k X u n d u , S r i P a r L h a { j u i n , S f i S u k h e . B i n o f
Iiuase B!rjora
e h p h a s i z e dt h e n e e d f o r c o i r i n L r o u sr i s i l a n c e a n d p o s t p r o . j e c t n o i i t o r i l s .
They atso requesled
thc Project Proponent for propcr inflenenLation of CSlt.
Thcy furrhcr proposed thc tocal
industries should utilize surfacd 'valcr for- fndustrjal us€.
They requcsred the concerned
C o v e ) . n m e raru t l L o r i t i e s l o r a r r a n s i n s s u r l a c e w a r . r f r o m n e a r b t t a h o d a r
river.
S r i A s o k c h l s h o t v i l l a s c S a t ) a j o r aa i d S r i l s o k B a n e r j e c o f B a r j o r . av e t o . m e d
Lhc projcct
a n d r c q u e s l e d f o r i m p l € m a n r a t i o no t r h e c o i u i r i D e n r sm a d eb r t h e
i.lustry. The) xcq(esrco rne
rn0ustry t0 ersure proper inptcmentaLion of CSR commitnrents
resardilrs conpjrance of
e n v r r o n r n e n t anl o r n r s . T h e v a t s o m e n r i o r e d t h a L a s t h e r e
are sever€ \{ater crisis in this area,
proper action should be taken ro.provide drinkins
vdrcr s\r\rtlt i\ rhis area.
Thc project proponent apprcciarcd thc issuos raised

d u r i n g h e a r i n c m € n t i o n € oa o o v e a n d
a s s u r e d t h s t N h e vw o u r d t a k e a j l p o s s i b l e n e a s u r e sr o J :
m a i n r a i n i n s t h e E n v i r o n m c n r aN
l o r m s .T h e y
h a v c . I s o a s s u r e dt h a t t h e v { o u t d a d d r l ) s ja I
t [ . i s s r e s m 0 n t j o n o !db o v ! a n d i l c o ] _ p o r ! ! er h e
$ a r D 0$ h i l o f i r a l i z i r ) s r h e E I I a n d l t M l , . 1 . h o y i r l i r
cd thar acrjorL has bccn jnilrarerl by ltcst
l c n s a l I n d u s t r i a l l l c v e l o l n r e n tC o r t D r a r i o r j l o l s u i r ! t !
o f { r L c r f r o r i v c r D a r j o d a r .t . h ! y a l s o
a s s u i c d t h a t l o c a l y o L r l . hv i trc qiv0rj frcj,0!r!r.,,, ti,f ,.nt)tovfiorr.
S m t . o u m i . aB . s u , A d d i i j o n r l l ) j s t r i c L r s t s l r r t c ( C ) ,
l l ! r k u r a a p p f o c i a t e d! h e D r o p o s r tr a k e n
b-v l/s. S a m a r t a nS i . c l P v t . L r r t . d u f i f a l h .
D U l , L i , ,l L l r f i t a r d c x D r . e s s c dl o r . t l j p O r l r a L t h o
I r . j € c 1 v o u l d b c i n D l e m c n t cads ! ! r t h o . . m r ) r m . I L n a r e l l r L o
Fr.oponcn a rn d v o u t . rb c n r a i r L r a i n e d
i n : n r c h a m a n r L etrh a { i h e u J r i i . ! . u t . l . o n t J t , v i t
r r (, ..lifonhefl^1 norns. She Lso .nrJrNsrzc{r
l l u l ' c s l l ' o l i v i r v s h ' u 1 d , c ! f ' f N r e d i r Lv ' s r l r a r i , ! L
r i r r r r . . a r F c o ! r ca n d r o . a r r r d r p ' , o r r v . , r .
S r i . A r i n d d mR a y , S .D . 0 , S a d a r , B a n k u r aj r r o l l s c d
t h a t ! r o j e . ! p r o p o n e n ts h o u l d e r s u r c e r c e n
b o l i d e v e l o p m c n& t rair {ater har!esrins proera.rnre.
He m.ntionc.rLhat distri.r admrnrsir.al.io,
a r r e a 0 y s l a r ' L e dr c n o v a r i o n o f . r r i s t j n s t r a t c r b o d i e s
! n i l e f N R L G pSr o s f a D o r r . s t . r . r a j n v . r e r .
r r e e n e r a l , L h e p u b li c p l . s e n t r n 1 t r .
h e r r i r u v e l l x r m e dt h e I ] I o j e . r p r o v i d c d L h c p r o j c c r
P r o p o n e n ti I c o r p o r a t e s a t ] t h e
F o l l u r i . n c o n r r o l m c a s u r c sp r o p o s e db y L h c p . o j e c t p f o p o n e n r .
l i i n a l 1 v , S m 1 . .M o u m i r aU a s u , A d d j t i o n a l D i s . r j c t
M a s i s h a i e ( c ) , B a n k u r ac o n c l u d e d r h e s . : s s i o n
wrth vote of thanks.
l
,i
\\'lr--, ,-c:1,/
Sri t. Sarkal. ShL. titoumitatlasu .
S r . E n v i r o n m e n t aEl lrsine0r Additional Disrri.t ijasisrrate (C), llankufa
e s L B e n s a lP o l t u t i o n C o n L r o lB o a r d
{jorer'nftent of llesL Betreal l
l
f I l, -rn. ,Ll .l , 1 '-1 , 6 , ; 1 1 1o1;r : rl l r c - - * i h r re - , i
]-fi . .. . D 1 e :(rtn'orbi, e-n't:)_. c , fAAtn. nnaex Lx u n
i i,Lrt.c
1.. , , , . : l ft':,rt']:
|!i,-:.-.'it'.J r",^ |" ,!c'
(- :. r r 0 l r,iLl C
F c -J , tt - n\
, ,,rlJ161:..,, r . 1 . . . . / " l a 3Phoga )1) 6
awJ
".1 cA', n . ( 'a'
m^t , (jhc
Frr. -.'r:11.;:.. . Lr- Va.l-I- r)lnLLr9O}tlLa)!, P;, l-S - p' c'r
l 1 r r l r . r . . . , r . r r : L P , q"1 1 ; i q J , f . r o p . . s 2 i . i l4 - n / s . l . r t d1
"'1. ffi i *^,""'*, 9l11ei*:",
L'nrr tqP-! r*|(Y(r(le,
' -ir \ , I L1cl.,trn}.
l"+fl
',lr ,I al\t.ll,l
r i ,
|i,', l'l,tr
r \
Pl
, '1,, '.J
.,
j
l ,- I .lt
^ '; l
l,-', Sr",
.^L
. rrr lta' lr'-F
..
L ,.,t':t, l,!",,*,itr,+k,%f.,,'J?
^^'
ra_ irt+ ctt-.tit
''.rryrr1-'l
t, )^lt',,tr^''
i-r.r( r,arf -fnea e_O[{ ]r ?LLTLr,LVfidltt a
il:,,,rf , Vi'"ti-'po l( P-'i. t3.]"tJci/1or,
D.,:!{
,JL
/Varrte o[ t/te /;'. l).'/
I Lttrt t
/) /...L1/..lr
/.Lt ttrtr.,tt )
(
a Lqna
/"i 0 Q
(,,",,):. . J v lO i t a t f i lSc < Lr,

A D M G ), B<r^\ r.o\,
./
Sri D Sar\aLr, 5 € E, 'ilv.
N.
t
.S.'"-i!utih,r1-" P5
&rh'--
' L ,rarirt i:,.r.v', iil C( :,,., ,r,n,
îri
., i.l,:ir
, 'r) .:, .
( K, 42r,,.1r- ltlo.,.* t,,t)a:(tr.)

0( I",i.a,l-, . i.l':";.<'t,:r"
n-
.l -5,',),l/nr lot, , 4fi t;tup 3.,g
i..
{ 1thar.lirsntt 4 Ga,4cft.ici",lsliespnls[n
-he
l?rblte l-ltcut+r,7ctz /t 04 9t)/2rr,/ /2 m,n"un
' J/^r^lot(,.,.. 'ih

:'1 .N. ft ,:tr
- )7oLL(tHc.
(/
,N0 '//1,4d'teSt
t
3
4 ir" +t =nq15<1
5
(,
"-Jvr^.rb\?
."-^-1- "^'rf^t-^.a\- ff.iffT+-
v ffin'/rzA"r, Baty'zo- rtAnno1"z 4gta'
B ,9) :fl3,r [sn2\i' +ez(a'e t<'^<t'tt
"<.tiK"[c*tta14
() 34F*
UVe.n !/1r".rtr,*
t0 f , -a,^r r4T- !,- ',,6nr"1 rz,N -
S- a,,"^.La^, pt c'1"1' l"to-|.io.'tt,
I /)_ e\q^r'4 Yt';-l- a'r{â3{\
Ilt (r r/.4r- (\ 'q '4-r-',
, r'''
, _>\
d. \-i (1:r trrv2. u
'g111+',r{"rtt
i (;'
"F,"'l,
,li'',) ^r ,-</,r'r,
i(. i ^.q.,-.nf a:4A1 z"-aa'1ltVr^f- ,.rlz-H+r,liJA)
r r- [*-rw 4,r<,f , 7lt,t)t
,x't'i r trt t'-q! I ."1
""-4
t2 'n-1$' zr-411' kn [*nP')
t9 ('>',_6
zt./( , goC! a:1, 4T\n6* 4Y\f
2-a "
r{la^ -&\{ " {"'/.5f-: t, 4eJa"rrr{&.-
2t f )--)^ r.{ (" A w" | "' t r,6uu <;J|i"\Krdl{llt<
9.'.) .^,Yr{-(zrtn. nGl7*M ew!-4 <jte -
- *-.lta6Y' .$prleiEF
),3 ?)"u* (nw"lt
24 Q1A,4 u*{'A) lv '?'9't ' @^"-efoltac,/l'
")^ /
rwxry U'/'t - ,ry:r,/n&n^f'\a
2{ O^\'f'l. c\41 X'Y)4.\-
2{ a",parorr+( g;4y"nA,-1-- ,, frtsl tfftn^/
,_7 ?Yv C? ft z,:{1 q 6'^
'' PLXAqtLDSt\
t,zr*+'-u ,-4a{r+iqtl
98 i;a ,^*t
2:) *Lr,:"r:]-_
s,/_
fv0.
ut I SyTr\t6.Dt-=- <.'rlr-.t--..c"-- | 'XV3-1Ftt
rz j gp,n'."-r,! *:n;,'y;- i 3lx A-;h
':l 'Sbr".t-nO1"*.
ry)gl*':^1 - lA
y
I g}p^.c{,,u - #\-<twrfl- >3Aae'*?'G gDr-fr41tt
i: 1 :*qSf
I i'-'3)i
,*,fi)
'-:,:'1 ':(''".
"?(r*,t- Jd..M,4*lJ, fft tqt'ule4//
f>cvu;ln
1(
", | ,fu+o#6.'=-e&*g*o)
,'lrlq-flFsaffir9---tj3lii&.eHt-))/
.r I t"'--x.*l zemr5qr^r- I- a&*4
pII a,a-{r"r-z*i.N- nc;nrt-tor-r-r-
',:l W.d\,gneV-
Zg | 7ei -tta€',,'
l@-,ô,'
$,Jj!lForh+*r rffiq"r
ry_&
TI
o,l ofF%'-tt :T)ry{d,{- ?t u, ).,r.,tn j
|ffEbp_.-
' *.* <4,Y rr";; I be"AtylqtJj
\-')
4? I k't'rr4 o\ ! - ) -*-E;vrrA
,:'t
*:'#,*2| ;"gnb,'.
*il:';.;:: -',o&ft,ffi.
tL-,,""'.',' t;"
,,1,ia; ffi
"; H),# ffi;*,_

t. J >"frg arp^r^
;; I,t+;-,gs'f,a &"A{i,rl ,,,{1rc
,* &
tffi :11
St i$*'a* $axeilqa f[ci,.go,'a Dq"qjzr,

@o.
st l/htn Mo\o*.16 L.t,io.,no afc*, 14 !z j
i
5,1 )->itt-trr."tu J . -
sa ]@sq+i.2rdaf
ii lkw,*J#*^^^
fu':;,,..)
r z i f,{Y'l ^n1 a
^W -;ui e,t'yVt
" <"slspvy ?n
ws*
iu1o.'.-a, It
)44r1-ry1).-, I rt.JU-[t-o
5" I V-&ru'u\ve *rtwtvur y 7
{o ,"/-rr** Cfraa_ y,L,a*
,' ) fr*,f Navraq, ft?larc
t
.\ '- nN
(ther ttnscn< 4 Qt>vt ?ft Qo(t llfte'r,rxt -t41
-u. a+q ':' l7.04.9atL q'i l2:n a'a
fi, / [, ' HPa'1t_l
i.
i:
3l_
NI,
' tha fixsont
fb,Lnteo! ,\tr|ma.ane i
frrlrlqret
qz/'V'*
12.
(-')
4,atu olclry"
t,ht"t Y .t 4/.!
'1't dl7.N--
Wlfrt , .._ Val,l'17an1^, /;-\, A
(4 /'da(4/t t=@?
=2?n74Y *"',
ffi Y*,^ôWh*"^ K^t^Do/z-
::) )
slh^;.''a11&o-)k*lat,t- V4t* 91.;r,,""y2p-a)
| ,/l | ;'/
"*
t'7 | "/tr"rlil;L /Jc'"L 9+e''
'2Zl -fzn
11olrc o,)"), @'t9c*, bc*' u,'t- "')t,A
/r"ôP'l1v
n-
g4'
J);hoae |,toJn, - ua""ona ffirbor4_L -

7oJ flz ., ,l ,G /. , *^: / 4/a1 .*'/ D/,/
,-; /
( A'/z.?.-a *
te<a1
7l $:r,c.t21f gaq ** &'P'4"'"-'t<"-l.-,-
i2, ;""ii Q-n<tj,<('p"4",
/:\, 1414/ {qndr-r /4?,',1 )
Eo-o. ". .t,' xz:','"la - -(7ru'zi t
(Cgn
'1,c \.
f"'^j"-*q.a. (61Lttry,\+) q
;i\ 0*" v'-, t't, { *"--.4;,-lct"..vu;"/
1/
-J8 tle t") l"h^' t'
(t"'a:r" hbw-
filLa"utul^ /.4- ( Da-J otta 4-e-
(, '"i""')
/^\J
t): \',lhly, <",.1

, 'g$a--'-t1lL/\lt 2
,94 (Tu ro.,''. t'v'
P'n',a' '.' )
/ur '1
I It Lo]t
Hg*y,'/'lr'fu**"
/vlqnql ,lbllillFfz
8/ L 'rf(o*ar
u"^6t (cJ ti* " l.
82 l 4.-", ct-/ )rx- ,, ('/la./*rlzr
',
g3 I oc&p @-1,LVil ylJ* ;
'(n;'ttat)
u-11 1il0^lLola-
5' j 1)#2'n ot 1--
- E/"q12
8( I ZdvYT+t
87
ritavt:rtral
, -2c
88) t
e6 I -Lm,q \-'1.-t/'\ ,- ,tzalior"'' Cla+atlH=^#1,
tl
t-a I frqy 72l;cl7- h"//tz9
o,8 -i,..i .
€'"-",
q\>ruta,l,"^fr*tu",l/ohalal
| %JA-$
'(1 ,rAL^,*
!. t*sz, \ *^'A",*
:'?
- ' 'tso/*'r1.-^---
trs .<&..1*L*^fo--&n['
-l>^*-a Jw"kfu-,\
lcb Q.t^,$,<,- C-E;2"f, \7.+t,i.)
.t( :/ S.\Ltr\ r<.-o,r.'*Jr.
... '\\.fii. r....
s,\/^ -rop4f'11^- î|;Sq t t{^/
"
rnl) *kN); . r-' (c/- r-
\9
2, n I -"J l"\ Ko G .,,' ',.
fu"rt 1ee / BcT1c'r,.
i)0i ?r,.&i^r.l'rf
\t\) M"r'"-
Y\o A, ll
It2) S1,.,.-r2.,*t-- a l,J r -, "
ftl flbaV {-/,vlr 4 { 6a ,. ^
.lr-;1,"1
ylty7 ,b-v.ta't/.r G\.^ffn,'a-
115. JU144.ky.<ftL t)
Y'14"h,1U4-LC *Jltnr:0, \
4 (*+ito*vu{^4nf
lla ,
H "*--i Vq+r"* (*, . .(f ,^,.r,{.-*'n1j
'i,fir+, ( t
flt*r rW' - ["*o^''
r\ a>L^n,/lLL * f 8
g'e\clr* j\
+,7
' -''
Q rrm r""'f /T-,{-L't
1211" \akaful' ftnftu ( n"ol;a.ôl
52v* C,-^^-; ll'(^-i,â1*
T2C . l/"r-taf,l...r"..,cr Dr P-,"-'rK\ i)".\ ,
ut'! s.iqru\,/GU.u.[,
a,) -
vlll- /r*,.Rn.rf^,,
fr:t) ffi^{ fto'.to,r v,rr- &l-^,t?ta-'n
i2// t'p.J t%,,/" t
tt1
P"1^LQ,rfl-o- -,/t ' ao[/-ut,
'I (S*-,1,, (v.t- ro - ",o.t'",t-,-
fir"1 (l -"r )
*"',' -A^ ,"Iq # "'u(^ v +p 'Y'<u
*j
.\aa!. b{;i .
;1lfl "*
.fi,'l *5r1<,r.)) 6+r'.,),_r 1
t,Vnf /t.fn",,1 \
'2(4 r1,n, (>-r e'-4_e/
Xr,21 /)' , y*-t'.
'(.:/"'''"o
-+it/ -doh4;K: v /
in,t -.i"1'n , t /1^t '-' ,. /
./'r-.
1 or.., /4,' L -' \
',1X\'15;ry""P
D /,r
" cQ+[L.-,6,,
uc-4-'\' ,
IW- f'Jw","t;*G1r*+[ ^; -'/'>'uq'logP
'tlt\l /,!t"e-el
A,t| ^t
k
:::- -4/as D,_Nu)c"
c/kafrtefalq,< )
i:: ' Y4{e,
-tvrJ"ctq^.i/4"J.,
!r/ , -l.t-/
C-1,qh ,)
lbl Cktt a-a'", &1.,.+t^ )..a, --u_
velL<
\!)' 5 {-fiq3Fv-4"'r(Y.J/U'')r
ttl 51fld caw
fu)'/e'3.. lzfoa-gz-,
"7
1-t> s€ enr-ucru--

Samarpan Steel Final EIA PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Samarpan Steel Final EIA PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

EIA FOR PROPOSED FERRO ALLOY MANUFACTURING

UNIT OF SAMARPAN STEEL PVT. LTD.

LIST OF FIGURES .................................................................................................................................. 11

TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) ISSUED BY MOEF ............................................................................. 13

TOR COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................................................... 18

CHAPTER 1.0 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 23

1.0 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................. 24

CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DETAILS ...................................................................................................... 34

2.1 PRESENT SCENARIO OF INDIAN FERRO ALLOY INDUSTRY ......................................................................... 35

CHAPTER 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS .................................................................... 86

3.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................. 87

CHAPTER 4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT ........................................................................................... 162

4.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 163

4.2.4.1 Impacts on Land Use & Aesthetics ............................................................................... 171

CHAPTER 5 MITIGATION MEASURES ...................................................................................... 204

5.1 MITIGATION MEASURES .................................................................................................................... 205

CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................................................... 214

6.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 215

6.3.6.2 Employment Opportunities ............................................................................................ 228

CHAPTER 7 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................ 236

7.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 237

CHAPTER 8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & PREVENTION OF INJURY ................................... 248

8.1 ORGANISATION............................................................................................................................... 249

8.4.3 Support Systems .............................................................................................................. 252

CHAPTER 9 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ......................................................................................... 264

9.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION .................................................................................................................... 265

CHAPTER 10 CONSULTANCY PROFILE OF CTRAN CONSULTING LTD. .................................... 271

10.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 272

APPENDIX 1 ......................................................................................................................................... 282

APPENDIX 2 ......................................................................................................................................... 283

APPENDIX 3 ......................................................................................................................................... 284

APPENDIX 4 ......................................................................................................................................... 285

APPENDIX 5 ......................................................................................................................................... 286

APPENDIX 6 ......................................................................................................................................... 287

APPENDIX 7 ......................................................................................................................................... 288

ATTACHMENTS .................................................................................................................................. 294

TABLE 2.1: MARKET SCENARIO OF FERRO ALLOY

TABLE 3.9: DAYS WITH WIND SPEED

TABLE 4.2: IMPACTS ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC VARIABLES

Fig 3.15: Monthly average Humidity (in %)

Terms of Reference (TOR) issued by MOEF

Ph: 033-22120042 Fax: 033-22120510

1. Executive summary of the project.

9. A list of industries within 10 km radius of the plant area.

The following general points should be noted:

(i) All documents should be properly indexed, page numbered.

pollutants needs to be done. APCS for the control of

of monthly and yearly report of the health status of workers

Chapter 1.0 Introduction

Rapid industrialization leads to around development and improvement in quality of

1.1 Purpose of EIA

1.2 Promoters of the Project

1.3 Need of the Project

Various projects to rejuvenate in fracture are already in progress of this of prime

Considering the consumption norms prevalent in India, the specific consumption of

1.4 Scope of the Study

¾ Evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the

1.5 Methodology for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

Environmental Impact Assessment study has been conducted within an area of 10 km

• Identification of significant environmental parameters and assessing the status

1.5.1 Baseline Environmental Condition

of network for ambient air quality monitoring locations is based on guidelines

¾ Biological Environment: Keeping in view, the importance of biological component